Home

User Manual

Contents

1. MOVE CONTINUE ADD TO Xy Y MOVE TABLE D REGION FILE DI MOVE F TO Y TO SUP TO Mo SORT MEMBE TO Y SORT YMDEN TO Y OUT DIR_ T TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND RTOOL COMMAN R_nbr TO SU D DESC TO S EMPDATA mep0 TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD MOVE 2100 EXI ATO Yes EXIT es EX LT L COMMAND LINE Y R_TEMPDATA mep833rg dat LINE X AND SLOOKUP D REGION TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y D LINE Y PRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y UPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y 833i dat ERASE TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y Here s the code to call suprtool2 kkkkxkkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkkxkxkxkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkxkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkkxkkkxkkkxkxx k Execute Speed Demon commands from memory table kkkkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkkxkxkxkxkxkkxkxkkkxkkkxkx k 3000 CALL SUPRTOOL PERFORM WITH TEST AFTER VARYING X FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL X 30 Examples of Calling Suprtool e 361 IF SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X gt SPACES MOVE SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X TO SUPR COMMAND LINE DISPLAY SUPR COMMAND LINE MOVE 0 TO SUPR STATUS CALL suprtool2 USING SUPR CONTROL IF NOT SUPR OK DISPLAY Error Unable to call suprtool2 DISPLAY DISPLAY Suprtool interface error number SUPR STATUS DISPLAY SUPR COMMAND LINE GOBACK END IF END PERFORM 3000 EXIT EXIT C Sample Bel
2. Notes The Do command can be abbreviated to as in MPEX You cannot use to combine commands on the same line 104 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Duplicate Command DU Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX By default Suprtool copies all selected input records to the output file The Duplicate command determines what to do with duplicate output records Duplicate records can be discarded producing an output file without duplicates Alternatively you may be interested in seeing the duplicate records so you can create an output file consisting solely of the duplicate records When deciding whether an output record is a duplicate Suprtool either compares the keys only or the entire output record DUPLICATE NONE ONLY RECORD KEYS num COUNT TOTAL None The None option removes duplicate records from the output file Suprtool compares each output record with the previous output record If they are not the same the record is added to the output file This option corresponds to the former Nodup and Nodupkey options of the Output command gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys Input Output 1111 10 Di hk 2222 25 2222 29 2222 39 3333 48 3333 48 Only The Only option is the exact opposite of None Only selects all output records that would not be written by the None option When the Only option finds a record that duplicates a record already in the set it writes that duplicate to the output file
3. gives a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a STExport task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y STExport responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Many HP UX sites use Control C as the interrupt key instead of Control Y Use the HP UX stty command to display your intr setting 238 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples Sit Hd fd not found SBefore 11 td 8 IL tsd Slistredo 10 Sbefore 5 Sbef 8 10 Sb ls Sb Le Sb Sbefore 2 Sbefore 5 2 Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the
4. Now you have converted two dates from an X6 format to an X8 format Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD The following Suprtool task shows you how to convert a date in a self describing file from mmddyy to yymmdd format Consider the following self describing file with the deliv date and purch_date fields 80 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX File SALESO4 DATA ACCOUNT Entry CUST ACCO Z8 DELIV DATE X6 PRODUCT NO Z8 PRODUCT PRICE I2 PURCH DATE X6 SALES QTY T1 SALES TAX 12 SALES TOTAL 12 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Offset 1 9 15 23 27 33 35 39 Length SD Version B 00 00 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt lt lt MMDDYY gt gt 42 Blocking 97 You want to convert these two dates to a data format of yymmdd before adding a century in front of the year This can be easily accomplished by defining each sub part of the date and extracting those parts in the new order gt in sales04 gt def deliv date mm deliv date 1 2 gt def deliv date dd deliv date 3 2 gt def deliv date yy deliv date 5 2 gt def purch_date mm purch date 1 2 gt def purch_date dd purch date 3 2 gt def purch _date yy purch date 5 2 gt ext cust account gt ext deliv date yy gt ext deliv date mm gt ext deliv date dd gt ext product no product price gt ext purch date yy gt ext purch_date mm gt ext purch date dd gt ext sales qty sales total gt out sale
5. The listing for the COBOL program is Examples of Calling Suprtool e 359 Here s a control definition 01 SUPR CONTROL 05 SUPR VERSION PIC S9 4 BINARY VALUE 4 05 SUPR STATUS PIC S9 4 BINARY VALUE 0 88 SUPR O VALUE ZEROS 88 SUPR BAD MSGFILES VALUE 1 88 SUPR ABORTED VALUE 2 88 SUPR CREATE ERROR VALUE 3 88 SUPR BAD TOTAL TYPE VALUE 4 05 SUPR COMMAND LINE PIC X 256 VALUE SPACES 05 SUPR FLAGS O SUPR PRIORITY PIC X 002 VALUE SPACES 88 SUPR PRIORITY CS VALUE CS 88 SUPR PRIORITY DS VALUE DS 88 SUPR PRIORITY ES VALUE ES O SUPR MAXDATA PIC S9 9 BINARY VALUE 0 O SUPR PRINT STATE PIC X 002 VALUE AL 88 SUPR PRINT ON ERROR VALUE ER 88 SUPR PRINT ALWAYS VALUE AL 88 SUPR PRINT NEVER VALUE NE O SUPR TOTAL TYPE PIC X 002 VALUE CO 88 SUPR TOTAL COBOL VALUE CO 88 SUPR TOTAL ASCII VALUE AS O SUPR OTHER FLAGS PIC X 018 VALUE SPACES 05 SUPR TOTALS PIC S9 17 SIGN IS TRAILING SEPARATE CHARACTER OCCURS 15 TIMES 05 SUPR OUT COUNT PIC S9 9 BINARY 05 SUPR WORKSPACE PIC X 020 VALUE SPACES Here s the command definition 01 05 SUPRTOOL COMMANDS SUPRTOOL COMMAND 07 FILLER OCCURS 30 TIMES PIC X 72 VALUE SPACES LINE Here s some sample code that moves the suprtool commands to the command array 2100 S
6. gt 1f accountnum gt 20470000 gt output result gt xeq Selecting by Date The following section on dates does not apply to SQL columns only to defined fields and SD fields Disc files usually store dates as numeric or character fields you can use the Define command to isolate the field 30 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Before Suprtool can use a date field it has to know the format of a particular date field Use the Item command to specify the format For example to tell Suprtool that the item purch_ date is a date field with a format of yyyymmdd e g 20040319 you would use gt define purch date 11 8 8 bytes starts in byte 11 gt item purch date date yyyymmdd date format In the following date examples we show the Define and Item commands in each example In practice however you only need to use these commands once per date field not once per task Select by Today s Date For this example select all the sales records whose purchase date is today Note the use of today in the If command to indicate today s date gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date today select today s date gt output result gt xeq Other tricks with today SUE purch date today 1 yesterday gt if purch date today 1 tomorrow Select by Particular Date To specify a particular date use the date funct
7. gt item monthly totals 5 decimal 2 Error Missing attribute for the Item Command When to Specify the Item Command The Item command affects almost all other Suprtool commands It should be used as follows Suprtool Commands e 165 e For databases specify it immediately after the Select command but before any Extract or If commands e For disc files it is best to specify the Define and Item commands immediately after the Input command Usefiles You can use a usefile as a mini data dictionary for Suprtool For databases it 1s a good idea to put all the Item commands associated with a database into a usefile After the Base command has been specified the usefile can describe the items in the database to Suprtool For disc files you can put both the Define and Item commands in a usefile and execute them right after specifying the file with the Input command If you use the Link output option both date formats and implied decimal places are saved in the self describing file so they never need to be specified again base store use store usefile 166 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Key Command K Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Specifies the next sort field for an extract task using an explicit byte position in the record not a field name See the Sort command for specifying sort fields by table column name or Defined field or by field name in an SD file Up to 20 Sort and Key commands may be specified per extract t
8. ASCII converts all binary input fields into their equivalent ASCII values All binary fields are right justified in their fields with a trailing sign The sign can be a blank or Byte fields are not affected by this option The size of the ASCII field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size 11 J1 6 bytes 12 J2 11 bytes 13 J3 16 bytes 14 J4 20 bytes Kl 5 bytes K2 10 bytes E2 12 bytes E4 23 bytes Zn n l bytes Pn n bytes Any fields with implied decimal places see the Item command are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Suprtool reserves two additional positions for each output field that has an implied decimal point DISPLAY DISPLAY converts all binary input fields into their equivalent display values also known as zoned decimal The size of the display field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size 11 J1 5 bytes 1 J2 10 bytes 13 J3 15 bytes 14 J4 19 bytes Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Kl 5 bytes K2 10 bytes Pn n 1 bytes P n n 2 bytes The last digit of the number is replaced with a letter corresponding to positive or negative values See the following table Units Digit Positive Negative No Sign CMA DUNRWNHREO rattrmmaouoadawen A Oo MOZA LEA ae CMA DUNRWNHHE SO Positive values for I and J type fields are converted into neutral 1 e no sign display values The sign is preserved when converti
9. Columns Command C 242 e STExport Commands Specify whether fields are formatted into variable or fixed length columns COLUMNS FIXED NONE Default None Most PC software expects imported data to be in variable length columns Other database systems prefer data to be aligned in fixed columns Use the Columns command to specify whether the output file has variable or fixed length columns Output File The Columns command also affects the format of the Output file If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records If you specify Columns Fixed the output file will have fixed length records Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Date Command DA Specify a specific date format for all dates DATE NONE date format separator INVALID ASTERISKS NULL string Default yyyymmdd Invalid Asterisks Use the Date command to specify an output format for dates Use the Invalid option to specify how invalid dates should be formatted in the output file The advantage of the None option is that it formats all dates whether they are valid or not If you select a date format the default Invalid option replaces invalid dates with asterisks mn STExport must know which fields are dates and the format of each date Use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to specify the date information Date Format The date format can be one of e ccyymmdd e yyyymmdd e ddmmyyyy e mmddyyyy e yymm
10. Our edit masks for numeric fields are patterned after those in COBOL We provide four placeholder characters each with a slightly different effect 9 insert a digit from 0 to 9 in this position if you specify more than one dollar sign you get a floating dollar sign This means that there can be as many numeric positions as there are dollar signs but if some positions are not needed because the value is small the floats to the right next to the first digit and the preceding positions are blank if there are enough digits in the value the position is replaced by a numeric digit if not an asterisk is printed Leading asterisks are often used for check writing so that no one can insert a different value z insert a numeric digit at this position if the rest of the data to the left is a zero then a space will be placed at this position For example Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 131 99 gt ext a Sedit int field gt ext b Sedit int field 99 999 99 gt ext c Sedit int field cr99999 99 gt ext d Sedit int field 9999 99 gt ext e Sedit int field 99 gt ext f Sedit int field zz zzz 99 gt list gt xeq gt IN FILE1SD NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT SNULL 0 11 11 B 00 011 11 CROO011 11 D 0011 11 ratio il lea al F TL LT gt IN FILE1SD NEIL GREEN 1 gt OUT NULL 1 22 22 B 00 022 22 CRO0022 22 D 0022 22 ERRE LA F LAA Signs
11. Running Suprtool under HP UX e 45 shell executes the cshrc file in your home directory also executed any time you invoke a new copy of bin csh If you use SAM to add new users the files etc d login and etc d cshre are automatically copied to the home group of the new user If you want to make global changes to the commands executed at login time you should change these files etc csh login always executed at login time etc d login default login for new users etc d cshre default cshre for new users Setting Up a PATH for Suprtool You can invoke Suprtool with the command opt robelle bin suprtool If you just type suprtool to invoke Suprtool UX you must either add opt robelle bin to your PATH or copy opt robelle bin suprtool to a directory that is currently on your PATH Similarly the man pages for Suprtool are in opt robelle Vman man1Vsuprtool 1 To make the man pages available to everyone you can either add opt robelle man to your MANPATH or you can copy the man pages to a directory that is currently on your MANPATH Bourne and Korn Shells See Configuring Different Shells above for a discussion on the files that are automatically executed by the Bourne and Korn shells The easiest way to change the two PATHs for all the users on your HP UX machine is to logon as root and add these two lines to the file etc profile after any existing PATH or MANPATH statements PATH SPATH opt robelle bin MANPA
12. gt exit The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Key command Suprtool Commands e 167 1 10 byte data type 1 10 desc descending sort sequence 11 4 double I2 or J2 S9 9 COMP 1 6 11 4 ieee X6 string and an E2 field at byte 11 21 6 packed P12 S9 11 COMP 3 21 6 packed P12 S9 10 COMP 3 wasted byte Notes The command name Key is optional Any command that starts with a numeric character is assumed to be a Key command The Verify command shows all of the current key fields and the Reset command cancels them If no sort fields are defined prior to the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy not a sort 168 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Link Command LIN You cannot use Suprtool s Link command to invoke Suprlink UX but you can run Suprlink UX by itself opt robelle bin suprlink Suprlink UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2004 Version 5 0 Suprlink UX provides high speed data file linking based on a sort key Suprlink UX only accepts self describing files created by Suprtool UX or the MPE SDUnix program Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands 169 List Command L The List command is used to produce formatted listings of the selected records You may specify the List command or the Output command or both or neither If List 1s used instead of Output Suprtool sets the Output to null so that
13. gt extract cust_account only extract a few fields gt extract sales qty gt extract sales tax gt extract sales total gt total sales total total a field from the file gt output newfile link create a new SD file gt xeq Listing SD Files Suprtool normally lists data files in an Octal Char format When listing an SD file Suprtool produces a formatted listing with field names and field values converted into ASCII gt input salefile self describing file gt list produce a formatted listing gt xeq Decimal Places and Date Formats You use the Item command to identify items with an implied number of decimal places or a date format If you create a self describing file this information is retained When you input such a file all Suprtool commands are automatically informed about the decimal places and date formats The Form command shows these extra attributes as comments at the end of each field description For example gt input salefile self_describing file gt item deliv date date ryyyymmdd gt item purch date date ryyyymmdd gt item sales tax decimal 2 gt item sales total decimal 2 gt output newfile link creates SD file with item attributes gt xeq gt form newfile shows decimal pts and dates Restrictions of SD Files So far in this section we have shown how to create self describing files using the Link option of the Output command The Link option produces a special form of
14. s eseese 189 HP UX COMUMAN S coocccnnnoncconononccinanancnonnnanoss 86 238 328 HP UX WS MPE ctas 51 HTML command eee eeceseeececeeeceseeeeesecaeeeeeneeeees 256 HTML files maximum SiZO ooooooccconnnononconnnc nnccinnnoos 256 TER E UMD ES vecinita 251 TEO UP ad 144 A A 142 If command too long use Tead ooooccioninononicncnnconos 157 If command too long use Table oooooooonncnincnicnco 214 If command combining with Chain ooo ooonnnnnn 93 If command decimal places ooooonnocnicniconiccnonoconnconoo 147 If command prompting for values ceeeeee 158 T NOt SIOOKUP a a sve vestevee ees 144 Ifcheck Set Option ooooooociocniocnoccconcconccnnconocn noo 200 201 A an 201 illegal digits packed or zoned 323 IMAGE end of file oooooocnncccnonococonononaconnnonnncconnnoo 199 Initial command In s ssi aiii 48 mitnalizme a ld tii ed 113 PUE liado 62 Input command coooooccccoccconcononononanonnnconoconoos 159 264 337 O E 235 input file maximum block size 353 input file maximum fields eee ees 286 353 input file maximum record length 286 353 A NN 319 378 e Index input key fields snoren en s 264 337 input fom Stilton o 52 inp t cd mae e na a e ipae eias 51 installation oooooonnnnnncnnnononononnconcconconn con nonn corr nonnrnnnrnnnnnos 23 installation AMXW ooooococcnoncconnnonnncconononnncnnnnccnncconanoos 23 installing STEXPOrt ooocoonccnicnoco
15. DATA is the default output records are the same length and format as the input records KEY KEY creates output records containing only the sort keys concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM NUM creates output records of four bytes in length containing the double integer record number of each input record The record number of the first record is 1 for database tables and 0 for disc files NUM KE Y NUM KEY creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the sort key values concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM DATA NUM DATA creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the full data record This can be useful to create transaction files from detail datasets that will later be updated back to the database after a processing stage QUERY QUERY creates a self describing output file A self describing file is a data file plus an extra file which contains information about the structure of each record in the data file This extra file is created with the output file name plus the extension sd This sd file contains the name type length and offset of each field in the data file QUERY self describing files have no provision for repeated fields These fields appear with an unknown type in the sd file See the LINK option for a better self describing file format The QUERY option produces a file that is similar
16. In most cases this is the default answer However there are cases where Suprtool picks a different answer from the default For example an output filename erase command has a default answer of no but with Interactive Off Suprtool uses the answer yes However if you run Suprtool on a Remote Session that was created from a batch job Set Interactive is On even though you are NOT interactive If you wish to have proper batch error processing your first command after starting Suprtool should be Set Interactive Off Set Interactive Off is also useful when automating on line tasks with usefiles Suprtool c set interactive off use usefile LabelledTapeRewind SET LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Limits SET LIMITS MPE ON OFF READONLY ONJOFF Tablesize size Initially MPE ON ReadOnly OFF Tablesize 1 megabyte MPE When Set Limits MPE is Off you cannot execute any HP UX command e g rm This is an irreversible option once disabled it cannot be enabled again by the user Table Size On HP UX you can control the size of a table with the Set Limits TableSize command By default an individual Table will be 50 Megabytes in size and you can have up to 10 tables The Global limit for all tables is up to 500 Megabytes You can control the size of a given table with the command gt Set Limits TableSize n If you enter the command Set Limits TableSize 100 and the next table command t
17. Input File Data Types Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts STExport reads one input file and formats each input record into one record in the output file The Input file must be a self describing file use the Output Link option in Suprtool Dates and Decimal Places Use Suprtool s Item command to specify date formats and the number of implied decimal places when you create the self describing file STExport uses this information to correctly format the information in the output file See Appendix A for a complete example of how to use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to create an input file for STExport Each STExport formatting command applies to all fields of a specific data type i e you cannot specify formatting field by field only by type For example all numeric type fields can be formatted the same The main data types that STExport identifies are Byte Type STExport assumes that character information is stored in byte type fields By default all byte type fields are surrounded by quotes and trailing spaces are removed Numeric Type The numeric data types are integer logical floating point packed and display STExp
18. Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You will see a short introduction to Suprlink and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword thelp before example example section of Before command Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprlink to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Suprlink Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command thq input quick description of Input hg commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file opt robelle help suprlink The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to Suprlink Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Input Command I Specifies the primary input source and the name of the key field by which it is sorted INPUT filename BY key field There can be only one Input file per linkage task but up to seven Link files The Input file should be created by Suprtool u
19. Output but are required in others e g Extract 1s the abbreviation for the Redo command is the abbreviation for the Do command is the abbreviation for the Listredo command or Means String Quotes or are the string delimiters in Suprtool IF NAME BOB Strings that start with must end with gt if name BOB is the string delimiter here Means Start Parameter Left parenthesis is used to specify a subscript see subscript below or to select a specific range of input record numbers Left parenthesis always comes with a right parenthesis gt input actrec data 10 20 choose records 10 through 20 gt total budget 2 total second repeated field Means End Parameter Right parenthesis is used to complete a subscript or a selected range of record numbers Right parenthesis always comes with left parenthesis Means Percentage In the Numrecs command use to indicate the number of output records as a percentage of the input file size gt numrecs 10 I Means Range of Records Slash in the Input and Get commands means a range of record numbers Glossary of Terms e 373 gt input cat dog mouse 1000 2000 Means Range of Fields Backslash 1 in the Extract command means a range of fields gt extract account rating 374 e Glossary of Terms Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Index MEANS SWINE cional 373 for HP UX commMandS ocooccoooccnonccconononnnoconaninnncc
20. Up lines separate alternatives from which you will select Sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Example TEMP ERASE 6 In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Installing Suprlink Suprlink is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details of how to install both Suprtool and Suprlink Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded into Suprlink This section describes the hardcoded file names that Suprlink UX may need Suprlink will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable ROBELLE Variable Normally Suprlink looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move Suprlink you must set the ROBELLE variable For example if you move Suprlink to the users robelle directory you must set ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle 316 e Welcome to Suprlink Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Accessing Suprlink How To Run Suprlink To access Suprlink type the following command opt robelle bin suprlink SUPRLINK Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2002 Version 4 8 After a short pause Suprlink will take over your terminal and print out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have
21. e Table is the same as Table 1 e Table 5 is the fifth sub item gt 1f table 5 23 gt if table 2 20 or table 4 30 gt if table 8 31 and table 9 28 Character Subscripts Character string fields may have 1 2 or 3 subscripts after them Character string fields are allowed more than one subscript value If ADDR has the form 5X30 it consists of 5 substrings of 30 characters each e ADDR 1 is the first 30 character sub item of ADDR e ADDR without subscript is the same as ADDR 1 e ADDR 2 is the second 30 character sub item of ADDR e ADDR 2 4 is the second sub item starting with the 4th byte and extending for the remainder of the sub item 27 bytes e ADDR 2 4 6 starts at the same location but extends for only 6 bytes If NAME has the form X50 it is not a repeated field e NAME is the same as NAME 1 e NAME 1 4 6 is the first and only sub item starting at the 4th byte and extending for 6 bytes e NAME 1 10 is a field that starts at the 10th byte and implicitly extends to the end of the field for the remaining 41 bytes gt if name 1 4 6 HAWAII gt if addr 3 VANCOUVER B C gt if addr 3 11 20 B C pattern matching Numeric Expressions Bit Selections The If command can extract and test any series of one or more contiguous bits in a field Suprtool allows bit extracts only on Integer or Logical fields of two bytes in length one 16 bit word To do a bit extract from
22. gt in sdfile if cust status lt gt 10 20 30 list x Caution Suprtool cannot distinguish between several commands on one line and several commands entered on several lines This is not a problem when using Suprtool Commands e 85 You may also use MPE s COMMENT command to enter comment lines 86 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool in batch as Suprtool stops executing when an error occurs But when using Suprtool interactively specifying multiple commands separated by a semicolon Suprtool keeps on parsing the rest of the line after it finds an error For example if you misspell the fldname when you type the following gt get dsetname if fldname value delete out filename xeq Suprtool sends you an error message with the typo but continues with the rest of the command line This has the effect of deleting all the entries in the dataset It is risky to type Xeq on the same command line as any other command unless 1 You are not concerned with the consequences if you make a mistake e g any extract task should be safe 2 You don t make any mistakes The usual reason for putting all the commands on one line including the Xeq is to permit repetition of the task by using the Before command It is not necessary to type everything on one line because with the Listredo command Suprtool allows you to pick and choose any of your last 1000 commands Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may en
23. in the data records For a Date type column specify the input format Example column Date YYYYMMDD Ss CUST_ ACCOUNT DELIV_DATE date YYYYMMDD PRODUCT_NO PRODUCT PRICE PURCH_DATE date YYYYMMDD SALES QTY SALES TAX SALES TOTAL In its simplest form SQL Loader is invoked with the following command sqlload userid username password control expsales ctl log expsales log The username and password are valid Oracle connect information SQL Loader reads the load specifications from the file specified in the control keyword It writes operation information and statistics to the file specified in the log keyword It also creates a number of files to report data problems etc SQL Loader has many other options to control the load task Refer to the appropriate Oracle documentation for details Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output e 285 Limits Within STExport Maximums 286 e Limits Within STExport Delimiter Maximum Length 3 Bytes The delimiter must appear between every field in the output record To help avoid exceeding the maximum output record length the maximum delimiter length is three characters Input File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Fields 255 If you must have more than 255 fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract s
24. 88 supr aborted value 2 88 supr create error value 3 88 supr bad total type value 4 supr command line ic x 256 value spaces supr flags 0 supr priority ic x 2 value spaces 88 supr priority cs value CS 88 supr priority ds value DS 88 supr priority es value ES pr maxdata s9 9 comp value 0 pr print state x 2 value ER supr print on erro value ER supr print always value AL supr print never value NE pr total type pic x 2 value CO supr total cobol value Co supr total ascii value AS 0 pr other flags pic x 18 value spaces supr totals pic s9 17 sign is trailing separate character occurs 15 times supr out count pic s9 9 comp supr workspace pic x 20 value spaces typedef struct SuprControl SuprControl struct SuprControl hort version hort status har command 256 har priority 2 har maxdata 4 har print_state 2 har total _type 2 har other flags 18 hort totals 15 9 out_count har workspace 20 5 QP 000000000an Status The supr status field returns a 0 if the command line was sent to Suprtool without incident or one of the error numbers shown as 88 levels Command Line The supr command line can contain any Suprtool command Use the same format that you use in typing commands into Suprtool You don t need to enter commands as a single string of 256 characters in a single call to the interface You may use to send several com
25. Date command separator character ooooncnicnnnicnon 243 date constants eeceeeceecceesceeeceeeceeeceseenseeneeeneeeeeeaes 152 date format in List oooooonnnocccnonocccononcccnonananonnnos 172 203 date format Date command ooooocccnnnoccnononcnononanaconnnos 243 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX date function of Extract ooooooccnnoncccnonancniononononananononos 115 date function of If ooconcocinonocococonononononnnonononncnnnonnnnos 152 date limits oooooonnnccccononccononancconononononananoss 117 156 162 Date option ee 201 date Selecon acia rio 152 date selection with ASK MANMAN ooocccocccocnnonnonos 163 Dates Seti its 203 Date Set Option c coooocococonocnnoncconconnonnconnonn conocio 196 197 dates in the output file oooooonnccncnocnnoccoonccononnnonnnonos 115 dates defIMIN8B ooooonnocnncnnonnnonconnconoconocnnconncnnnonnnonnninos 161 dates Tel iii eine 152 days function cooooooococcnconnonnconoconocnnconncon cono nonnnnos 116 154 DBCONTROL intriMSiC cooocoocconononcnoncnononncinnonnnonnnnnos 198 Dbedit decimal points ooooonnninnnnocnnncconncnnnonnninncnnos 289 ddd dt iia iaa 164 ddd date diia iia 164 Decimal command cccecceeseeseeeseceteceseeseeeneeeneeees 245 decimal places s ccccescgetvseesceeseeseesedeseesaetvetes 37 164 decimal places Chain command cscceeeeseeees 93 decimal places constant values cesecesesteereeees 165 decimal places Dbedit ooooono
26. For the value zero you can use a leading plus or minus sign to get a positive or negative 0 field 1 6 packed field 1 unsigned 1 field 1 signed 1 field 0 positive 0 field 0 unsigned 0 field 0 negative 0 Decimal Places If a field has implied decimal places Suprtool scales the input values according to the number of decimal places For example gt item tax decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt item total decimal 2 same gt extract tax 1 02 specified decimal pts gt extract total 100 value stored as 10000 gt output out3 Blank Fill If you want to create an output record that consists of fifty blanks followed by the customer name use gt define filler 1 50 gt ext filler gt ext name String Constants You can specify a string constant without referring to a field For example to leave a space between fields you must do the following gt extract account rating gt output ascii Suprtool uses the length of the string to determine the size of the field The following example extracts the same fields as the previous example but each output record identifies the field tract Customer Account account tract Credit Rating rating tput ascii The output would look like tomer Account 04598921 Credit Rating tomer Account 44657844 Credit Rating tomer Account 98753198 Credit Rating The spaces after Credit Rating before the rating val
27. If it shows lt temporary gt then STExport is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When STExport uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of STExport You can run as many STExport instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one STExport instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message SSet Redo Myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation STExport continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use the command set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your STExport commands If you exit STExport then run Qedit and supply the same command Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your STExport commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially
28. If you start using a persistent redo stack you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Suprtool instance at any one point in time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message gt set redo myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprtool continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue to work as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use gt set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called myredo for your Suprtool commands If you exit Suprtool and run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprtool commands Sortfast SET SORTFAST ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Squeeze SET SQUEEZE ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprtool to print statistics at the end of each task This can be useful for determining the effectiveness of Suprtool s If and Sort command versus similar options on the Select command Subsystem SET SUBSYSTEM ON OFF This command has no effect in S
29. Input is reset or the current task completes 160 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Item Command IT Use the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal points or the date format for an item The date and today functions of the If command work only with dates The Item command must precede any If or Extract commands ITEM itemname DATE DECIMAL attribute Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Iltemname The itemname must be an Eloquence itemname a Defined field an SD self describing field or a column name If the itemname exists both as an Eloquence itemname and as a Defined field the attribute is associated with the Eloquence itemname and the Defined field is deleted If the itemname exists both as an Eloquence itemname and as an SD field the attribute is only associated with the Eloquence itemname and a warning is produced The itemname cannot be qualified with a subscript Date Formats For dates the attribute must be one of the following Attribute ASK Calendar ddmmyy ddmmyyyy mmddyy mmddyyyy Oracle PHdate yymm yymmdd yyyymm yyymmdd yyyymmdd ccyymmdd Abbreviations Attribute ccyymm ceyy aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa SRNChronos mmyyyy yyddd ccyyddd HPCalendar JulianDay EDSDate PHDates When specifying the Date keyword you can use a leading subset for the date attribute For example if you want to specify the Calendar date type you can specify only CA gt item cal date date
30. Notes The Verify command shows all of the current command values and the Reset command cancels them If you have not defined any sort fields before the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy only no sort Suprtool uses some temporary files during a sort It creates the files in the directory specified by the TMPDIR environment The size of the files will be equal to the size of the output file If Suprtool runs out of disc space during a sort you can try to specify another directory for TMPDIR Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 213 Table Command TA 214 e Suprtool Commands Builds a table of values for testing in the If or Chain command There can be up to ten different tables TABLE tablename itemname table keyword table values HOLD DATA field Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command and as input to the Chain command The table keywords are Item File and Sorted The total amount of table space is restricted by Set Limits Tablesize Use the following scheme to select input records based on many data values 1 Load a table with the values you are interested in 2 Use the lookup function of the If command to search the table 3 Or use the table with the Chain command to read a selected set of key values Adding Individual Values to a Table To add a value for an item to a table use TABLE tablename itemname ITEM value value When you start entering the values for a tabl
31. SET WARNINGS ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On Suprtool Commands e 211 Sort Command SO 212 e Suprtool Commands Specifies the next sort key via an Eloquence field a table column name or a field in a self describing file or a Defined field See Key Command K on page 167 for sort keys specified by explicit byte position Up to 20 Sort and Key commands can be specified per extract task The first key entered is the major sort key SORT field subscript DESCENDING Default Ascending order Field The field specified must be an Eloquence data item that is a field of the input source a selected item from the selected table or a defined field or a field from a self describing file Subscript If the field is a compound item e g 2X25 the first sub item is the default if no subscript is specified You can sort on any sub item by specifying the subscript For example gt sort address 2 sorts on 2nd sub item Descending vs Ascending Order By default sorts are done in ascending order Descending specifies that the field is to be sorted in descending order Examples The most common
32. Set Date Cotos 74 196 Set Date Forcecemtury ccccoooconoccconcnionnconaninnnaconnnos 74 197 Set DecimalSymbol ooooooonocciocnocnconcoonconnconoconccnnnonnos 198 A cies esttees merle aes 198 Set DUMPONEITOL vierie ner te a n e ei 199 Set EditStoponerror cocooonnoonocnconoconcconoconcnnncnnnc nooo nnonnos 199 Set Eolica lisa 199 Set Fastread us de 199 Set Filecode ocoooocnnnococononocccononccononnncnononnnononnanonos 60 199 A seek E obs E 200 A tes ok od cde he ook et eS 200 Set IfeheckK oooooooonnocccononocccononaccnonanccrononnanonnnonos 200 201 A TELA 186 201 229 Set Itemabbreviatedate ooooooccononiconocconnconnonnccnnnonnos 201 Set labelledtaperewind ooooooocnnoninonoonnonnconcconccnnconnos 202 A fede E elt oo tee eS 202 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Set List PCL A TI 171 203 Set Lock it o 205 Set LPs Deities t e E E 311 Set Mapped 0 ccccecscesceseccesecenecesecseeceeeaeeeaeeseeeeeenes 346 Set name paramMete ceeceesceceereeeneeceees 93 139 186 SINI ESPE EE candor 205 Set Openmode ssessseeeesseseeseeseesessteressteressesersrsseese 206 Set Progres AS 208 Set Prompt Dbedit oooonconncnncnnoniccnnoncoonconoconocnnonnnos 311 Set Prompt Suprtool ooooonncnncnoniccnconnoonconoconccnnonnnos 209 Set Quiet Dbedit oooooconoccnocnnonncionnnonnncconononnnocnnos 311 Set Reset Dbedit ooooooonnnccccnnoncccnocancconannononancnronnnoss 311 Set Sort ASi ia da 210 211 SEE SGUS CZE iii E A E ia
33. Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied What does Set Date ForceCentury do Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field gt date 98 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off What If Have Two Digit Years If you have dates with two digit years there are two main solutions to making your application ready for the Year 2000 74 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX 1 Convert all of your date data to use four digit years and modify your programs to process four digit years or 2 Assume that certain dates are in the twentieth century and some in the twenty first this is usually called date windowing The first solution requires that you change all Suprtool Item commands for two digit years to a four digit year format If you have not already done so you may want to isolate all of these Item commands in a single file per input source e g one file for every dataset in every database in your application or just one file for every database You can nest use files making this approach even easier e g having one database use file that then includes each dataset use file with a list of Item
34. Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Splitting Variable Length Strings Suprtool can extract portions of a byte field based on the occurence of certain characters Consider the following Data Armstrong Neil Patrick Green Bob Miller Edwards Janine Armstrong Arthur Derek The split function can extract each token into separate fields The syntax for the split function is Ssplit Field Start Character Occurence End Character Occurence The following task will split the data in the wholefield into three separate fields gt in namefile gt define lastname 1 30 gt define firstname 1 20 gt define middlename 1 20 gt extract lastname split wholename first gt extract firstname Strim Ssplit wholename gt extract middlename trim split wholename 2 2 gt out names link gt xeq The first extract statement tells Suprtool extract the bytes from the field wholename starting at the beginning first keyword and stopping at the character The second extract statement tells Suprtool to extract the bytes between the first occurence of the character to the next occurence of the character and then that string is trimmed of spaces as it is nested within the trim function The third and final extract statement tells Suprtoo
35. amp is used in patterns to match one of the special pattern characters For example the character matches a single numeric character If you need to look for the character itself you would specify amp in the pattern gt if type REC amp look for REC followed by amp is used to continue a command line You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line gt if status 20 and continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states Means O S Commands or Bit Selection Colon at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command gt listf gt 1s Colon is used in the If command for bit selections gt define bitfield 1 2 logical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 Means O S Commands at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command This only works on Suprtool UX gt du Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt ls Means Multiple Commands Semicolon is used to string several Suprtool commands together on a single line gt input a output b xeg complete task is in one line Means a List Comma in Suprtool commands is used to separate parameters gt base actrec data 3 open the database exclusively gt key 1 4 double specify a double integer key gt if acct 764523 456732 98765 Commas are optional in some Suprtool commands e g
36. binary zero gt ext field G Control G bell gt ext field 27 escape gt ext field 2252 Roman 8 box gt ext field 186 Euro currency symbol You can also extract the constant directly without referring to a defined field This always produces a one byte constant with no blank padding gt ext 0 binary zero gt ext 13 10 Carriage Return Line Feed gt ext M J CR LF again gt ext 27 amp dB escape sequence Dates Extracting Today s Date To extract today s date use the following gt item field date ccyymmdd identify date format of field gt extract field Stoday today s date gt extract field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt extract field Stoday 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date Suprtool uses the date format to determine the output format of the date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using today the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Extracting Relative Dates The Extract command provides the same relative date features as the If command see Date Selection on page 152 for a complete description of the options of Suprtool Commands e 115 116 e Suprtool Commands date You must first use the Item command to identify the fi
37. ca If you do not like this feature you can turn it off by specifying the following command in your Suprmgr file Suprtool Commands e 161 162 e Suprtool Commands Data Types for Dates Each date attribute is compatible with certain data types For more information see the table on data types in the Define command The following table shows the compatibilities Date Attribute Data Type Compatibility ASK Jl and K1 Calendar Jl and K1 ddmmyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ddmmyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater mmddyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater mmddyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater Oracle X7 PHdate J1 K1 J2 and K2 yymm X4 Z4 Jl and K1 yymmdd X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyymmdd J2 P8 yyyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater aammdd X6 aamm X4 mmddaa X6 ddmmaa X6 ccyy X4 Z4 Jl and K1 SRNChronos X6 mmyyyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyddd X5 Z5 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ccyyddd X7 Z7 J2 K2 and P10 or greater HPCalendar J2 K2 EDSDate J2 P8 JulianDay J2 PHdate8 Jl K1 J2 and K2 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Suprtool 5 0 f
38. chain head with related detail entries still linked to it When this happens Suprtool by default prints an error and stops processing the input data If Set Dumponerror On the record is printed on stdlist If Set Ignore On has been entered Suprtool continues processing and prints a count of chain heads at the end Records that cannot be deleted are not included in the output file Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 103 Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples gt listredo see the previous 20 commands gt d do previous command again gt do 39 do command line 39 again gt do 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again gt do list do most recent List command gt do grep do last starting with grep gt do grep job do last grep job command gt do job do last containing job gt do 2 do command before previous one gt do 7 5 do by relative line number gt do 5 do command lines 5 to last
39. gt def yesterday 1 8 display your format here gt item yesterday date yyyymmdd gt ext origdate gt ext yesterday stddate jdate gt out result link gt xeq Sample output ORIGDATE YESTERDAY 19990101 19981231 19991231 19991230 19990301 19990228 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Range of Fields Extracting a Range of Fields You can specify a range of fields to extract using the following Extract Field Field4 This feature only works with Eloquence fields input files equated to an Eloquence dataset and for self describing files If you specify a range Suprtool extracts all 4 of the field names between field and field4 inclusive When specifying a range of a self describing file that has been equated to an Eloquence dataset the Eloquence dataset definition takes precedence gt get d sales a self describing file gt ext product no sales qty gt out dsales gt xeq is exactly the same as Suprtool Commands e 117 d sales a self describing file product no first field in the range product price purch date sales qty last field in the range dsales Extracting a Range of Subscripted Fields Suprtool accepts a subscript on either field in a range You can even use this featu
40. gt if a gt date 2000 01 03 We have chosen this condition to be an error by default because when the date function in the If command resolves a date in a yymmdd format to a value beyond 1999 the result is not always a useful value For example a December 10 2000 date in a yymmdd format would have a value of 001210 and comparisons to this value could be logically incorrect If you would have included a Delete command in a dataset selection task you could have removed all of your records Date MapToPHDate8 SET DATE MAPTOPHDATES ON OFF Initially OFF This set command will change any item command reference to phdate to mean phdate8 for assistance in converting to the newer phdate format found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher The set command gt set date MapToPhdate8 on changes only the reference to phdate8 in the Item command It does not change references that already exist in self describing files nor does it change the data With this setting enabled any Item command reference such as gt item mydate date phdate will actually mean phdates DecimalSymbol SET DecimalSymbol 30 Default period This setting is used to change the Decimal character which is used to edit the data in a field used by the Number function gt set DecimalSymbol The default character for the Decimal Symbol is a period Defer SET DEFER ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Suprtool 5 0 fo
41. send to device serialp Listing to Attached Printer If you wish to list to a printer that is attached to your terminal use List Record Suprtool uses Record mode on your terminal or PC to print on the attached printer To use this option you must be using an HP terminal or HP terminal emulator and your data communication settings must be setup correctly You can combine this option with other listing options You cannot interrupt Record mode with Control Y but you can do a Soft Reset This unlocks the keyboard and causes the rest of the output to appear on the screen You can then stop it with Control Y List record may not return complete control to your PC when running Reflection The report printed and the keyboard unlocks but control is not passed to your terminal You can get control back by doing a Soft Reset Alt S You can prevent this problem by setting DISABLE COMP CODES to yes If you are listing to an attached printer from a terminal your terminal may remain locked after the printout is completed This generally happens when you have handshaking enabled G H straps set to No You can do a soft reset to unlock your terminal Suprtool Commands e 175 If handshaking is disabled G H straps set to Yes the List command works and returns control to the terminal but two S characters will be printed on the terminal There is currently no known workaround to these problems Notes The List operation occurs logically after t
42. startrecord endrecord parameter specifies a range of input records by record number The default value for endrecord is the highest record in the file The first record number is 0 for disc files Suprtool Commands e 159 The startrecord endrecord parameter must come after the reclen and LF NOLF parameters if it is present You can check your record selections with the Verify command When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a file The startrecord endrecord parameter makes it easy to scan these records gt input invent r 80 nolf 0 19 first twenty records gt list produce a list of each record gt xeg in OCTAL CHAR format Random Selection The count parameter specifies that every nth record in the input file should be selected This option is designed for random sampling of the input file The startrecord endrecord parameter cannot be used with this parameter Like startrecord endrecord count must come after the setname if present Test files can be constructed from random samplings of production files We can build a test file with the count parameter gt input dinvent 15 every 15th record is read gt output dtest create an output file with every gt xeg 15th record from Dinvent Notes Only one Input Chain Get or Select command is allowed per extract task The Input command opens the specified file immediately The file is held open until the
43. the first is to use the following Set command The second method is to specify the username password in the following manner gt open oracle scott tiger However this option should not be needed any longer due to how we load the Oracle routines and utilize them Oracle SET ORACLE ZERONULL ON OFF Initially OFF Set Oracle ZeroNull On will change any fields that are null in the SQL sense of the word will become zeroes for the appropriate number type In order to turn this feature on for all accesses you can put the command gt Set Oracle ZeroNull On into the file opt robelle suprmgr Previous to version 4 6 in Suprtool used to return nulls but Suprtool 4 6 and Suprtool 4 7 would return zeroes We have decided to make this optional and make the default to return Nulls due to problems when using the to_char function in the select statement Pattern SET PATTERN NEW OLD Initially NEW Prior to Suprtool for MPE version 3 1 there was no method of checking for the 4 2 or characters in a pattern Version 3 1 introduced a new pattern matching routine adding an escape character and two new reserved characters A and Old Suprtool tasks that look for the specific characters 82 or will not work with the new pattern matching routine Users who are concerned about this can add the following command to their opt robelle suprmegr file Suprtool Commands e 207 set pattern old Prefetch SET P
44. when you want to check a field for a pattern of characters For example to select records where the customer name contains the word THOMPSON somewhere use gt if name THOMPSONG gt lt Means Mismatches Pattern In the If command use the two characters gt lt when you want to select records that fail to match a pattern of characters gt if address gt lt CANADAG Means Match Anything in a Pattern The At Sign character is used in patterns to indicate that Suprtool should accept anything in that position For example gt if name ROBERTG Glossary of Terms e 371 372 e Glossary of Terms The matches lt null gt ROBERT is a valid match it matches one character ROBERTA is a valid match it matches multiple characters ROBERT M GREEN and The ROBERT E LEE are valid matches Means Number in Patterns or Prompt Character for the Edit Command is used in patterns to match a single numeric character gt if type REC look for REC followed by 2 digits is used by the Edit command on MPE to prompt for commands gt edit MPE only list d inventory is used in the Get and Input commands to read every n th record Means Alphanumeric in Patterns is used in patterns to match a single alphabetic or numeric character gt if type BASE look for BASE plus 2 alphanumerics amp Means Escape in Patterns or Continue Command Line
45. without performing any task If you have defined an input source but without any sort keys Suprtool does a copy operation prior to stopping Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 111 Export Command EXP You cannot use Suprtool s Export command to invoke STExport UX but you can run STExport UX by itself opt robelle bin stexport STExport UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2004 Version 5 0 STExport UX only accepts self describing files created by Suprtool UX or the MPE SDUnix program 112 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Extract Command EXT Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from input records There can be up to 255 extracted fields and the same field may be extracted more than once Constant values may be used instead of the value of the field from the Input record EXTRACT field subscript value field2 EXTRACT field subscript1 field2 subscript2 EXTRACT target field expression Default subscript entire field Field Parameter Each extracted field must be an Eloquence field name an SQL database table column or a field in an SD file or a Defined field If the field requires an Item definition then the Item command must precede the Extract command Extract specifies a rearrangement of the Input data fields to produce the Output data record there is no data conversion unless output xxx
46. writes three lines of data to it then uses this file as input to Suprtool UX At the end of the script we make sure that we remove the temporary file that we created bin sh datafile mktemp echo 1234567 Line 1 gt gt datafile echo 2345678 Line 2 gt gt datafile echo 3456789 Line 3 gt gt datafile suprtool lt lt EOD input Sdatafile rec 14 1f define key PM define line Bl extract key extract line list standard exit EOD rm Sdatafile Missing Features The following Suprtool features on MPE are currently not available in Suprtool UX e Extracting a range of fields from an SQL database 52 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX e Export command STExport exists as a separate program e Link command Suprlink exists as a separate program e Table Command with the File option requires that the file being loaded is self describing e Out option of the Listredo command e Output Ask Num Key and Num Query e Output Temp There are no temporary files in HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Running Suprtool under HP UX e 53 Suprtool and AMXW What is AMXW Automated Migration to uniX and Windows is a complete tool designed to migrate HP e3000 Cobol SPL C FORTRAN Pascal and Protos application environments to the HP9000 Integrity Itanium Windows Linux Sun or AIX platforms This product from Speedware is commonly referred to as AMXW What is Suprtool for AMXW Suprtool
47. 0 for HP UX Numrecs Command N Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Specify the size of the input file for tape files output file for datasets and the sort scratch file NUMRECS size percentage default size 10 000 or EOF of input source Parameters When you know that you are selecting a small subset of the entire input source use the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and if required the size of the output file If you select more than size entries Suprtool prints a warning message and ignores the rest of the input records However the output file will have the records that were selected Use a percent sign to specify the Numrecs as a percentage of the input file size The percentage can range from 1 to 500 Using Numrecs for Tape Files The Numrecs command is required to read more than 10 000 records from a tape file Suppose you want to read a tape file with 30 000 records You would use the Numrecs command to increase the size of the output file gt file t dev tape define tape file gt input t specify Suprtool input gt numrecs 30000 make room for 30000 records gt output out2 output file will have room for gt xeg 30000 records Reducing File Sizes Suppose that the d sales dataset contains 100 000 entries but you use the If command to select 15 of the entries We would specify 15 as the percentage on the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and the o
48. 108 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Edit Command ED Edits an Eloquence database EDIT The Edit command of Suprtool invokes an independent module of Suprtool called Dbedit This module permits the user to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an Eloquence database This module should be useful for debugging systems doing data entry on simple systems and quickly prototyping systems The Edit command uses the database opened previously by the Base command Where Suprtool is primarily a serial tool the Edit module is primarily a tool for chained or keyed access Examples gt comment Edit the STORE database gt base store 1 writer open for write access gt edit switch to Dbedit list d inventory Dbedit prompts with exit returns control to Suprtool gt Suprtool prompts again Notes An entire user manual has been provided to describe how to use the Edit feature of Suprtool See See the Dbedit section in the manual for all the details Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 109 Exit Command E Exit Suprtool in one of two ways EXIT ABORT XEQ Default XEQ Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprtool after specifying only part of a task because Suprtool starts processing the task To exit Suprtool without executing the current task use the Abort option Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprtool recognizes special command names
49. 133 Overflow and MitS era ete areae niae a a E a aa aar E eTa a an 134 A atoi a EAEE A EE T 134 Form Command F c cccccccscscsssccssscesscecessceeseecsceeesecceseeeseeceseeeessecsaeeeeseeceseesesseceeeeeseensees 136 Get Command G cccccccccssccsssccsssceeseecsssceeseecssseeeseecsseeeeseecsseeeessecesseeeseeceseeeesaeceeeeesseensess 139 Help Command A eo ende celica dls area Lo 141 If Command TF renn a i e r a e nE e ies eai 142 EXPO PE E A E EA 142 NA AE ET 145 SUD ii s 145 Numeric Expression aiii vaedeeidagecee ss 146 String Expressions cti 148 Date Selection iii iia ir s 152 Long EXpressiOns 0 iii n 157 Input Command lll iii iia iin 159 Item Command Ti dee A S 161 DateFormat imn sec i rri e AAA Aaa a tikes 161 Decimal Places iii n n eeoa E e Er S E Ea 164 NOUGS ices ninn AA A N EEN R aa aa 165 Key Command Kimi n a a i a A E iiaa 167 Link Command LIN Tue E E E a 169 List Command L an ennen ae a EKE A EEN E S R 170 A O NN 170 L serJet LIStNE Sne na r E ieceey ota ie cand scene ww eee oe age 171 Headings rn Listings se cess derivates pote cad ove es teceady Recess 172 Simple Reports a 173 O UN anette 174 Eist Hile A act 174 Listredo Command EISTREDO a a e cite 177 N mrecs Command Nil sia cats 178 Ope Comma d OP Tucci tido into cto td i 179 Remote Databases and Oracle ISSues cssccsseesseeseeeeceeeceeeeeeceseenseenseenseceeeneeenes 179 Output Command O eass n a od 180 Put Command D S
50. A Form however can be abbreviated only to FO since there is a File command abbreviated F in Dbedit gt base store pub 5 gt edit 1 m customer all e Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Dbedit upshifts everything in the command line These two commands are identical LIST M CUSTOMER list m customer Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters Multiple commands cannot be placed on one input line The separating semicolon colon or comma in commands is REQUIRED not optional Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual run suprtool pub robelle gt base store pub 5 open the database in Suprtool gt edit enter Dbedit list m customer use all of the defaults list m customer all list all records in m customer exit return to Suprtool Control Y If you press Control Y during an operation Dbedit responds by printing a blank line and stopping the current operation Please note that on HP UX the Control Y or Interrupt character may be defined as Control C Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a commen
51. Append to an existing file so you can have multiple reports in a single file The File option takes the next parameter as being the filename 174 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt in test filelsd gt list stan file myslist gt xeq If the file myslist exists it will be over written unless you specify the Append option If you specify the append option the new report will be added to the file So if you want to incorporate multiple reports you just need to do the following gt in test filelsd gt list stan file myslist gt xeq gt in test file2sd gt list stan file myslist append gt xeq Although the concept of record size is not the same on HP UX as it is on MPE it is still important in some areas within Suprtool In this case the RECLEN parm merely tells the List command where to fold the lines The Reclen parm can be a value from 56 to 256 and defaults to 80 bytes Device LP Use the LP option to send listings to the lp command The LP option assumes the list device is 80 columns wide gt list lp User Specified Device Use the Device option to specify a specific logical device for the listing The device name must appear after the Device option The device name is case sensitive so that the device SHIPPING is different than the device shipping The Device option assumes that the list device is 80 columns wide gt list device LP same as List LP gt list device serialp
52. BJ is accepted as a short form Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 342 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Output Command O Specify the name of the output file OUTPUT filename ERASE DATA LINK By default the name of the output file is Output The output file is a self describing file containing data extracted from the input file and the Link files Use the Data option to make the output file a standard disc file without a corresponding sd file There are two different types of self describing files The first type is created with Suprtool s Output Query option A superior form of self describing file is produced with Suprtool s Output Link option Suprlink creates the output self describing file in the same format as the input file We recommend that you use the same type of self describing file for all input and link files Output Record Format The record structure is determined by Suprlink but is relatively easy to anticipate Suprlink starts with all of the fields of the input file in order For each Link file it appends the fields of the Link file to the Output record in order Suprlink drops the key fields from the Link records since they always contain duplicated data If a field name other
53. COMP 3 P12 in IMAGE 6 bytes 3 words 11 digits Data Type Warning The Define command accepts field definitions of any combination of byte length and data type However many combinations have limited usefulness in Suprtool In these cases Suprtool prints a warning For example gt def field 1 1 integer Warning Length of 1 is of limited use for the data type INTEGER Examples The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Define command a 11 4 double J2 or 12 S9 9 COMP b 21 2 int J1 or I1 S9 4 COMP e 21 8 character string f address 5 fifth occurrence of address g address 5 3 4 relative offset h address 5 4 2 byte middle of the address i x 6 4 starts at sixth byte of X j invoice 6 byte redefine field as Byte Absolute Example The following example shows the most basic use of the Define command to create a new field definition at an absolute location in the input record amt is an integer that starts at the 11th byte of file gt def amt 11 2 int gt if amt gt 1000 amt is now a field we can select on gt output outfile Absolute Example with Subcount IMAGE and Suprtool allow fields to be repeated In the next example we define an amount field that repeats twelve times e g once for each month of the year We use a subscript when we want to refer to a specific month Suprtool Commands e 99 100 e Suprtool Com
54. Criteria EEE E ET 292 Select command sessessseseeeesseseeseessseseesseserseeserses 192 Select command Allbase rOWS oooocococccccoonccoconanoos 195 Select performance ooconconoccnocononnoonconoconocnnoc nooo nconnos 192 Select Long COMMAN AS ooooonioniocnoonnoonconoconncnnccnnconnos 192 selecting multiple values oooonncnnnnnnnonnonconnconnonno 144 Selecting TECOS vicios 142 selection by date ooooonconoconicononiconocnnonnnonoconoconocnnnonnos 152 Selection logita iii ii 320 selection using arithmetic ooooonccincnnncniccnonnconncnnnonnos 147 self describing files field name limit 0 eee 68 self describing file format cee eeeeeeeeees 282 351 self describing files 66 68 107 181 320 SEMICO OM cion li 290 semicolon means multiple commands 0 373 Separator dates ii ita 243 serial vs chained read ececceesseeseeeeeesceeeeeteeeeeeeens 93 SESSION ia tt 70 SESSION MOG noaa E 367 Set Alpa Seren ae hose neces OE 195 SetArithmetic tias 195 Set BIOCKSIZ6 iia 195 Set Buffet o E E A E E EA 195 Set command Dbedit oooooonncocccononaccnonanccononacononnnnoos 311 Set command STEXPOlTboooooconccnnnnonnoonconncnnncnnccnncnnnos 270 Set command SuprlidkK ooooooononncnnncnooncocnconccnnconnos 346 Set command SuprtOOl oooooonoccncciccnooconnconnconccnnonnnos 193 Set Currency Symbol oooonoonnccicociconocnconoconcconoconccnnonnnos 196 Ser Dalt ticas diia de 197 198
55. Select command to choose what data to read from your Allbase database Allbase access is available as a separate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Allbase internal data types into ones that Suprtool can process Not all Allbase data types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Suprtool data type that corresponds to the Allbase data type Allbase Data Type Suprtool Data type Integer Double Smallint Integer Binary Not Supported Char Byte Varchar Byte Real Teee 32 Float Teee 64 Decimal Packed Numeric Packed TID Not Supported Date Byte Time Byte Datetime Byte Interval Byte Varbinary Not Supported Long binary Not Supported Long varbinary Not Supported Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 63 Date and Time Types Allbase has four types of fields that are associated with dates and times These fields are converted to byte type data and are returned with specific lengths The date and time fields are returned with the following byte lengths Data Type Length Date 10 Time 8 Datetime 23 Interval 8 Restrictions Suprtool cannot currently handle all Allbase database concepts The current restrictions are 1 Suprtool requires that the ownername be specified when selecting a particular table in the following manner gt select from purchdb orders In this example the owner is purchdb and the tablename is orders 2
56. Select records from an Oracle table and check that there are at least ten suprtool oc lt lt EOD open oracle scott tiger select from emp if sal gt 1000 00 output dev null exit LEOD if cat stoutcount ge 10 J then echo More than 10 records found fr Exit with Verify v Some users inadvertently Exit from Suprtool by entering the Exit command instead of Xeq To prompt for Exit approval use the v option suprtool v gt e Okay to exit no gt Combining c and v You can combine both the c and v options with the following command suprtool c use usefile v Loader Warnings Suprtool by default does not print loader warnings any longer If you want to see the loader warnings you can run Suprtool with the lw option suprtool lw This section describes Suprtool UX features that interact with the HP UX environment Shell Commands You can execute shell commands by typing them anywhere you type a Suprtool command If a command is both a shell and Suprtool command you must precede the shell command by an exclamation mark or a colon Shell commands are executed by your default shell the one configured in etc passwd for your user name Running Suprtool under HP UX 49 Ssuprtool gt whoami these 3 commands are identical gt whoami gt whoami gt set does Suprtool s Set command gt Iset does HP UX s Set command Shell commands are execut
57. Suprtool does attempt to fixup these cases and would format the data in the following manner 123 50 Overflow and floating dollar If the number of digits in the data is equal to the number of placeholder dollar signs then the dollar sign is dropped and not added to the edited field 12345 50 99 would result in 12345 50 Set CurrencySymbol If Set CurrencySymbol is not equal to then after the formatting has been applied whatever symbol s are defined within the set command are used to replace the symbol in the data For example if you have the Currency symbol set as CDN gt set currencysymbol CDN Suprtool will replace the after the edit mask has been applied with CDN provided there is room to the left of the dollar sign It is recommended that if you are using multiple characters for the dollar symbol that you leave enough characters to the left of the symbol Suprtool Commands e 133 134 e Suprtool Commands For example if the CurrencySymbol is defined as CDN then you should leave two spaces to the left of a fixed dollar sign definition If there is not enough room to put in the currency symbol then the dollar symbol is blank Overflow and limits An edit mask is limited to 32 characters in total for both numeric and byte type fields If data overflows the edit mask by default Suprtool will fill that field with asterisks There is an option to have Suprtool stop when it encounters a formatting o
58. Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX dscopy opt robelle mpe sdunixnm hpux user password to sdunixnm bin fcode 1030 rsize 256 fix rep 5 Remove any old versions of Sdunix 6 Rename the program file rename sdunixnm sdunix To install the CM version of SDUnix specify Sdunixcm as the file name disc 400 1 1 for the file size and 1029 for the filecode SDUnix Parameters All SDUnix parameters are specified via Info string There are three parameters input file sd file LF NOLF The first parameter is the name of an MPE self describing file The second parameter is the name of the sd file that SDUnix created LF vs NOLF Use the third parameter to specify whether the data file has LF line feed as the record separator or whether the file does not use a file separator If you use FTP to copy the data file to your HP UX machine you should specify the NOLF option and be sure to use a binary mode transfer If you are using DSCOPY with its default options to copy the data file you should specify the LF option Examples The following section contains examples of creating an SD file on MPE converting the SD information and finally copying the two files to an HP UX machine First create an SD file with run suprtool pub robelle gt base store 5 Database password gt get d inventory gt out dinv link gt exit Now you can convert the label information to an sd file using the SDUnix u
59. Suprtool for HP UX ItemAbbreviateDate SET ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF Initially ON The specification of the Date format within the Item command by default expects the entire keyword For example for the date format of Calendar you would have to specify the entire token of Calendar If you Set ItemAbbreviateDate On you would only have to specify CAL for the Calendar date format ItemLock SET ITEMLOCK lt fieldname gt Initially Spaces Suprtool now supports Item Level locking thru the Set ItemLock lt fieldname gt command The set command must be specified after the Base and Get Chain command has been specified For example run suprtool pub robelle base order 1 get dline set itemlock item num del out save link exit Item Level locking is only effective for Deletes and Updates Interactive SET INTERACTIVE ON OFF Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 201 202 e Suprtool Commands Initially depends If you run Suprtool from a session Set Interactive is On If you run Suprtool from a batch job or with Stdin or Stdlist re directed Set Interactive is Off When it is On Suprtool waits for answers to questions and continues processing even if there are errors When it is Off Suprtool aborts on any error assumes the correct answer to any question and generally acts as if there is not an intelligent being typing in the command Suprtool chooses the correct answer which allows the task to continue
60. Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Defining Fields in QTP In our example above custnum can be used to link the d_invoice and m_customer tables in QTP because custnum is an index in the m customer table If custnum was not an index you could try declaring the record structure for the subfile with the QTP Define command Srm invcust Sqtp gt access d_invoice gt define name character size 20 gt define address character size 20 gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go You must be careful to ensure that the data definitions of the Defined fields are correct Note that you cannot assign default display specifications such as Heading or Picture specifications for Defined fields in QTP Linking Subfiles by Record Number Another approach which guarantees that the subfile will contain the correct data definitions and default display characteristics is to create temporary subfiles with QTP for each dataset then link them together by record number rm invcust Satp gt access d_invoice gt subfile invtemp size 1 include gt custnum invdate amount invnum gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access m_customer gt subfile custtemp size 1 include amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access invtemp link to record 0 of custtemp gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs
61. Underline Off disables this feature Users with slow printing terminals will find Dbedit faster with Underline Off The Under option may be used to temporarily enable underlining for a single command Verify SET VERIFY ON OFF Initially ON When you are adding new records to a dataset Dbedit lists the contents of new records after you have entered all of the field values Turning Verify Off causes Dbedit to stop listing new records after they are added Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file Usefiles can also be set up for data entry functions such as adding a new customer into the database e g add one master entry add one billto entry add multiple shipto entries and then list the master entry plus RELATED details For example here is a usefile that uses the File command to define a dataset file d inventory key product no 5 key and limit q You may use the List Modify or Delete q commands to modify inventory records You q are restricted to at most five inventory q records per product number Use the file inside Dbedit gt base store gt edit enter Dbedit useq dinvent use specify commands from the usefile You may use the List Modify or Delete commands to modify inventory records You are restricted
62. Unlike most programming languages the calculator always evaluates the calculation from left to right This is similar to an electronic calculator where each keystroke is operated on immediately You can use parentheses to force the calculator to evaluate the expression in a different order 14 16 15 3 compute an average Result 15 0 14 16 15 3 add 14 16 and the result of 15 3 Result 35 0 14 16415 3 add 16 15 divide by 3 then add to 14 Result 24 3333333333 Percentages A number in the calculator expression may be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage 125 5 what is 5 of 125 Result 6 25 125 125 5 add 5 of 125 to 125 Result 12 5 125 125 53 oops we needed to change the order Result 131 25 this looks like the answer we wanted The last two examples show the importance of the order in which calculator evaluates the expression We needed to use parentheses to force calculator to evaluate our expression in the correct order Display Formats A calculator expression may be followed by a comma and a display letter The default is decimal and the options are hex or H octal or O double D ASCII A and binary B With these options the result is treated as a 32 bit integer Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX 10 0 standard octal format Result 000012 10 0 negative number in octal Result 37777777766 100
63. another type of field first use Define to redefine the data as a two byte Logical field Once Suprtool extracts a bit string it always treats it as an Unsigned Integer a Logical and never interprets it as negative The format for bit extracts calls for a starting bit number and a bit count The 16 bits in a computer word are numbered from the left 0 to 15 The two bytes to extract from need not be on a word boundary i e they can start in any byte position See Define Command D on page 97 for how to define a two byte logical field field startbit bitcount Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt define bitfield name 2 1ogical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 How to Check a Byte for a Numeric Value Because Suprtool does not have one byte integers it can be difficult to check a single byte for a specific numeric value Use a two byte integer Define field and the bit extract operator to solve this problem gt define word transcode 2 integer gt if word 0 8 13 See Character Constants on page 145 for an alternate method Decimal Places Use the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal places in an item If you do not do this you must scale all numbers in the If command For example let s assume that you want to find all inventory records with a cost equal to 80 59 If you do not use the Item command your If command would look like this gt if cost 8059 no decimal places By telling Suprtool about th
64. are relative to the start of the part number The file INVOICES is a self describing file gt in invoices part is 12 bytes gt def warehouse part 4 warehouse starts at part gt def bin part 5 4 bin is second four bytes gt def release part 9 4 release is the last four bytes gt if bin 100 use any field for selection Note that redefining the digits of a larger numeric field only works when the field is a character field type X U or A Relative Example Combining Subscripts and Offsets If we have ten part numbers combined into one field e g 10X12 we can still define a single field that corresponds to the bin number of one of the parts gt in invoices allparts is 10X12 gt def bin3 allparts 3 5 4 we are checking starting at the fifth byte gt if bin3 100 of the third part Notes The purpose of the Define command is to tell Suprtool to look at a portion of the input record in a certain way For example if the record contains ASCII digits in the Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX first ten bytes Define could be used to assign a field definition to the first six bytes In this case the field must be defined as data type Byte Char or Display The Extract command may be The Define command cannot be used to convert data from one format to another used for data conversion See Using the same example the Define command could not be used to treat the first six the Data Conversion section digits
65. as fieldname The fieldname is a field from an Eloquence dataset specified in Get or Chain or a column from a table specified in Select or a field from a self describing file or another Defined field Relative definitions are similar to COBOL s Redefine verb The sublen and type are optional They default to the total byte length and type of the fieldname The subscript parameter is an optional sub item index for arrays such as Eloquence compound items like 532 or 4X20 The first sub item is number 1 and if no subscript is provided Suprtool uses the first sub item The offset parameter is optional and specifies a byte offset from the position that would otherwise be used This allows you to define fields relative to other fields The offset starts at 1 and not at 0 i e FIELD 1 is the first byte of the field To define a field that corresponds to the second index of the address array of the customer file you would use Suprtool Commands e 97 gt in customer self describing file gt define city address 2 gt if city Vancouver gt list gt xeq Data Types Here are the valid types Type Description BYTE printable ASCII characters INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned integer CHARACTER for Native Language Support The Define command also accepts Fpoin
66. byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one If you have specified a date format or the number of implied decimal points with the Item command these attributes will appear as part of the form listing Example gt base store 5 gt item last ship date date yymmdd gt item unit cost decimal 2 gt edit enter Dbedit form d inventory D INVENTORY Detail Entry BIN NO J1 1 LAST SHIP DATE J2 3 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt ON HAND QTY J2 7 PRODUCT NO Z8 LL M PRODUCT SUPPLIER NAME X16 19 M SUPPLIER UNIT COST P8 35 lt lt 2 gt gt Capacity 112 Entries 3 Entry Length 19 Blocking 14 Form Keywords The Form command shows Items Paths and Sets before searching for a dataset or file with these names Use a string e g sets to display the form of a dataset or file that matches one of the Form keywords gt form paths 304 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in Dbedit HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific Dbedit command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name help list Help on the List command help list notes notes section of the List c
67. century should be 20 You can easily convert each date by processing each field separately by using an intermediate self describing file Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 79 gt base store dbold 1 Database password gt get d sales gt set squeeze off gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if deliv date gt date 1950 01 01 gt out sales01 1link gt ext cust account gt ext 19 gt ext deliv date sales_total gt xeq IN 15 OUT 14 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 5 Now insert 20 to the century for the appropriate records gt base store dbold gt get d sales gt if deliv date lt Sdate 1950 01 01 gt ext cust account gt ext 20 gt ext deliv date sales total gt out sales01 1link append gt xeq Now you can convert the other field from the flat file sales01 and add a century to the purch_date field gt reset gt base close the open database gt in sales0l gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if purch_date gt date 1950 01 01 gt set squeeze off gt out sales02 link gt ext cust account product_price gt ext 19 gt ext purch_date sales_total gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Because you extracted all 15 records you know you do not have any records with the purch date field that need to be updated with a 20 Now you can insert the records into the new database gt base store db gt in sales02 gt put d sales gt xeq
68. command cccceceesceeeeeeeees 188 268 310 344 Redo number of commands cccecceceeeseeeeeees 188 Redo Sb sssarcsseeteseessvcses suetsVieseseasce Me eessseed 209 270 346 reduced OU Put es vcsecsseees niente ds 203 Reflect ON m erreen eat e aan aE E Saian 70 Related option Dbedit oooooonconncnncnincononinnccnnonnnonnss 294 relative dates c oocooonccnoccnoconononononnnonnnonnonononnnronrnnnonnnnnos 152 relative field definitions ooooonnonnnincnnnonnocnocncornconocnnoo 97 remove bad data coooococonoconoconoconononnnonnnonnonononnn corona nocnnnos 95 TEMOVING SPACES cocooococccoccnoncnononnnonn nono nonnnonnonnnnnos 122 151 repeated fields ee ceeceseesecsecseeeseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeerees 146 POPOTS 24 Ai 41 Reset command cooocnnoncccnonanccononanononananonnnns 191 269 345 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Reset Set option coat rial 311 restrictions in Dbedit oooooonnciocnnocnnonionnonnccnnonnninnnonos 287 ROBELLE variable ooooooononocccinonaccconananonons 50 234 316 Roman 8 characters HTML output 257 Roman 8 vs ASCII eeeeeeeesceesseceeeeeeneeceereeeneeeeees 172 running out of disc space in SOlt ooooocncnicnnncnncnnonnnos 213 running STEXPOrt ceeceeceseceecseecseeeeeeeeeeeeeereess 233 running Suprlink e cece eeseeeseeseeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeeeerens 317 scientific FOIA ee eeeeseeceeeeeeeceeeceseceseensecaeenees 251 SD AlS eieo see self describing files A A E E T E E 66 search
69. command to identify defined fields that have an implied number of decimal places Once you do this you can then enter regular unscaled numbers For example to enter five cents use 0 05 to enter 100 00 use 100 Ifa field is a dollar and cents amount scaled by 100 use the following to tell Suprtool about the decimal place gt item total sales DECIMAL 2 With the Item command the previous example becomes more understandable saledata reclen 70 nolf total sales 40 integer total sales decimal 2 find sales gt 999 total_ sales gt 999 result Converting Numbers Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX There are several ways to convert binary numbers e g 12 P8 into human readable ASCII form You can use STExport s Output ASCII or Output DISPLAY if you want to convert all numbers Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 37 If you want to convert only some of your numeric fields you can use Suprtool s numeric conversion feature to convert the binary fields to display fields define mynumber 1 6 display get dataset ext some fields ext mynumber binary number output filename xeq Note that this technique also works for converting a number from one numeric type to another numeric type You can also convert from binary numbers to a formatted byte field using the edit function gt in mysdfile gt def a 1 10 byte gt def b 1 10 byte gt ext a Sedit int field 55 55 99 gt ext b Sedit int field 99999
70. configuration file profile for Bourne and Korn shells and login for the C shell usually contains a line like stty erase H kill U intr C eof D swtch z To change both the end of file and interrupt characters you should change the intr and eof control keys as follows stty erase H kill U intr y eof E swtch z Note that many programs require an end of file signal Many introductory books on UNIX assume that Control D signifies the end of file Once you have changed the control character remember to use Control E for the end of file at least Control E is easy to remember since end of file starts with the letter E Suprmgr Configuration Files When you run Suprtool it automatically uses this configuration files if it exists Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Running Suprtool under HP UX e 47 opt robelle suprmgr The system manager usually creates opt robelle suprmgr and puts Suprtool commands in it to set Suprtool options To check the options for your site examine this configuration file On Line vs Batch Access Y ou normally run Suprtool as an on line session You type Suprtool commands on your terminal and Suprtool prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdout Suprtool assumes that it is in batch Suprtool in batch is almost identical to Suprtool on line except for answering questions When Suprtool asks a question in batch it does not expect an answer from stdi
71. conjunction with AMXW and Suprtool The setting you need to use is The default for this setting is off While the External SD is written to in this case for the other Application Suprtool for AMXW will ignore the External SD file when reading these files AMXW PerfWrite SET AMXW PerfWrite ON OFF Default OFF Suprtool for AMXW now has an option to do multi record writes to the output file which has given as much as a 10 times performance increase Set AMXW PerfWrite On The default for this setting is off AMXW version 8 05 01 Build 13 or higher is required for this to work Filecode SET FILECODE number Initially 0 Default no change When Suprtool writes to an old file Output Append and Output Erase are the only cases it leaves the filecode of the output file unchanged When Suprtool creates a new file with the Output Ask or Output Query option it gives the file a special filecode 1071 and 1084 respectively When the input file has a nonzero filecode Suprtool carries that filecode over to the new output file See Output Command O on page 180 for details on Output options such as Ask Erase and Query To convert a self describing file into a non SD file see Suprtool and Self Describing Files on page 68 60 e Command Details for AMXW Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX In all other cases new files created by Suprtool have a default filecode of zero You can specify an alternate default filecode using Set Fil
72. current task RESET ALL command Default Delete Sort Key If List Parameters More than one command can be Reset at once by entering several commands separated by a space or a comma If no parameters are specified Suprtool cancels the previous Sort Key If Delete and List commands The other commands remain unchanged If ALL is specified all of the Input and Output commands are canceled and database files are closed In fact the only options that are not reset to the initial condition are Define Item Open and Set options Examples You began to specify a sort but then you discovered that you specified the wrong database so you decided to start all over gt base ostore gt get d sales gt sort cust account gt reset all oops wrong database gt base store now we have correct one In the next example you entered an incorrect If command gt if delivered gt 0004 wrong field used gt reset if only reset the If command gt if purchased gt 0004 and specify it again This time both the If command and the Extract commands are incorrect gt if delivered gt 00040 wrong field used gt extract delivered in both commands gt reset if extract only reset the If and Extract gt if purchased gt 00040 commands and start again gt extract purchased account Notes By resetting certain commands other commands are also reset For example resetting the Base command resets alm
73. decimal points We specify the Rightjustnum keyword because numbers with decimal points are hard to read if they are left justified gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt list rightjustnum numbers right justified gt xeg with decimal points Listing Record Numbers The Norec keyword prevents the printing of the input and output record numbers The input record numbers are not printed if Output xxx Data is used and the file is sorted 170 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Listing One Field per Line Suprtool normally attempts to list more than one field on every line of list output The Oneperline keyword causes every field to be shown on a different line Listing without Field Names Noname When Suprtool knows the record structure of the output file it shows the name of each output field The Noname keyword causes the field names to be suppressed By only extracting a few fields it is possible to fit the listed output for each record on one line Suppressing Blank Lines Between Records By default Suprtool prints a blank line between each record The Noskip keyword removes this blank line If you combine the Noskip Norec Noname and Title options when extracting a few fields Suprtool can produce a simple report Numeric Justification Leftjustnum and Rightjustnum The List command normally left justifies all numeric fields Specifying List Standard causes all numeric fields to be r
74. e e O e e De T O 0 0 O 0 00 90 0 U Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 301 Exit Command E Leaves Dbedit and returns control to Suprtool EXIT 302 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual File Command F Establishes the current file field list and search field FILE file options Options numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder UPdatekey If Set Reset is Off you can use the File command to specify the KEY for the specified file For example set reset off tfile d inventory key product no will cause all subsequent commands to prompt for the PRODUCT NO before the SUPPLIER NAME Specifying a new file or options parameter in the Add Change Delete List or Modify commands overrides and replaces the current file and option values Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 303 Form Command FO The Form command displays a description of the items and datasets in a database FORM SETS ITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename Default fields in current dataset If you request information about a specific detail dataset Suprtool will print the path information in DBSCHEMA format The path shows the related master dataset and the sort item name The capacity is also shown in DBSCHEMA format The blocking factor appears after the capacity in parentheses When showing the form of a dataset Dbedit shows the
75. enter Dbedit again SET LP ONJOFF PROMPT character QUIET ONJOFF RESET ONJOFF UNDERLINE ONJOFF VERIFY ONJOFF LP SET LP ONJOFF Initially OFF All output from the List command is normally sent to stdlist When you turn Set LP to On Dbedit opens the file Suprlist which defaults to the line printer Turning Set LP Off closes the SUPRLIST file and releases it to the spooler Dbedit automatically closes the Suprlist file when you return to Suprtool Prompt SET PROMPT char Initially Prompt tells Dbedit to use a different character for prompting Any special character can be used as the prompt character For example gt edit set prompt Slist m customer Quiet SET QUIET ON OFF Initially OFF Turning this option On causes Dbedit to reduce the number of helpful messages that are printed and to shorten other messages Reset SET RESET ON OFF Initially ON When you use the File List Modify Change or Delete commands you may override the default order that Dbedit uses to prompt for search fields using the KEY option With Reset On Dbedit always resets the KEY option to the default With Reset Off Dbedit will continue to use the new order of search fields Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 311 312 e Dbedit Commands Underline SET UNDERLINE ON OFF Initially ON When Dbedit prompts for field values it prints a series of underlines to show the field width
76. exit Tasks are the building blocks with which Suprtool helps you to solve data processing problems In a task Suprtool reads information from a file or database selects and processes some information and writes out the result You can visualize a Suprtool task like this Input Suprtool Output Records selects and Records processes The examples that follow all consist of Suprtool tasks Simple solutions require only one task Complex solutions consist of several tasks often with the output of one task becoming the input for the next task 26 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Copying Files Copying One File Use the Input command to specify a data file gt input filel reclen 80 nolf gt output result gt xeq The Output command creates the file called result which is a copy of the input file Appending to a File To append to an existing file use the Append option in the Output command gt input file2 reclen 80 nolf gt output result append gt xeq Fields in Data Files What is a Self Describing File Suprtool for AMXW is not available on tape but can be easily downloaded from our web site The instructions for the production release install can be found here http www robelle com downloads install amxwprod html A self describing SD file is actually a pair of files one with data and the other with field information These files have the advantage of behaving li
77. from ssn curmajor output outfile exit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprlink command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character link customer records to invoices input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit HP UX Commands Suprlink also accepts HP UX commands with or without an exclamation mark or colon 1ls 1s For commands that are the same in both Suprlink and HP UX Suprlink only executes the HP UX command if you type the exclamation mark or colon For example set you get Suprlink Set command t set you get HP UX Set command ksh Suprlink UX executes and HP UX command e g Is or script file File Names Suprlink s Input Link and Output commands accept any valid HP UX file name File names are currently limited to a maximum of 240 characters Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering
78. from scott employee order by ename gt no The Suprtool prompt changes from gt to after entering the Select command by itself on a line The entire command gets sent to the Select command parser after terminating with two slash marks or a blank line You might realize greater performance gains with the Select command if you specify only the columns that you need in your output file for either tables with many items or when you need only a couple of items from a given table The following Select command gt select coll col2 col3 from user account emp may be faster than gt select from user account emp Your mileage may vary Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Set Command S Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprtool These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET SET Suprtool UX SET SET SET SET ALLBASE ROWS number ARITHMETIC CLASSIC IEEE has no effect in Suprtool UX BASECLOSE ONJOFF not supported in Suprtool UX BLOCKSIZE size has no effect in Suprtool UX BUFFER size CLEANCHAR lt string gt CURRENCYSYMBOL lt string gt DATE CUTOFF number DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF DATE IFYY2000ERROR ON OFF DATE MAPTOPHDATES8 ONJOFF DECIMALSYMBOL lt string gt DEFER ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX DUM
79. from the Sales table into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field cust_account then by sales_total in descending order Use two Sort commands to do this because the Sort command only accepts one field at a time gt select from sales input gt sort cust_account first sort key gt sort sales_total desc second sort key gt output result output gt xeq Duplicate Records In the following examples the key field is in the first four bytes of the record Duplicate ness is based on records having the same key value In any group of records with the same key value the first record is considered to be the original and the rest are considered to be the duplicates Report without Duplicate Records This is an example of filtering out duplicated records the original remains This is done by using the None option of the Duplicate command Input Result 1111 a 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 c 3333 2222 d 34 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX 3333 e gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt dup none keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicate Records This is an example of keeping only the duplicated records the original is not kept This example is the opposite of the previous example Use the Only option of the Duplicate command to do this Input Result 1111 a 2222 6 22220 2222 da 22220 2222 a 3333 e gt select from table gt sort
80. gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt record gt lt file gt Notes By default STExport will add the simplest version tag at thebeginning of the file then it inserts a lt file gt and matching lt file gt at the beginning and the end of the file Then STExport encloses each record from the input file in a lt record gt and lt record gt tag Finally the Self Describing tags are added around each field s data values and edited appropriately Naturally users would want options to customize and specify the various options and tags themselves in order to generate a file that is acceptable to their tools Version You can specify the version tag at the beginning of the XML file with the following command STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the version string Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Doctype A Document Type Declaration can be made at the beginning of the file via the DOCTYPE specification This typically tells whatever tool that is parsing the xml file where the DTD for the file resides In STExport you can specify simple one line doctype specs with the following command xml doctype DOCTYPE address book SYSTEM address book dtd This will write the doctype specification at the top of the output file directly after the XML version specification File You can customize the file tags with the
81. h hexadecimal Result 0064 In Double format calculator prints the double result as two octal numbers the way they appear in DEBUG The first number represents the high order 16 bits and the second number represents the low order 16 bits 10 d treat result as two 16 bit octal words Result 000000 000012 1000000000 d high order 16 bits are no zero Result 035632 145000 10 d note negative value 2 s complement Result 177777 177766 In ASCII format up to four characters are printed in Hex Decimal and ASCII display format 2020 a Result 2020 32 32 20161 72145 a Result 2071 32 113 q 7465 116 101 te In binary format the high order 16 bits are examined If these bits are not zero they are printed as two groups of eight bits A one 1 means that the bit is on and a zero 0 means that the bit is off The low order 16 bits are always printed as two groups of eight bits high order 16 bits suppressed 2 00000000 00001010 note negative value 2 s complement Result 2 11111111 11111111 2 11111111 11110110 1000000000 b high order 16 bits are non zero Result 2 00111011 10011010 2 11001010 00000000 Input Format The calculator supports different input formats for numbers Octal values are prefixed with a percent sign and hex values with a dollar sign An ASCII string of up to 4 characters is entered in quotes The result of the last calculation is referred
82. have critical item update disabled It is enabled using the the dbutil program Enabling critical item update allows Dbedit s Change command and Modify Updatekey to execute much faster There are two choices in DBUTIL for enabling critical item update 1 Set CIUPDATE On 2 Set CIUPDATE Allow The first option turns on critical item update for all programs The second option allows user programs like Dbedit to enable critical item update as needed The second option is the safest since some programs depend on IMAGE Eloquence giving an error when they attempt to change a critical field Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Dbedit 289 Dbedit Commands General Notes 290 e Dbedit Commands When you run Dbedit it prompts for commands on Stdlist with a character and reads command lines from Stdin Dbedit commands have a command name followed by one or more parameters separated by semicolons colons and commas Semicolons are NOT used to combine several commands on the same line as in Suprtool This chapter describes the Dbedit commands in detail The commands are presented in alphabetical order Each command name is followed by the minimal abbreviation for the command in brackets For example F for File and FO for Form Abbreviating You may shorten command names to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Add can be shortened to AD or A since there are no other commands that start with
83. heading Because the maximum length of an STExport input line is 256 characters you may not be able to specify a long heading with a single Heading command Use Heading Add to add additional strings to your heading Heading Account Note no Add in first string Heading Add First Name Heading Add Last Name Heading Add City Heading Add State If you specify your own heading STExport does not attempt to apply any formatting options If you need each field in the heading line to be surrounded by quotes and separated by commas you have to supply these yourself For example Account Note no Add in first string ros r First Name Last Name city State Column Headings It is difficult to get headings right when you have to specify all the quotes and delimiters with the Heading Add option Instead use Heading Column to specify individual column headings without having to type formatting information STExport then uses the current quote and delimiter settings in the heading Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 253 For example if you specify Column Account Column First Name Column Last Name Column City Column State and Quote Double and Delimiter Comma are in effect then the heading STExport produces will be Account First Name Last Name City State Notes You cannot combine the Add and Column options You must
84. include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands General Notes When you run Suprlink it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdin Suprlink commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the Suprlink commands in alphabetic order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and L for Link Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to the first letter of the command name v verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprlink upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc These two commands are identical EXIT texit Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The most common reason for continuing commands is to specify a lengthy Link command with secondary keys Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 327 328 e Suprlink Commands input students link majors by ssn cmaj
85. keyfield gt dup only keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Unique Records This example shows how to report only those records without duplicates That is if the records have duplicates both the originals and their duplicates are omitted from the report Input Result 1111 a 1111 a 2222 b 3333 e 2222 Cc 2222 d 3333 e You have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the desired output file Result that contains only the unique records Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 35 gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt extract keyfield gt dup only keys gt output dupfile gt xeq gt get dataset gt table dup table keyfield sorted dupfile gt if not Slookup dup table keyfield gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals This performs the opposite function to the one outlined above It keeps only the duplicates and their originals Input Result 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 2222 2222 a 2222 a 3333 e Once again you have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the output file Result that contains only duplicate files and their originals from table keyfield keyfield only
86. keys dupfile link from table dup_table keyfield sorted dupfile lookup dup_table keyfield result Deleting Duplicate Data File Records The following tasks read the file Datafile and create two new files The file named result does not have duplicate records The other file named archive has only the duplicate records Task 1 Identify which records to delete 36 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Decimal Places gt input datafile reclen 38 nolf gt define keyl 1 8 gt define key2 13 12 length of the record gt define rec 1 38 gt ext rec gt sort keyl gt sort key2 gt dup only keys gt out dupfile gt xeq link Task 2 Write records to archive gt input datafile reclen 38 nolf gt table duptab rec sorted dupfile gt if lookup duptab rec gt output archive gt xeq hold Task 3 Delete the records gt input datafile gt if not Slookup duptab rec gt output result gt xeq Data in disc files often has an implied number of decimal places For example dollar amounts usually have two implied decimal places for the cents In this case the number stored is scaled by a factor of one hundred e g you would enter 10000 to represent 100 00 gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt def total _ sales 40 integer gt if total sales gt 99900 gt out result gt xeq find sales gt 999 You can use Suprtool s Item
87. limitation of how Web browsers work Preformatted Format To preserve the columns and spacing of each output line use the HTML Preformatted option This option puts an HTML lt pre gt tag around all the data in the input file Most Web browsers will display preformatted text in a fixed width font such as Courier Therefore if you specify HTML Preformatted you should also select Columns Fixed Table Format Use HTML Table to create output in HTML table format STExport creates tables with a border between each column and row Tables make it easier to read tabular information but some older browers do not support tables If you specify HTML Table all byte type fields are left justified and all other fields are right justified If you use Heading Column or Fieldnames the column headings are specified with HTML table heading tags Most browsers highlight the column headings in some way such as bold text centered over the column Title All HTML documents must have a title By default STExport uses the title This is the Title You should specify your own title using the Title option Heading The heading appears before the column headings and data from your input file By default there is no heading Use the Heading option to specify your own heading Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Column Headings If you specify HTML Table use the Heading command to specify column headings for HTML output The Heading Fieldnames option
88. of an item The Link output option saves the date and decimal attributes as part of the field description form custfile File datafile SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CHARACTER x5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt compound field Has Linefeeds REPEATINT 3I1 6 DATE J2 12 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 LELLA Oy Entry Length 16 Blocking 1 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Heading Command HEA Specify a heading if any that appears as the first record of the output file HEADING NONE FIELDNAMES string ADD string COLUMN string Default None When importing data into other applications the first line of the import file is often treated as field names or headings Use the Heading command to specify what STExport should write as the first line of the output file Field Names If you specify Heading Fieldnames STExport creates a default heading This heading is constructed by using the field name of each field in the input file The Fieldname option uses the formatting options that apply to byte type fields to determine the final format e g the Quote command STExport produces multiple field names for compound fields For compound fields the repeat count is used to determine the number of field names The repeat count is appended to the field name starting with one until all the field names have been generated User Specified Heading You can specify your own heading line by doing gt heading your
89. of line Hpmodify Examples Here are examples of the MPE style REDO sub commands in action u 2 errr occurrence undoes the previous edits The u must be in column one u Second occurrence undoes all edits on the current line The u must be in column one ad nostic oe stove O Suprtool Commands e 189 190 e Suprtool Commands Deletes one character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes a second character above the second d It does not delete a range of characters making it unlike the MPE V version of Redo Deletes a single character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes to the end of the line beginning at the second d and then places xyz at the end of the line Appends xyz to the end of the line In this case the i command is superfluous because gt accomplishes the same result Using gt xyz would be sufficient c ab def Changes all occurrences of ab to def etab Deletes all occurrences of ab CXyZ Replaces the current text with cxyz starting at c Because delimiters have not been specified as they were in the previous two examples this is a simple replacement with the four characters Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands See Redo on page 209 for details Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Reset Command R Resets aspects of the
90. only a listing is produced LIST OCTAL HEX DECIMAL CHAR NOREC LABELS RECORD DUPLEX ONEPERLINE LP NONAME NOSKIP STANDARD DEVICE name DATE format TIME format PCL format LEFTJUSTNUM RIGHTJUSTNUM TITLE string HEADING string string FILE filename APPEND RECLEN number Default Octal Char or Formatted If Suprtool knows about the fields in the input source e g because you have used the Extract command the list records are formatted with field names and internal binary data types e g integer are converted to ASCII You cannot combine the Ask or Query Num output options with the List command Here is a typical use of List to find any entries in the Customer table that do not have a valid value for status gt open oracle demo reader input from a database gt select from customer read this table gt if status lt gt 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt list print bad entries gt xeq Format You can override the defaults with a specification in the List command e g List Hex Char If the input source is not self describing and no Extract command is specified the default output format is Octal Char which also shows both input and output record numbers Decimal Places The List command formats numbers using the implied number of decimal places For example the following Suprtool commands format the unit cost with two
91. override the format options put uxfile reclen 80 nolf t standard leftjustnum left justify numbers t m customer t standard title Customer List override title m customer t standard heading no column headings Listings with Subheadings When using the Title or Standard keywords you can also include subheadings with the Heading keyword You can specify multiple columns by repeating the string after the Heading option e g List Heading First Second or specify the Heading option multiple times e g List Heading First Heading Second Being able to specify multiple columns makes it easier to align column headings when using the Standard keyword If you specify the Heading keyword without the Title keyword a default title is produced gt select from customer read this table gt extract account Z8 gt extract firstname X10 gt extract lastname X16 gt extract rating 923 gt extract status X2 gt sort lastname gt sort firstname gt list standard title Customer List amp heading Account First and Last Names amp di Credit TOSA tUg gt xeq List Device By default the List command lists lines to stdlist You can also redirect output to an attached printer To redirect to a file on HP UX we have added the file option List File The File keyword allows for the output from the List command to be directed to a file The List command also has a new option to
92. previous task gt sort st count desc highest counts appear first gt list standard produce a simple report gt xeq Total by Field If you want to get a single total for a field without caring about subtotals on sort breaks you can use the Total command Total prints out the result on stdlist For example to compute the total sales value for 2000 transactions use these commands gt select from sales Sif purch_date gt 000101 and purch_date lt 001231 gt total sales_total gt output null gt xeq Running Totals You can get a running total on a field using the total function The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to help avoid overflow issues A sample use of the total function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt ext mytotal total sales amount gt xeq Running SubTotals Suprtool has the ability to keep a running subtotal for any numeric field based on a given sort key The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to help avoid overflow issues A sample use of the subtotal function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt sort order number gt ext order number gt ext part number gt ext description gt ext sales amount gt ext mytotal Ssubtotal sales amount order number gt out sales link gt xeq This would result in a file containing a running subtotal in the field mytotal for a given or
93. print lt Hl gt Comment Form Error lt H1 gt n print lt HR gt n print lt P gt n print Form input was not proccessed Please mail your print remarks to lt b gt Swebmaster lt b gt print lt B gt print lt b gt Content of the Suprtool STExport logfile lt b gt print lt pre gt print cat html_ file An print lt pre gt An print lt BODY gt An print lt HTML gt n CGI Script The CGI script can be invoked explicitly when you type the URL in your browser http www mycompany com cgi bin sx orders pl The script is executed either from an input form lt FORM METHOD POST ACTION cgi bin sx orders pl gt or invoked through a link in a regular Web page Just click lt a href cgi bin sx orders pl gt run script lt a gt 262 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual If you enter the URL choose the submit button on a form or click on a link the server will start execution of the Perl script In turn Perl will run the shell script Suprtool and STExport will finally be executed A status code and a file name will be returned to Perl It will print either an error page or the extracted information depending on the status code There is a lot more you can do with CGI scripting and Suprtool You could pass parameters to extract information out of different tables in Oracle and Allbase or specify the sort sequence and the selection cr
94. small amount of code however can take a long time to execute depending on the size of the Lines and Header files A Quiz program will usually take longer as new links are added causing the size of the record complex to grow Suprlink can provide the same information possibly in a fraction of the time The technique as applied to the same problem requires four steps 1 Sort the Lines file by Invoiceno 2 Adda new constant field Linkflag to the Header file and fill it with Y Sort by Invoiceno 3 Link the two files with Suprlink using the Optional parameter 4 Select the record complexes where linkflag does not contain a Y S opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader gt sel from lines gt sort invoiceno gt output filel link gt xeq gt sel header gt define linkflag 1 1 gt extract invoiceno linkflag Y gt sort invoiceno gt output file2 link gt exit opt robelle bin suprlink input filel link file2 optional output file3 exit opt robelle bin suprtool gt input file3 gt if linkflag lt gt Y gt extract invoiceno gt list standard gt exit Any invoice line with a corresponding record in the invoice Header file will have a Y in the linkflag field Records failing the match will contain the default space Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink with Quiz QTP Quiz and QTP are part of PowerHouse a popular fourth generation language sold by Cog
95. space for positive values or a negative sign Packed and display type fields can have a space neutral a plus sign for positive values or a negative sign Specify Sign None to cause STExport to completely ignore the sign If you specify Sign None no error or warning message appears if any numeric types have a negative value Leading vs Floating If you specify Columns Fixed it is easy to see the difference between a leading versus a floating sign A leading sign always appears in the same column whereas a floating sign always appears before the first digit of a number For example Sign Leading Sign Floating 22415 22415 207 207 16600 16600 21910 21 9 10 8411 42 16713 7970 Trailing Sign Specify Sign Trailing to cause the sign character to appear after each formatted number Remember that for many numeric types the sign for positive numbers is a space STExport always leaves room for the sign even if it is a space Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 273 Spaces Command SP 274 e STExport Commands Specify whether trailing spaces are to appear in byte type fields SPACES NONE TRAILING Default None If byte type fields are surrounded with quotes see the Quote command the Spaces command determines whether trailing spaces in byte type fields appear within the quotes Use Spaces Trailing if you want to retain all of the spaces in a byte type field
96. task Our final example shows input from a flat file gt open oracle scott tiger open SQL database gt in salehist input file you wish to add gt def cust_number 1 6 byte redefine the items to match gt def item no 7 10 byte the names in the table gt def sales 18 4 double gt extract cust _number extract data under the column name gt extract item no gt extract sales gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task Suprtool cannot currently support integers larger than two words Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Base Command BA Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Opens a specified Eloquence database Once you have it open you can extract data from datasets delete entries load new entries into datasets and Update certain entries To close the current database use Base without parameters BAse host service database Open an Eloquence database close current base Suprtool will open an Eloquence database the syntax has been improved to allow you top optionally specify the hostname and or service to connect to a given database base sample 5 base elogdb sample 5 base hostname robelle com elogdb sample 5 Basename is the name of your database Mode is the DBOPEN mode that you want 1 e mode 1 for shared updates mode 5 for shared read only and password is the DBOPEN database password When the password is included in the Base command it is always upshifted Use the option to speci
97. the century is 19 and if the first digit is a 2 two then the century is 20 Only data types of P8 and J2 are supported for this date attribute This date format is used by some third party software packages such as MACS and APS EDSDATE The EDSDATE date format is similar to the yyymmdd format in which the first digit represents the century The first digit in the EDSDATE is either 0 or 1 a 0 represents a century of 19 and a 1 represents a century of 20 JulianDay The JulianDay number is the absolute count of the days that have elapsed since January 1 4713 BC on the Julian calendar Typically Julian Day numbers refer to an integer number corresponding to whole days while the Julian Date may mean an integer plus a decimal value that resolves the Julian count to precise parts of a day Suprtool supports the JulianDay number and does not attempt to support an hour or point in the day aammdd and Related Date Formats The aammdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except the aa portion of the date uses a combination of letters and numbers in order to represent dates beyond 1999 The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in their MM3000 product This format is available only for X6 data type Suprtool Commands e 163 164 e Suprtool Commands By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For exam
98. the input source The following example lists the Account Lastname and Firstname columns of the Customer table and separates them by two spaces gt open ora demo reader input from a database gt select from customer use the Customer table gt extract account account number will be first gt extract two spaces gt extract lastname the customer s last name gt extract two more spaces gt extract firstname the customer s first name gt output output the records to stdlist gt sort account sorted by the account number gt exit The following examples demonstrate other combinations of options on the Output command The entire ssues chapter of the manual should be reviewed for extended examples using the Output command Many Output options were intended for specific application areas gt output newfile gt output accum append gt output keyfile key gt output transf num data gt output querynum num query gt output null If you want to find out how many records are qualified by some selection criteria without producing an output file send the output to null The Out count on stdlist displays the number of qualifying records Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Notes The output file must be an old existing file if the Append or Erase option has been specified Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 185 Put Command P 186 e Suprtool Commands Directs output records to be DBPUT in
99. the same as gt if field gt 010213 Suprtool normally does no date conversion of the actual dates Dates that do not start with the year do not collate correctly so Suprtool does not allow relative comparisons with them lt lt gt and gt although you may still compare for strict equality or inequality The following examples will be rejected by Suprtool gt item trans date date ddmmyy gt if trans date gt date 1 first and trans date lt date 1 last Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt input myfile reclen 80 nolf gt define mydate 1 6 gt item mydate date ddmmyy gt define gt if mydate gt date 00 11 01 Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt if mydate gt date 01 11 00 Error Invalid date Year 1 Month 11 Day 00 e g 301100 If the date format does not allow the specification of a certain day such as yymm ccyymm yyyymm aamm ccyy and mmyyyy then you do not need to specify the entire date format although Suprtool will allow either format for date Suprtool Commands e 155 Using a first pass to generate a Suprtool command dynamically then using that command in a second pass is a powerful technique 156 e Suprtool Commands gt item trans month date yymm gt item purch _date date yymm gt if trans month lt date and amp purch_date gt date 00 01 Because dates beyond 1999 in the yymmdd and yymm date types
100. the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 Use Set List Time to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM Lock SET LOCK number This command has no effect in Suprtool UX MakeAbsent SET MakeAbsent On Off This command has no effect in Suprtool UX NLS SET NLS number Initially 0 or NUDATALANG JCW Use Set NLS with files from MPE systems to specify the language to be used for sorting Character type fields see Native Language Support The number corresponds to an NLS language you cannot use the NLS language name The common language numbers are amar me SSSS d CI TT CO CO COTO CO CT NumBug SET Numbug On Off Suprtool Commands e 205 206 e Suprtool Commands The number function had a bug whereby it would add on two zeroes and or bad data 1f the input number did not have a decimal point We have fixed the bug so that the number function no longer adds the two digits on the end in error However some users worked around this issue by doing the following gt extract target truncate number conv field 100 Since some users used this work around the fix to the number function will then return incorrect results Therefore we added the set numbug command to have Suprtool revert fr
101. value that is not a valid date then the extracted value will be 0 Days As with the stddate function the days function is also available to the Extract command You can convert any supported date to a Julian Day number in the following manner gt in ordfile gt def ship days 1 4 double gt def order days 1 4 double gt def delay 1 4 double gt ext order no gt ext ship days Sdays ship date gt ext order days Sdays order date gt ext delay Sdays ship date days order date gt out neword link gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 Invalid Dates If an invalid date is encountered the extracted value will be zero Therefore in the example above if the order has not yet been shipped ship date does not contain a valid date the resulting delay value will be negative Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Add and Subtract Dates With the days function you can generate a date that is n days before or after any date You only need to use two tasks the first to generate the desired date in JulianDay format and a second task to put that date into your format In the following example we show you how to get the previous day s date gt input YOURFILE gt def origdate 1 8 gt item origdate date yyyymmdd gt def jdate 1 4 int gt item jdate date julianday gt ext origdate gt ext jdate Sdays origdate or 7 for next week gt out tmpfile link gt xeq gt in tmpfile
102. which data is appended to the output file For example gt get d sales gt numrecs 200 output file will have extra room gt output dsale gt set squeeze off reserve room between EOF and LIMIT gt xeq gt get d history gt output dsale append Dsale has room for appending gt xeq Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Command Details for AMXW e 61 Suprtool Issues and Solutions A Suprtool Task Suprtool s primary function is to extract data quickly its focus is batch extraction The key principle is the bigger the input data source and the smaller the subset of data selected the more performance improves Y our aim is to replace serial reads and selection with Suprtool To do this break your task into components an input choice some processing selections and the output choice Input Choices Suprtool reads fixed length data files You can create self describing files with Suprtool s Query or Link output options It is easier to work with self describing files because they have information about the fields in each input record Often you select a subset of the input records using the If command Only selected records are passed to the processing stage and the output choice Processing Selections If you do not specify any processing the input records are quickly copied to the output choice Some of your processing choices are 1 Sort the records into ascending or descending sequence Sort or Key No records are output u
103. with List command output 4 9 04 Number of records are now being printed when doing a form of a self describing file 4 9 04 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Set AMXW Perfwrite ON increases performance of writing to an output file by up to 10 times 4 9 04 When numrecs is gt number of records read sometimes the file is padded with blank records 4 9 04 Output erase on a file with a shorter record would write a series of nulls 4 9 04 Sort with output erase on a smaller file did not erase all records 4 9 04 Suprtool now shows error when there is no room to append records this is to be more MPE like 4 9 04 Suprtool now can use two methods when dynamically loading Oracle Eloquence and Image routines in the respective versions of Suprtool 4 9 04 Suprtool for HP UX now supports Item Level locking with the Set Itemlock command 4 9 04 Oracle load warning messages are no longer printed by default 4 9 04 The Base command on its own did not close the current database like it did on MPE 4 9 04 Suprtool would abort if an invalid password was specified in some configurations of Eloquence and if used with other Image replacement libraries 4 9 04 Suprtool for HP UX would not set the return code variable if it failed with some syntax errors 4 9 03 Suprtool had some debug messages were left over in the Table module 4 9 03 Suprtool would have a stack overflow when t
104. with easy ways to let either Oracle or Suprtool do most of the work Whether it is best to use Oracle or Suprtool depends on your specific machine database and application You can use the Select command to force Oracle to do much of the processing or you can use Suprtool to do the work In our testing Suprtool consistently sorts two to four times faster than Oracle Your performance improvements may be different from ours so we recommend that you take some common tasks and try them with both tools Here is an example of sorting with Oracle and then with Suprtool Oracle sorts data Suprtool sorts data gt select from emp gt sort ename For more information on Oracle performance we recommend the book Oracle Performance Tuning by Peter Corrigan and Mark Gurry published by O Reilly and Associates Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 83 Analyzing Performance Data It is better to test Suprtool with your own database and your own application needs rather than trust a generic performance test The ideal test is an actual production report whose bad performance is causing you a problem If you obtain improvements by using Suprtool you know that you can achieve better speed in practice as well as In tests Use Suprtool as a front end to your problem report producing a small extract file that contains just the fields and records needed for your final program Once you get that working consider linking in data from other files or datase
105. with the KEY option For detail datasets it then asks for match values for the other search fields and sort fields You may press the Return key to any of these prompts to indicate that you don t care what values these fields have When Dbedit finishes processing the records you select it recycles and prompts you for the next set of search criteria You may press the Return key at this point to exit from the command and return to the prompt Command Parameters 292 e Dbedit Commands The major commands File List Add Delete Modify and Change have a similar parameter structure consisting of the command name then an optional file part and an optional option part A space separates the file part from the command name and a semicolon separates the option part from the file part The general format of these commands is command file options File Parameter The file parameter consists of dataset name followed by an optional list of field names If the file part is missing Dbedit uses the previous file The general format of the file parameter is command file fieldname Even when you use field names Dbedit will add the search fields to the field list In the Add command Dbedit assumes default values for noncritical fields that are missing but will prompt for the search fields and sort fields they are required add d inventory bin no assume defaults for all but BIN NO SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRO
106. word last for the last day of the month You cannot add or subtract relative days use today instead gt if field date 2004 01 first January 1 2004 gt if field Sdate today s date gt if field date 1 last last day of previous month Combining these features makes it possible to generate batch jobs that require no operator input For example to select all of the transactions for last month you would use gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt date 1 first and trans date lt date 1 last Month End Suprtool is always expecting a valid date Suppose that you have a month end job that contains the following If command gt if field date 1 When you run the job on May 31 2000 if Suprtool were to use the literal interpretation of date 1 it would use the date April 31 2000 In fact there is no such date April has only 30 days Whenever you specify for the day and the day is greater than the last day of the month you specified Suprtool uses the actual last day of the month instead of the current day of the month In our example Suprtool would use April 30 2000 Suprtool will take leap years into account when calculating the last day of February Today s Date To select records based on today s date use the following gt if field Stoday today s date gt if field Stoday 1 yesterday s date gt if field today 1 tomorrow s date Us
107. writes SD files Suprlink requires SD files as input and creates an SD file as output Create an SD File from a Table You request an SD file using the Link option of the Output command If you extract columns from the table only the extracted columns appear in the SD file gt select from sales input from a table gt output salefile link salefile has all of the columns from sales gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File You must Define and Extract the fields you want to have in the SD file Use the Link option of the Output command to create the file as a self describing file Although Suprtool itself allows longer field names SD files only store the first 16 characters of a field name 68 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt input sales data reclen 16 nolf input from a data file gt define cust_no 1 6 byte gt define invoice date 7 6 integer gt define sales qty 13 4 packed gt extract cust_no invoice date sales qty gt output salefile link salefile has all of the extracted columns gt xeq SD Files as Input When you specify an SD file as input to Suprtool all the field information becomes available You can select extract and total fields without the Define command In addition the Input command no longer needs any Reclen or LF parameters gt input salefile self describing file gt form display the fields in the file gt if sales total gt 10000 select based on a field
108. 10000 gt sort account gt extract a b Filename A filename is any valid filename and is used in Suprtool commands to identify the Input source specify the output destination or to specify an external file to be accessed in the Table or Use command File names may be enclosed in quotes The following commands all contain file names gt input xyz gt output out gt use supruse gt input 872xyz Strings Suprtool expects all strings to be surrounded by a pair of single or double quotes or When Suprtool knows the length of a field it pads strings with trailing spaces For example gt define long 1 125 125 character field gt extract long abcef Suprtool adds 120 spaces gt if long abcde Suprtool checks for trailing spaces Suprtool accepts the null string Suprtool pads it with spaces so this is an easy way to see if a field is blank gt if name if name is blank One problem with any tool that accepts strings is how to include a quote mark inside the string Suprtool offers two solutions 1 Use the opposite quote mark e g don t 2 Whenever two quote marks appear in a string they are treated as a single quote e g don t Subscript A subscript is used to specify one of many fields in a repeated item Within Eloquence it is possible to specify repeated fields For example Glossary of Terms e 369 costs 5J2 The item COSTS consists of five double integers You select on
109. 16 We included one space between fields Note that an extra space was needed for the Account heading it is an 8 digit field but we used 10 characters Because cust account is a zoned decimal field an extra space is required for the sign Printing Mailing Labels You can print mailing labels by combining the Extract command with the List Oneperline command We assume that each mailing label starts with two blank lines followed by the customer name and address followed by another blank line The Suprtool commands to produce the labels are as follows gt select from customer input customers gt extract first field gt extract second field gt extract customer name name first gt extract street_address 1 three lines of address gt extract street_address 2 gt extract street_address 3 gt extract last blank field gt list oneperline noname noskip norec gt xeq The extract 42 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX line creates a single field that consists of a blank space Each of these blank fields results in a blank line on our mailing labels since the List command puts one field on each output line If you want to combine two fields on one line you would first have to create an output file with the combined fields and use this file as input to List Oneperline Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 43 Running Suprtool under HP UX Ru
110. 2 Printing Mailing Labels eiieeii aeee a E E E EERE 42 Running Suprtool under HP UX 45 Running Suprt0ol 4 8 4 Aen da A 45 Configuring Different Shells ainera io ha nie ean 45 Bourtie and Korn Shell opone 45 OS cos ito dao aia gn cond EE 45 Setting Up a PATH for SuprtoOl oooooccnnccnoconocononononconoconocn noc ccoo noon nono nonn ron n oran ran i E 46 4 e Contents Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX ES linia E A tune inate gen ep ri andanada ds 46 Dynamic Lodi io 47 Control Characters adi aid ia 47 Suprmer Configuration Files iia a 47 On Line vs Batch ACCESS a a aa aap ron rro aeaa n nro nn nn aE n ran n ran ran rinn nin 48 Command Line Options ccccecsceescessceseceecesecesecseecseecaeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeseeneeceeeeaeeaecaecneeeeeeneeses 48 Initial Command Line ccmdstring cesceccceseesseesceecceeseeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeenseeeeeeneeees 48 Default Outcount File Name 0C ccecceseesseesseeseeeeceeeeeeeeseceseceseceaecsaecsaecaeeeaeeeneeees 48 EKA t Wath ViSTUEY A ET 49 Combining c and V occ cecceesceescssseesecesecesecaecsaecaeecseeeaeeeseeseeseeeeeneeenseeeaeenseesseesneeses 49 Loader Warnings a e a a a aa e aE a a aa A Raa eiS 49 IN E EAEE EE E EEEE ET 49 AA A E T A 49 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable oooooooccniccnoccnoconoccnoncnnnconoconoonnconconnnonnnonnnnos 50 ROBELLE Variable inenen cererii i cat 50 fopt robelle suprmn gt ii ar 50 opt robelle help Suprtool ee ceccceesceesceesceeeceseceseceeecae
111. 2 P8 into human readable ASCII form You can use STExport or Suprtool s Output Ascii or Output Display commands If you want to convert only some of your numeric fields you can use Suprtool s numeric conversion to convert binary fields to display fields For example here is a conversion of a J4 field to an Z18 field define mynumber 1 18 display get dataset extract some fields extract mynumber binary number output filename xeq You can also use the Edit function to format and directly convert to byte format Edit Function Suprtool can format fields using edit mask features similar to edit mask features of Cobol Suprtool employs two distinct types of edit masks one for byte type fields and the other for numeric fields The type of mask utilized depends on the source type of the field If the source field is numeric then the numeric edit mask logic is applied if the source field is byte type then the byte edit mask logic and characters apply The target field must always be a byte type field Placeholders and Format Characters An edit mask consists of placeholder characters such as 9 for a numeric column and format characters such as for the decimal place Sometimes an edit mask character acts as both a placeholder and a format character such as the in floating dollar signs Suprtool Commands e 129 130 e Suprtool Commands Byte Type Formatting For Byte type fields there are two plac
112. 23 O du ieee et cont eae oe es Bade 23 Who Needs To Use These Instructions cccescseseesseeseeeseeeseeeeeeseceseeeseceseenseesaecaeceeeaeeeneeess 23 Instructions tor HP UX ornis ti earned 23 Instructions for AMX Minorista and edie 23 Suprtool Roadmap for HP UX 24 Road Map to Suprtool on HP UX ccceccceesccssecesecsseeseecseeeseceneeeeeeeeceseensecesecaeceaeenaeeeeeeeeneeses 24 Suprtool for HP UX cani de 24 Suprtool for HP UX with Dynamic load oooooonccnnccnconoccnonononoconocnnccnnconccon nono nonnnonnnnos 24 Suprtool for AMA Weoo til dt e 24 Suprtool for AMXW with Ksam oooooconocnincnconononocnnonnconnonnnco nono nono ccoo nnon ccoo nonnnnnnnrannos 24 Itanium Version of Suprtool for AMXW cccceccesseesseeeeseceeseeeeeeeceseeeseenseeeseeeneeses 24 Dynamic load version of Suprtool for AMXW cccecceeseesceseceseceseceseceeeeneeeeeeneeees 25 Quick Start Guide for Suprtool 26 Howto Run Supl lia di na ioa 26 Whatisia La o a tas ett heb esa eset ates Suave tos dha a e etd 26 Copy GF ile 2645 de ee of ates pode endo encon rice E din do asc de tos 27 Copying Ome Pile idas 27 Appending to a File iia 27 Fields an Data Elle tl e eo de e 27 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX What is a Self Describing File ecceccsccesseescessceesceesceseceseceaecaecsaecaeeeneeeaeeeeeerenes 27 Creating an SD File vase a se 27 Define Fields i a Data File sas05 oe 27 Create an SD File from a Data File eee cceccecccseesceesc
113. 54 output file maximum record length 286 354 Index e 379 output file Suprlink ooooonnonnnninnnnnnnncnonnconnconocnnoo 320 Output filecode eee ceccesecsecseeereeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeens 60 199 output format coocooonoccconoconononconncnn nono nono nono nonnnnnnnnnrnnnnos 282 output limits with Count and Total ooonononicncnc 108 output record format c ooooocoioccccncoccnononononononnnconocnonn noo 351 Output Append option ooocoonoccoccconnnononononnnconoconocnnoo 180 Output ASCII OptiOM cooooonocnncnnccnonnnonoconccnnonnnonnos 41 182 Output ASK option cecceceesseeseeeseeeseeeseeseeeeeensees 182 Output Data option 0 0 ce eeeeceeseereeeees 181 266 343 Output Display Opti0M ooonconoccincnnocnooncnanconccononnnoo 182 output duplicate file ee eeeeseeeeceeeesseceseceeeeeenaes 51 Output Erase Option oooooonccnnccnooncononononn nono nnancnnnn nono 180 Output Key option oooooooociocinoccoconononononanonnnconoconocnnoos 181 Output Link Option ooooooincnnncnococononononancnnconocononnnoo 181 Output Num option ooooooccoccnonconnnononononancnnnconocanocnnoos 181 Output Num Data OPtiOM oocoocnnnnnncnocnnonnnonocononnnoo 181 Output Num Key option oooooonocincnnocnoonnononononnonnnons 181 Output Num Query Option oooooonoccnoniocnnononanonanonnnoo 181 Output PRN Option oooooocococcnoncocnoonnooncnnnconononocnocnnoos 183 Output Query option ooooooconnocinonconnnonconnconoc
114. 61 Set Statistics STEXPOTLooooonocononinoniccnoonconnconoconocononnnos 271 Set Statistics Suprlink oooooooconiccnconncnnonnconoconocnonnnos 347 Set Statistics Suprtool ooooonoonicnnccnoonnonnconconoconocononnnos 210 Set ThousandSymbol ooooconcconociconooccoonononconoconocononnnos 211 Set Underline Dbedit oooooonnocconnnocccononaccnonancconnnnnos 312 Set VarSub is cecccsevsees nceeds ekivisietiesiegalevienscteeetees 211 Set Varsub STEXpotrt cooooooccocccococonccononononnninnnonos 271 347 Set Verify Dbedit 0 0 ccecccceesseeseeeseeeeeeeeceteenseenees 312 Shell commands cecesceeseeseeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeneeeseenaes 49 shell SP tan a 259 Sign COMMANG cion tii 273 Signed UC ia 127 single quote 267 slash recotd Tan Ge iii 373 Software Research Northwest cccccsessesseeteeees 164 SOM PLOCSS rorci ese 110 249 333 sort break totals cocina 219 SOrtcommand cia dr 212 sort information not retalded coooocononcionononcnnnonnconnonns 107 Sort A 320 Sortfast Set option cuca 210 211 Sorting lesa ita 70 167 Spaces COMA cooocoocconccononononononnnonnnnncnno canon nono nonnnos 274 SPACES TOMOVIOB oooooooccocnoonconoconoco noc nono nonnnonnnonos 122 151 special characters oooooncccoconoconoccconconncnnnonnconnononinnnnos 370 Special string tOSt oooooocconoconoconococonccnnocnnonononnnonnonononos 149 specifying input eee 93 139 159 264 337 Spool file CLOTS neare eeaeee Ea EENES Ern ESTEN 229 SQL databa
115. 8 display CONStANtS ooooocncconcnocnoonconnconconncon ccoo nonn conocio 114 display fields maintaining the sign ooooonncnn 127 Display Option ooooooonccnocnnonononcnnconoconocnncon noo nonnnonnnnos 182 Do command coccoconcccnnnonccnnnonnnnonnnnanoss 104 247 301 332 documentation 00 eee eeceeseeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseenseenseenaes 16 double Quotes ceeceecceeseeesceseceeeceeceseenseeseeeeeeseeees 267 double sided printing ceceseceseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeens 172 downshifting strings ooooonncnionnocnnonnconconncnnnonnnonnnnos 122 Dumponerror Set option ceceeeeseeeteeseeeseeeeees 199 Duplicate and non SD fileS ooooonnonnncnnncnnnnincnnccnnanons 107 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Duplicate command coooooooocnoccnononoconnconnonnnonnnnonononon nono 105 duplicate field names ooooonconncnnonincnnccnoonnonnconoconoconoos 343 duplicate keys order Of SOFt ecceseeeseeseeeteeeeeneeeees 70 duplicate output file oo ce ceceeceeseeeceeeeeeeeeteeeseenees 51 duplicate records ceceeseeseeteeeseeeeeeteeeteensees 105 186 duplicates removing oooooooococononononnnonnnonnnonoconocnnnn noo 105 duplicates saving ooooooonocccononononononononncnononnco nono nocnnnns 105 dynamic dataset expansion 136 137 dynamic Web pages oooooocnocccoconoccnononononnnonnnonnconncn nono 258 EBCDIC Conversions ccsceesseesseeseeeseesseeseeeseeneees 134 Edit command 0 ccesccesceeseeeeeeeee
116. 999 stored in yymmdd format a relative operation such as gt if date field gt date 98 12 10 will not find the date of December 10 2000 You will need to use the stddate function to make this task work correctly gt if Sstddate date field gt date 98 12 10 How Do Today and Date Work Suprtool s date functions date and today are a short hand method of generating a numeric constant So a date selection like gt item invoice date date YYMMDD gt if invoice date lt Stoday is exactly the same as Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 75 gt if invoice date lt 980401 on 1st April 1998 Suprtool does record selection on the numeric value of the field and not on the implied date value If we move the calendar ahead to January 1 2000 and do the same commands as above the result would the same as if you had typed gt if invoice date lt 000101 on 1st January 2000 If you have some invoice dates from the previous century e g 990101 for December 1st 1999 they will not be selected Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates Sometimes Because dates beyond 1999 will not collate properly for the YYMMDD and YYMM formats starting in version 4 0 11 the If command produces an error if the year specified in a date or today function is greater than 1999 and the date format is YYMMDD or YY MM and you are performing a relative operation e g lt lt gt or gt gt
117. 9999 gt list gt xeq gt IN FILE1SD NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT SNULL 0 A 11 11 B 000001111 Counts and Subtotals Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys This example counts the number of sales transactions for each customer and produces the total sales for each customer We use the Count and Total options of the Duplicate command Note that we made the output file self describing so we can easily work with it later gt input transactions self describing file gt ext cust_account gt sort cust_account need to sort by key gt dup none keys count total sales_total gt list standard gt out result link gt xeq The output file contains three fields The first field is the cust_account that we extracted Suprtool created two new fields at the end of each output record st count and st total 1 St count contains the number of times each cust_account occurred while st total 1 contains the total sales for each cust_account Sort by Count or Subtotal When Suprtool counts or subtotals the output is sorted according to the key fields If you want your output file to be sorted by the count or by a total you must process the output file with a second task The following example sorts the previous file of totals by ST COUNT We choose a descending sort sequence so that we can see first the customers with the largest number of orders 38 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt input result input from
118. A AAA AAA 115 Rangeiof Fields ici dd 117 Numeric Expressions miii acid 118 SUDT OTAN FUDCUON 422 5 hn wee nes Ae ean 120 ST Otal BUNCH A ude atte es RO tice Ree ane ee eee 120 Coumter FUNCION etenn a these Re e ERS 121 String EXPLO seca estate eit A S eR ee 121 Splitting Variable Length Strings 2 0 0 0 cccecsceeseesseesecesecesecseecseeeseeeeeeeeeeereeeeneenaes 123 Cl aning your Dita A a es 124 Un prntables A A eee ES 124 Clean Command Mt ias 124 Setting the Clean Character a ei ass 124 Cleaning A ace testi es SR Ae eee ee RE eS 125 Cleaning your data ii neh teenies teens eh A ads 125 Extractitoma Table sent 2 kets Rohan awe E E E EEE 125 Data CONVE A eee RR cn Reet Ae 127 N mber Ence 128 Numerico Byte Conversion ii dies des 129 SEdit Function ad ees 129 Placeholders and Format Characters ooooonnociconioonoonconnconcconononconnonn nono nono nonnrnnrnnnnnnnrns 129 Byte Type Formatting ici da 130 Z placeholder for byte fieldS oooonnoninoncnnicnnoconocooocoonnonnnonnnonnonnnonn nro no rn nncnnnnn nro 130 Overflow and MitS id a di 131 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX 8 e Contents SIENS eea an e oon a SET aa bene E E E nat e a akan eaves 132 Decimal Places ne sepenan rita 132 Data and Editmask a eatin wn a a aeS 132 Currency and Dollar Signs siesat man e a e E E ESS 133 Overflow and floating dollar cceecesccssecsceesseeseeeseeseceeeeeeeeeeensecnsecsaecnaecaeeneeeaes 133 SECUENCIA e ea eaae aae a ipine pea a
119. A E AEE E EEE EEE E E EEEE 186 Command O a a a ibas 187 Redo Command REDO usos ii 188 Reset Command Rita aa eee RASS 191 Select Command SEE uc dde 192 Set Command Sientes lle Baek 193 Alba ota al e se de dl al is o de 195 ATM dede ento do e dl decenas lo Ud dao de 195 Based EEE li ii tada 195 BlocksiZS tl OS 195 Br e ee e eens 195 ELEANCHAR is de dr sl lios Movant tei ado Ted OO 195 CurrencySymbo A 196 Date Cut estes l ial Os tases ett S E ceatds Sac E doh cuties tole tl odds teeth 196 Date A eien aeae olde oun AAA tags svea cd baciarnsedesesassl tapveciwsasselesiices 197 Date TEY AOO ge EEE E E E A ees seen Staci Sve E E 197 Date Map TOP o A DEKE TAEAE E ERR E A AE E EEA 198 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX 9e Contents O 198 Di mpOn ErrOrs 5 cessed hay peas As rice 199 EditStopOnErtors c2 a enn A 199 Erie 199 ASH A io tos re de it elo tel ie cota en tedio ne lo o O 199 Hileco de tenis lt it Selah tete tes tee o tosco del teo E eats teca VE de dedo 199 A A A E tO 199 A A O O O 200 A O E 200 HPUXCmdErr lt string gt cocoonnnonnocinnnoncnnnonocononnonnnancnnonn co ncnn ron n coran ron rra ran rra rca 200 Heheck es da ek cra e td o o ltd a leo nde Oo ten le le it ac 4 200 E E ON 201 A A A A E 201 TtemAbbreviateDate 2 0 0 2 er ar p eaaa ee rae anao T E EAEE TEE Ratas 201 Jtem Lockie eieiei e e E E a E i esaa E R sates 201 A n n ia a E A a E RTE 201 LabelledTapeRe wide 202 Limits eena e iii e R siee hee tee fabs ieee O E O
120. As shown in the example above there are also numerous format characters for numeric edits including four ways to specify the sign You can specify a sign with or the typical accounting specification of CR and DB You will note in the example above that the cr in the mask was up shifted to be CR This is because the entire mask is up shifted as the mask is being parsed You can specify more than one sign in a numeric field edit although Suprtool will give you a warning that having two sign edit mask characters does not really make sense Cobol gives a Questionable warning when compiling an edit mask with two sign characters Suprtool will apply the sign in both places Keep in mind that most data has three states 1 Postive 2 Negative 3 Neutral Any neutral data will not display the sign If you specify a sign in the edit mask and the data is negative it will of course display a sign Decimal Places For numeric type edits Suprtool attempts to adjust the data according to the number of decimal places in the edit mask when compared to the number of decimal places defined in the field For example if the data field has one decimal place and the edit mask has two decimal places then the data is adjusted Data and Edit mask will result in the final data being 102 30 Similarly if the data has three decimal places and the edit mask only has two then the data will be rounded appropriately with the same
121. DUCT NO gt 105391 BIN NO gt 10 In this case you will not be prompted for LAST SHIP DATE ON HAND QTY or UNIT COST In the Modify command you can specify a set of fields to modify Dbedit will not prompt you for new values for any other fields For example mod d inventory unit cost only modify UNIT COST SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons prompt for search value PRODUCT NO gt 105391 prompt for another one Enter new values or lt return gt to leave as is SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons prints the search value PRODUCT NO gt 105391 prints the other one UNIT COST gt 500 prints existing value prompts for new value In this case you will not be prompted for BIN NO ON HAND QTY or LAST SHIP DATE Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual When working on a single dataset it is only necessary to specify the dataset name in the first command For example list d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons list use the previous file parameter SUPPLIER NAME gt Option Parameter The file parameter and the options must be separated by a semicolon command file option The available options are numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder UPdatekey These options qualify the operation of the File List Modify Change Delete and Add commands Some options only apply to one command Options can be combined and can be abbreviated When more than one option is specified each option must be
122. Data Export Utility STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Welcome to Suprtool e 15 Documentation Notation 16 e Welcome to Suprtool Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts Suprlink Multidataset Access Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multidataset capability to Suprtool Suprlink is not a set of callable routines To use it you must run Suprlink Pub Robelle or use Suprtool s Link command Rather than take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via Eloquence keys we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge To understand what Suprlink does think of the process of writing a report Your report program written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language hunts all over the database with DBFIND and DBGET to collect your data It would be faster if the report program could just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data necessary for the report and this is Suprlink s function Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records of th
123. Export the data that originally started as Niagara Falls Ontario Canada would be transformed to be Niagara Falls Ontario Canada This function will not work on fixed columns and can be invoked with the escape command escape delimeter quote eol The above command will take the defined delimeter quote and Eol and escape with a if found in any byte type field Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Exit Command E Exit STExport in one of three ways By default perform the current task if any then leave STExport Users are often frustrated when they exit STExport after specifying part of a task and STExport starts processing the task To avoid this situation use the Abort or Suspend options to exit STExport conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default Xeq Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq STExport recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates STExport The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Should STExport be executed as a son process Exit only suspends STExport while Exit Abort actually terminates the process Examples S comment You began to specify an input file stopped for S comment coffee a
124. If command The first is a limit on the amount of space for constants Suprtool Commands e 157 158 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool must blank fill all string constants to their full length The following example overflows the data space gt define char 256 1 256 Sit char 256 Tar bp Mo Error Data Overflow In this example Suprtool attempted to create three 256 byte constants There wasn t enough room for the last constant Solutions to this problem include 1 If possible define short fields If you have long field names you may want to use the Define command to define shorter subfields 2 Use tables and lookup for many values 3 Split the extract task into multiple passes On the first pass use an If expression that results in the fewest possible number of output records Use the output file from the first pass as input to the second Apply the remainder of your If expression during the second pass Error Code Overflow Suprtool translates If commands to an internal machine representation There is a limit on the size of this code When an error occurs there is little you can do except use tables and lookup wherever possible and when this fails use multiple passes Read in Usefiles When you specify read in a usefile Suprtool expects the If expression to appear in the usefile This provides a method for storing and executing complicated If commands You can also manipulate Suprtool into prompting for portions o
125. KK KK SQL Database If an Allbase database is open and no input file has been specified the default Form command shows all of the tables in the database If a Select command has been specified the default Form command shows the columns in the Select command The exact format of the Form command is different for each SQL database Suprtool Commands e 137 Self Describing Files The Link output option produces an SD file with information about how the file was sorted what fields are compound and the date format or the number of implied decimal places for any fields The Form command shows all of this information File custfile SD Version B 00 00 Has line feeds Entry Offset CHAR FIELD X5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATED I1 311 6 compound field DATE FIELD J2 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt COST FIELD J2 lt lt 12 gt gt Entry Length 20 Blocking 1 Default Form If a Chain Get Select or Input command of a self describing file has been entered a Form command without parameters shows the fields in the current input source If a Base command has been specified but no input source a Form command without parameters does a Form Sets If an Open command has been specified but no input source a Form command without parameters shows the tables in the SQL database Form Keywords The Form command shows items paths and sets before it searches for a dataset or file with these names Use a string e g sets to display t
126. Limits Tablesize command The default Table limit is 50 megabytes for each Table Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 217 Total Command T Totals specified fields in the selected input records TOTAL field subscript decimal places file filename APPEND ERASE TEMP file list Default subscript first sub item decimal places 0 Parameters Each totaled field must be an Eloquence field a database column name or a field from a self describing file or a Defined field Total specifies that a total value for the field be printed after processing the records There does not have to be any output file i e it can be null for a total to be printed There can be up to 15 totaled fields The subscript is valid only for compound items If no subscript is specified the first field of a compound item is totaled The decimal places provides a decimal point when the final total is printed If the Item command specifies the number of implied decimal places the decimal places parameter is not needed The values within each field are assumed to be aligned File Options By default totals are written to stdlist Use the file option to have the totals written to a file or to the List device When writing to a file the default is to create a new file If Suprtool cannot save the file it produces an error The Append Erase and Temp options are the same as in the Output command although the TEMP option on HP UX is simpl
127. MXW Currently both Suprtool for HP UX and Suprtool for AMXW are still a PA_RISC binary that runs on Itanium through Aries In order to make this version for AMXW 24 e Suprtool Roadmap for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX however we must link in the specific version of the PA_RISC libraries that match the ITANIUM version of AMXW that is being used on the customers machine This problem is solved by the link on customer machine installation Dynamic load version of Suprtool for AMXW Suprtool for AMXW s dynamic load version is similar to that of the standard Suprtool for HP UX version in that it loads the Image replacement library from a third party such as IMAXSOFT This implementation is also built using the link on customer machine installation Suprtool Roadmap for HP UX e 25 Quick Start Guide for Suprtool How to Run Suprtool What is a Task Use the following command to access Suprtool opt robelle bin suprtool SUPRTOOL Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2004 Version 5 0 SUN JUN 17 2007 11 47 AM Type H for help gt Suprtool prints its version number and the current time right after a banner Suprtool then prompts with gt Press Return after typing each command For example 1f you type the help command Suprtool prints some help text and a keyword list Type a keyword or press Return to leave Help To exit Suprtool type Exit at the Suprtool prompt gt
128. Note that the first record is not written to the output file Here are two examples gt key 1 4 gt duplicate only keys Input Output Output 1111 2222 39 2222 35 2222 2222 42 2222 3333 Record Suprtool has two methods for comparing output records Record and Keys The Record option compares the entire output record This option can be specified without a sort but in that case the input file must already be sorted Note that there are two data fields in the records in the following example so that a comparison of the entire record yields no duplicates Suprtool Commands e 105 gt duplicate none record Input Output 1111 1111 10 2222 2222 25 2222 2222 35 3333 3333 48 Keys The Keys option compares only the sort keys to determine whether an output record is a duplicate This option requires that at least one sort key be specified gt sort agent sort by agent gt duplicate none keys gt output agents create roster of agents The Keys Num option determines the level at which Suprtool compares sort keys This option controls which duplicate records get included in or excluded from the output file In the following example we sort by agent and by bill date in descending order but only check for duplicates at the agent level gt sort agent sort by agent gt sort bill date desc sort by date gt duplicate none keys 1 only check for duplicate agents gt output agents create roster of agen
129. OFF Statistics causes STExport to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Setting Variable Substitution causes STExport to resolve any variables in a command before processing Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 271 272 e STExport Commands Warnings SET WARNINGS OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On Xmltagchar SET XMLTAGCHAR Initially In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default You can change the default character To be something else with the following set command Set xmltagchar _ STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Sign Command SI Specify what should be done with the sign character for numeric fields SIGN NONE FLOATING LEADING TRAILING Default Floating All numeric type fields except logical fields have a sign Integer and floating point fields can have either a
130. P UX Suprtool Commands 221 gt in dsales gt use usedef define delivered deliv_date define purchased purch_date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd use useext ext cust account ext deliv date ext product no ext product price purch_date sales qty sales tax sales total Care must be taken when entering Use commands with a stacked command after a usefile reference For example if you enter use usedef def j 1 6 byte the Define command will not be executed until after the Usedef and any other nested Use commands are finished Notes The usefile may be an unnumbered fixed length file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ If a Use file ends with an ampersand Suprtool will assume that you are continuing the current command on the next line outside of the use file 222 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Userpause Command USER The Userpause command prints a prompt message on the screen and waits for the user to press a key USERPAUSE string Default read without a prompt Prints the string and waits for any key Leading spaces in the string are printed Examples In this example we have a usefile that displays a message and then waits for the user before starting the task gt q gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many tra
131. PHdate or ASK To select records based on a specific date use this feature gt if field Sdate year month day Suprtool checks the date s validity To select the transactions for January 1999 you would do the following gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt date 1999 01 01 and trans date lt date 1999 01 31 Relative Dates You can specify a relative date using the date function Then you can create job streams that don t rely on hard coded dates The general syntax of the date function is date year month day The year can be a specific number e g 2000 or an asterisk for the current year To specify a relative year you add or subtract years from the one you specified gt if field Sdate 2000 01 01 January 1 2000 gt if field date 2000 1 01 01 January 1 1999 gt if field date 1 01 01 January 1 last year The month can be a specific number e g 6 for June or an asterisk for the current month To specify a relative month you add or subtract months from the one you specified Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX field date 2000 06 1 01 May 1 2000 field date 01 start of current year and month field Sdate 1 01 start of last month field Sdate 18 exactly eighteen months ago The day can be a specific number e g 15 an asterisk for the current day the word first for the first day of the month or the
132. PONERROR ON OFF EDITSTOPONERROR ONJOFF EOFREAD ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX FASTREAD ON OFF FILECODE number not supported in Suprtool UX FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename FIRSTREC 0 1 has no effect in Suprtool UX HINTS ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX HPUXCmdErr lt string gt IFCHECK ON OFF IGNORE ONJOFF has some effect in Suprtool UX ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ONJOFF ITEMLOCK lt fieldname gt INTERACTIVE ON OFF LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ONJOFF has no effect in LIMITS Mpe ON OFF ReadOnly ONJOFF Tablesize size LIST DATE number LIST PCL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 LIST TIME number Suprtool Commands e 193 Add system wide Set commands to the opt robelle suprmgr configuration file SET LOCK number has no effect in Suprtool UX SET MAKEABSENT ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET NES number SET NUMBUG ON OFF SET OPENMODE number has no effect in Suprtool UX SET ORACLE ROWS number not supported in Suprtool MPE SET ORACLE INTEGER ON OFF not supported in Suprtool MPE SET ORACLE OPENFIX ONJOFF not supported in Suprtool MPE SET ORACE ZERONULL ON OFF not supported in Suprtool MPE SET PATTERN NEW OLD SET PREFETCH number not supported in Suprtool UX SET PRIVMODE ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number SET PROMPT character SET RECOVER ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET REDO filename SET SORTFAST ONJOFF has no effec
133. REFETCH number This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Privmode SET PRIVMODE ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Progress SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number Initial amp Defaults Percent 5 Minimum 50000 The Set Progress command is used to turn the Suprtool progress report feature on or off The PERCENT value specified tells Suprtool by which percentage increment to report the progress messages of any given input or output phase The allowed range for set progress is from 0 to 25 the default is every 5 percent If the PERCENT parameter is not specified then the next parameter is considered to be the PERCENT value This is to remain compatible with some earlier versions of Suprtool The MINIMUM value is the minimum number of records that an input file must have in order for the progress reports to be printed out If the MINIMUM value is set to 15000 then the input file must have at least 15000 records or else progress messages are not printed out for the entire task This value allows the user to turn off progress messages when reading smaller files The default value is 50000 records To always print progress messages just set the minimum value to 0 Suprtool does not produce any progress messages under the following conditions 1 Set Progress is zero 2 Output is to stdlist via the Output or List commands 3 The input source is an SQL database 4 The number of records from the input
134. SET Reset closes the current Input file and any Link files then resets the output file name to Output This is actually a Reset All command you cannot reset particular commands as you can do in Suprtool If you try to reset an individual command Suprlink prints a warning Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 345 Set Command S 346 e Suprlink Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprlink These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET MAPPED ONJOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ON OFF VARSUB ONJOFF Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF MAPPED has no effect within Suprlink UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the Suprlink prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprlink invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future Suprlink invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprlink creates it Otherwise Suprlink uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid f
135. SUPRTOOL In s opt robelle bin linkamxw SUPRLINK In s opt robelle bin stexamxw STEXPORT 3 Make sure that your HPPATH variable contains a refererence to PUB ROBELLE SETVAR HPPATH HPPATH PUB ROBELLE You will be able to run suprtool through amxw using suprtool SUPRTOOL RUN SUPRTOOL PUB ROBELLE Suprtool for AMXW is based on the code for Suprtool for HP UX For the most part the areas of Suprtool for AMXW that uses the AMXW MPE intrinsics related to file operations Following are some of the exceptions and improvements to make Suprtool for HP UX more MPE like and some of the key exceptions that are not Form Command The Flimit and the Eof is now displayed at the end of the form command of a self describing file gt form xyz File xyz SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUSTNO x6 MATCHCODE x10 NAME1 NAME2 NAME 3 STREET ZIPCITY PHONE TURNOVER 195 SALESAREA 2159 Limit 1455 EOF 1179 Entry Length 224 Blocking 1 he o a ZJUO0WRwJIIR m sia Numrecs Command Since AMXW supports the concept of File Limits Suprtool for AMXW the NUMRECS command is supported Output Command While the Output command parsing is the same for AMXW version as it is the HP UX version the If option does not come into effect for files created by Suprtool for AMXW The same applies to STExport and Suprlink as well Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Temporary Files Suprtool for AMXW supports temporary
136. Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 In this example we see two records that do not contain proper dates The first record contains all 9s which is probably used as some sort of flag We may need to add 99 in front of these dates But the second record is obviously wrong We can use Dbedit to correct this before converting the other dates We need to know our data to properly convert to a new date format Once all the incorrect dates are fixed we can start converting We can add a prefix of 19 or 20 to all the appropriate dates by using the following Extract statement Please note that we are updating this directly In case we need to redo this task we only convert those dates that have not yet been converted In this example we set the cutoff year to 30 so any dates before 30 will have 20 as the century and the others will have 19 gt get d sales gt set date cutoff 30 gt item purch_date date yymmdd gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if not Sinvalid purch_date and not invalid deliv date gt update gt ext purch date stddate purch_ date gt ext deliv date stddate deliv date gt xeq We have now converted all the J2 yymmdd dates to a ccyymmdd format and added the correct century to the date 78 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd The following Suprtool task shows how you can generate a new file to put into a new database with dates in a different format Con
137. Set option cccesseeseseereeees 205 206 mapped file access in Suprlink 0 eee eeeeee eres 346 Mapped Set Option ceceeeccseesseeeecteeereeseeeeeseeeees 346 master dataset expansion cecceeceeseeeteeseeeneeeeeees 137 match palitos 371 maximum block size in Suprtool o ooonoociocnn 367 maximum delimiter length onoooncnncnncnnnninomm 286 maximum heading length cee eeeeeseeseeeteeneeenes 286 maximum input block size 353 maximum input record length eee 286 353 maximum link block SiZe oooonoonconnccnncninonmmmmmo 353 maximum link fields cee eeeeseceteeeeeseeeneeeseeees 353 maximum link files ee eeeeeeceeeeeteeeeeeeeeeneeeneeees 353 maximum link record length 0 ee eeseeseesteereeees 353 maximum output fields ee eeseeseeseeneeeeeneeenes 354 maximum output record length 286 354 maximum size HTML fileS oooooconoocnonocconnnonnccnnos 256 MID E AAE E ot aaa eso UAT 137 means range Of fields oooonnconconiconocnoconcnonnnonnnnnnnnos 374 MISSING COMMA ETOT cooooocnocononnconcnonccnnonn conocio 119 121 mixed case comparisons eecceeeceteeeeeeseeeseeeseeees 151 mode parameter ceceeeeeeeeceesceeeeeeeceteeeteenees 89 186 Modify command cococococnconcnoncnnnconoconocnncon ccoo nono nonnnnos 308 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Modify command locking oooooncnnnnincnnnnnicnnonnros 288 modulo operator oooooco
138. Software packages that store variable length character data treat trailing spaces as data Use Spaces None to remove trailing spaces for data that is imported into these applications Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the Invcust file Suse invuse input invoices input file to format floating fixed 2 formatting option output invdata produces the file we want exit STExport prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in STExport The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record are processed By default STExport displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed STExport can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 275 Verify Command V Print the definition of the current task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input and Output files and all export specifications in ot
139. Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual by Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1 Contents Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Program and manual copyright O 1981 2007 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Permission is granted to reprint this document but not for profit provided that copyright notice is given Qedit and Suprtool are trademarks of Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Oracle is a trademark of Oracle Corporation Redwood City California USA Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners robelle solutions technology Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 372 7360 137 Street Surrey B C CanadaV3W 1A3 Phone 604 501 2001 Fax 604 501 2003 E mail solutions robelle com E mail support robelle com Web www robelle com 2 e Contents Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Contents 3 e Contents Contents 3 Welcome to Suprtool 15 Introduction ta ee e Sh tes toate lle 15 Suprtool Components sssi inerents an rpn ie oen aein iaeei r ia o eaei nies 15 STExport Data Export Utility se sesseesseseesseseeserseeressrsressesersteseesessreesseseseeseesessee 15 Suprlink Multidataset ACCESS ccsccesecsseeseeeseeesceeeeeeeceseeeseceseeaecaaecaaecaeecaeeeerenerens 16 NN A TS TAN 16 A A OS 16 Suprtool version 5 0 18 Highlights in HP UX Version cccccccessceseceseceseceecseecseeeseesseeeeeeeeceeeeeseceseeaeenaecneecseeeeeeneenss 18 Highlights in ADO 19 Installing Suprtool
140. Suprtool UX has high speed dataset reads for Eloquence databases Suprtool for HP UX by default calls dbget to do serial reads however if you use Set FastRead On you will efficient large reads Testing has shown that the CPU time can be improved by anywhere from two to five times and Wall time has improved anywhere from two to six times faster In order to turn this feature on for all accesses you can put the command Set FastRead On into the file opt robelle suprmgr This means that Suprtool will use the faster reads for all runs of Suprtool Set FastRead On must be set prior to the Base command otherwise it will be ignored Sort Performance Suprtool UX uses its own set of sorting routines These routines are generally faster than the sorting algorithms provided with software tools and SQL databases If you have the right data Suprtool UX can sort much faster than other HP UX tools Because sort performance varies a lot from application to application we recommend that you test Suprtool UX in your own environment You can improve the performance of sort operations by moving the sort workspace to a different physical disk drive than the input file uses You can move the sort scratch space by setting the TMPDIR environment variable to a directory that resides on another physical disk drive provided you have read and write access to that directory export TMPDIR var tmp sortscratch Oracle Performance Suprtool UX provides you
141. Suprtool does not currently handle the Allbase date format You can convert the Allbase date format to something that Suprtool can handle with the TO_CHAR function in the Select statement For example gt select qty TO CHAR date YYYYMMDD from manufdb testdata gt def mydate date 1 8 redefine testdate gt item mydate date yyyymmdd define the date format gt if mydate lt Stoday 900 Suprtool and Oracle You specify an Oracle database with the Open command You can open any Oracle database to which you normally have access If you cannot open your Oracle database check with your system or database administrator so that your environment can be set up properly Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about the tables in the database Use the Select command to choose what data to read from your Oracle databases Oracle access is available as a separate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Oracle internal data types so that Suprtool can process them Not all Oracle data types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Oracle data type and the corresponding Suprtool data type Oracle Data Type Suprtool Data Type 64 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Varchar2 Byte Number Data Type Oracle numbers are translated into a variety of Suprtoo
142. T RATING 4598921 5000 00 44657844 20000 00 98753198 3000 00 Your First Report Our report selects all customers in California sorts the records by city and reports on the city account number and name of each California customer Quick Start Guide for Suprtool 41 gt select from customer input table gt if state CA California customers gt sort city sort by city name gt extract city city first on each line gt extract cust_account followed by account gt extract name first and first name gt extract name_last and finally last name gt list standard produce a quick report gt xeq These commands produce a report with four columns The title consists of the date and page number The column headings are the name of each column that we extracted Column Headings Column headings default to uppercase field names The names are truncated if they are longer than the field itself One space is inserted between fields Suprtool does not automatically align user specified headings with the data columns We suggest specifying heading strings with the same length as the fields they represent while taking into account the space between the data columns In our example we enter one column heading per line using Suprtool s continuation character amp standard heading 1 2 E field is X12 Account amp field is Z8 First Name amp field is X10 Last Name field is X
143. TE 202 Dd E E tenavien sis Basted agian ve aieqian cede tees 203 List Dates aa 203 Title 203 A E a E ea TE E E 204 A E E E EE E 205 MakeAbsent sssrinin nsi i E E aa E RE 205 NLS nnne n E R E E A R e 205 NUMBUS sh ssc T pee itinere E E E ET A RVR 205 Openmode cion i EE SEE EESE steele EEE E TE a 206 Oracles a ash E cose E TE E N E E O ES 206 Ona ei eer E E E ee A eas 206 OPAC sss essay ae aged ino shes a ca sce eee 207 A ce R 207 A O tuvedgancousiavoesecuve 207 Prefete Caer O te 208 PHIVIMOG ses eco ceso ss soe chess ceases A eS 208 PLOBTESS arco 208 PLOMAP Cees ves5s 0 sansvensecettnasseswescesecnscescestcesstachonss vetstves A ites alta ET 209 RECOVER NN 209 A 209 SOLAS dd et ad ac o e cl E o ed chet 210 QUCEZ Cia tie e do A 210 SASI ER EEEE ANE EE NE ES E SE E EET 210 SS a a a e a e 210 A a O cadens tt 210 Thousand molestias iaa 211 Userlabels isso rta da tado att edo ae dla del bae desd 211 VATSUD oe mi e dd tot tbs e dd e tt EET 211 VarsubC ompat ito alias 211 IAS eS Noted 240 E Agente ad tas ee eh A 211 Sort Command SOT cuota italia arias 212 Table Command TA cccccccccccssccsssceessecssseceeseecsseceeseecssseeeseecsseceeseecsseeseseecaeeeeseeceaeeseaeeees 214 Adding Individual Values to a Table oooonoonconccnicinncinnnnnonoonnoonononononcnnoronncnrncnnnonno 214 Adding Values from a File ooooonnccnncnicocicnnonnconoconconnconnconnonnnonnrnnnonnrnn nr nn corn cn nrnn nro 215 Total Command T ccccccccccssc
144. TH SMANPATH opt robelle man Remember to delete any PATH or MANPATH settings in etc d profile so that new users do not override your changes You also have to warn existing Bourne and Korn shell users to change the profile file in their home directories C Shell See Configuring Different Shells above for a discussion on the files that are automatically executed by the C shell The easiest way to change the two PATHs for all the users on your HP UX machine is to logon as root and add these two lines to the file etc csh login after any existing PATH or MANPATH statements set path path opt robelle bin setenv MANPATH SMANPATH opt robelle man Remember to delete any PATH or MANPATH settings in both etc d login and etc d cshre so that new users do not override your changes You also have to warn existing C shell users to change their login and cshrc files in their home directories 46 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Dynamic Loading Suprtool for HP UX and AMXW dynamically loads the required Eloquence and Oracle routines on startup Suprtool requires two Eloquence libraries namely libimage3k sl and libeqdb sl and one from Oracle typically libclntsh sl The Oracle library is only loaded if you have the Oracle option enabled In this version if any of the dynamic loading of Eloquence or Oracle fails Suprtool will continue The Suprtool Image Replacement version on HP UX which dynamically loads a thir
145. To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name The following example shows defining a new target field as a double integer The Extract command target field then takes the definition from the Define command and extracts data from the source field display field gt in oldfile gt def salesqty 1 4 double gt ext order no order date gt ext salesqty display field Packed and Display Fields When the target of an extract conversion is a packed or display type field Suprtool always converts positive values to a neutral packed or display value To ensure that expressions with positive values have a positive result use the signed function gt extract packed field signed int field gt extract display field signed dbl field 10 Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from nonfloating point to floating point See the discussion under Numeric Truncation above Byte Fields Use the Extract command to shorten or lengthen byte type fields If the target field is longer than the source field Suprtool fills the trailing space in the target field with spaces Byte to Numeric Conversion Suprtool cannot explicitly convert from a byte field to a numeric field such as a double integer The Extract command however does allow conversion from a display field to a double integer or any other numeric field Suprtool Commands e 127 You
146. UPRTOOL COMMANDS MOVE 1 TO X MOVE 12 TO Y MOVE USE DIR_PUB dbopen TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X ADD 1 TO X MOVE SELECT FROM V_MEMBER_SPAN TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE X MOVE IF SREAD TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD 1 TO Y IF DI OPTRDP TRANSCODE TM STRING YMDEFF lt DI OPTRDP YMDEFF AND YMDEND gt DI OPTRDP YMDEND DELIMITED BY SIZE INTO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ELSE STRING YMDEFF gt DI OPTRDP YMDEFF AND YMDEFF lt DI OPTRDP YMDEND OR DELIMITED BY SIZE INTO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD 1 TO Y STRING YMDEND gt DI OPTRDP YMDEFF AND YMDEND lt DI OPTRDP YMDEND DELIMITED BY SIZE INTO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y ADD 1 TO Y MOVE AND VOID TO SUPRTOOL COMMAND LINE Y 360 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX TE U M M END IF U END SE PROGRAM OPEN OUTPUT PROG FILE CONTINUE ADD 1 TO X OVE Y TABLE B PROG_NBR FILE DIR_TEMPDATA mep833pg dat TO SUPRTOOL COMI OVE TO SUPRTOOL COMI a SE CARRIER OPEN OUTPUT CARRIER FILE CONTINUE ADD 1 TO X Y MOVE TABLE C CARRI TO SUPRTOO MAND LINE X AND SLOOKUP B PROG_NBR MAND LINE Y ER FILE SDIR_TEMPDATA mep833ca dat L COMMAND LINE X MOVE AND SLOOKUP C CARRIER TO SUPRTOO IF IF USE REGION OPEN OUTPUT REGION FILE ti Z T DZP UO US El
147. X80 is acceptable but X100 is not Only datasets whose search fields are compatible with Dbedit can be accessed i e no K5 search fields There are five major functions in Dbedit Command ADD CHANGE DELETE LIST MODIFY Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Function Add new entries to a dataset Change a master search value in all related datasets Delete entries from a dataset List the value of entries in a dataset Modify specific fields of an entry from a dataset Welcome to Dbedit e 287 Performance of Dbedit Field Lists Suprtool was designed to be as fast as possible while Dbedit was designed to have as many features as possible Dbedit does no special optimizations It uses the standard IMAGE Eloquence intrinsics to do all of the accesses to the database Dbedit does not use the fast sequential access method of Suprtool but Dbedit usually works only with a few records within your database at one time Dbedit arranges the list of fields in a dataset different from QUERY or Suprtool The QUERY ADD command prompts for the each field in the dataset in the order they were declared in the IMAGE schema In Dbedit the order of field lists is changed using the following algorithm 1 The search field for a master dataset or the primary search field for a detail dataset appears first 2 Any other detail search fields appear second 3 Any sort fields appear third 4 All other non search and non sort fields that
148. XTRACT field subscript value 1 UPPERcase letters literal symbols to be used in the command as they appear e g EXTRACT Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Lowercase underlined or italic variables to be filled in by the user example field Each such variable is defined elsewhere in terms of literal symbols consult the index In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables appear simply in lowercase Brackets enclose optional fields example subscript Braces enclose comments in examples For example gt INPUT ACTREC input from a data file Braces can be used for comments in actual Suprtool commands Up lines separate alternatives from which you select example Set Ignore On Off sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Dot dot dot indicates that the variable may be repeated many times in the command Other special characters literal symbols that must appear in the command as they are shown in the format example the comma above Some commas in Suprtool are optional In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Welcome to Suprtool e 17 Suprtool version 5 0 Highlights in HP UX version 18 e Suprtool version 5 0 Set HPUXCMDERR allows user to configure which commands are not considered fatal errors when running in batch 4 9 06 The split function would abort on some system
149. a 1 10 byte gt ext a I m too long for this container Error String is too long for the specified item String Truncation Suprtool produces an error if the string expression is longer than the target field You cannot override this error with Set Ignore On To help avoid the error you may want to trim the expression of trailing spaces before assigning it to the target field For example gt extract new field Strim a b c Upshifting Strings Upper Use the built in function upper to upshift all the characters of a string expression into uppercase characters This function can be used to upshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are upshifted by Supper For example gt extract city up Supper city gt extract full name Supper first last Downshifting Strings Lower If you want to downshift all characters of a string expression to lowercase use the built in function lower This function can be used to downshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are downshifted by lower For example gt extract city lower case Slower city gt extract city state lower city state Trimming Spaces Using Trim LTrim RTrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are
150. a Link to another file you have an implied selection criterion That is if Suprlink cannot find a record in the Link file with matching key value s the Input record is dropped from the Output file If you have seven Link files the Input record must match all seven or be dropped This is the default selection logic You can override this for any specific Link file by specifying the OPTIONAL keyword on the Link command Only do this is you don t care whether that data exists or not since Suprlink will supply default values for those Link fields You want to produce a report of all invoices over 2 000 00 for customers in California The customer information is in the m_customer table and the invoice information is in the d_invoice table Here are the steps to produce this report 1 Select and sort the California customers into the file customer Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual 2 Select and sort invoices over 2 000 into the file invoice 3 Because there will often be more than one invoice per customer specify the invoice file as input to Suprlink 4 Link in the customer file 5 Produce your report from the combined records in the output file gt open oracle demo reader sales database gt select from m_customer select all customers gt if state CA 1n California gt sort custnum sort and link key gt output customer link Link output option gt xeq We now have a self describing file with all the
151. a aes Restrictions A REE sas Functions of Dbedit ooooocconnnocccononccononancccnnnnncnonananoss Performance of Dbedit ooooononccccnnnccccnonanccononancnonnnanoss Field ASS eos Pe a Database Locking ocooonoocnoccnonccononononononnnonnnnanocnnocn noo Decimal Poltica a Critical Item Update oooooonoccnoccnocononocononnnonnnnanonnnocnnoos Dbedit Commands General Notes 2222352328 ii ias 11 e Contents Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Abbreviating in A da 290 Uppercase OrLowercase ras servo pata 290 ContinWat On secs ee aa 290 Control ihe BARE oon eee A ia 291 Comments on Command Lines ccceecsescesseesseeseeeeceeeceeeceeceseenseesecaecnseceeeaeeenes 291 OS Commands c 2i 27 0 ssdettesstiee aideseesschintiattd tolteves ievhatidtactaaccsnaeus Satenagessseestseteetiecncs 291 Calculator a eo ee ee 291 Example Database cui AT E dto 291 Prompting for Search Criteria cccccescesecsceesceesceesceseeeeeceeeceseenseenseenaecsaeeeeeseeenes 292 Command Parameter cccccsseessesscesseeesceecesecseceaecnsecaeecaeecaeeeneseeeeeesseeneeeeaeeaecnaecseeeseeenes 292 FilesParameteriys 2 5 faces O laareeecs cat ts areten 205 292 Option Parametros uewusdagieeinescs 293 Numeric Value SA 293 A thee wa bestemtct ci ake satan nd cs estore A tens ee wee destin 0 293 Key Optronics srt sates ke sn destete 070 celo atee dl eos beaten ande o cn elas Mete 228 293 Limit Opti On iii diia 294 Related Option n ciccc c eccieisceseccie
152. aces enclose comments in examples Braces are allowed for comments in actual STExport commands Example Floating fixed 2 Floating option Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to STExport e 231 5 Up lines separate alternatives from which you will select Sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Example ALL string 6 In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Installing STExport STExport is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details on how to install both Suprtool and STExport 232 e Welcome to STExport Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Accessing STExport How To Run STExport To access STExport type the following command opt robelle bin stexport STExport Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1999 2002 Version 4 8 After a short pause STExport takes over your terminal and prints out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into STExport STExport expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq an STExport Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the formatting options Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual STExport task If you ent
153. ach command distinctly from the other In the following example if you wish to repeat the Input command instead of the If command you need to use do i s instead of just do i gt i somefile gt if lt expression gt es gt xeq gt do is repeats previous Input command Selecting Database Records These examples show you how to get records from an Oracle table It assumes you have opened the database with the Open command The results are written to a data file called result which can be read either by a program or by a report writer opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader Select All Records This example extracts all the records from the table Note that we didn t specify any selection criteria so Suprtool selects all the records gt select from sales input table gt output result output file gt xeg Xeq command performs the task Look at the First Few Records If you want to look at the first few records of a dataset use the Numrecs command This command tells Suprtool to extract at most the number of records specified Then instead of sending the result to a file send it to the screen with output ascii The example shows you how to look at the first 10 records in your dataset Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 29 gt select from sales gt numrecs 10 first 10 records gt output ascii output to screen format numbers gt xeq Selecting by Cr
154. ame specified must be a valid table and not a view The fields from the input source or the extracted names must be the same as the column names in the table to which you wish to add records You do not have to specify all columns in the table unreferenced columns will be given default values depending on their data type You cannot currently add records from another SQL table However you can extract the records you want into a file and then add from that file Examples The first example shows a typical Add task A self describing file s records are added to the table called customer This assumes that the self describing file has the same structure and that the field names are the same as the column names gt open oracle scott tiger open SQL database gt in custrecs input file you wish to add gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task Our next example shows how to add by redefining the fields from a self describing file into a table The names are redefined so that the field names being extracted will match those in the table of the SQL database gt open oracle scott tiger open SQL database gt in custrecs input file you wish to add gt def cust_name custname redefine the items to match gt def cust_addr address the names in the table gt extract cust name extract data under the column name gt extract cust_addr gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the
155. an file of the file it should show another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record For example tinput sales Sales is sorted by custno link custfile key is custno link addrfile output custsale link three files texit 1nto custsale Link Keys Suprlink allows files to be linked by up to two keys a primary and a secondary key field By default Suprlink assumes that the key field to the Link file is the same key field specified for the Input file If the Link key field is different from the Input key field use the BY clause to specify the correct key field tinput customer key name is custnum link sales by custno new name for the same field You would also use the BY clause if the Link file was created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of Output Link Secondary Keys Suppose that you are linking a master to a detail and the detail can have several entries for each master Suprlink has an option that allows you to select which link record you want by matching a second key field in the master LINK filename BY primary key secondary key This option forces Suprlink to compare both the primary key and the secondary key when comparing an input record to a link record For example tinput students key name is ssn link majors by ssn cmaj Stude
156. an 10 00 and increases the unit cost by five percent gt get d inventory input dataset gt item unit cost decimal 2 implied decimal places gt if unit cost lt 10 00 selection criteria gt update Update must come before Extract gt extract unit cost amp calculate the new unit cost unit cost value gt xeq This next example selects all inventory items with a part number of 12345677 and changes it to 12345678 gt get d inventory input dataset gt if product no 12345677 selection criteria gt update ciupdate gt extract product no 12345678 new unit cost value gt xeq You can set CIUPDATE by using the DBUTIL Utility To set CIUPDATE on just run Dbutil and use the Set command run dbutil pub sys gt gt set dbname ciupdate on gt gt exit Notes The only commands that can be combined with Update are selection commands e g the If command The following commands are not allowed Delete Duplicate Key List Output Put Sort or Total You cannot update critical fields in master datasets Update does not work with disc files or SQL databases If you are updating a packed or display field remember that Suprtool uses unsigned values for non negative numbers unless you add a leading plus sign to the number See Packed and Display Constants on page 114 for more details Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filena
157. an fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 187 Redo Command REDO 188 e Suprtool Commands Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command Comma is short for REDO The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples TULA fd not found sd is not spelled right redo most recent command last command is printed you enter changes to i
158. and existing file The File option takes the next parameter as being the filename gt in test filelsd gt list stan file myslist gt xeq If the file myslist exists it will be over written unless you specify the Append option If you specify the append option the new report will be added to the file So if you want to incorporate multiple reports you just need to do the following gt in test filelsd gt list stan file myslist gt xeq gt in test file2sd gt list stan file myslist append gt xeq Changing the Output Record Format You can change the output file record format by using the Extract command The Extract command causes Suprtool to assemble Output records by stringing together fields extracted from Input records You would use the following to extract two of the nine fields from the customer records gt select from customer input from a table gt extract cust_account extract the key value and gt extract credit rating one other field gt output outl output file will have two fields gt xeq You can easily insert data into the middle of a record again using the Extract command Define the first and second halves of the record as two big chunks Now 40 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Extract the first part note the constant you wish to insert then Extract the second part gt input myfile reclen 95 nolf 95 bytes wide gt define part1 1 60 byte first 60 bytes gt d
159. and has the following columns CUSTOMERNUM Decimal 8 N Packed DELIVERYDATE Decimal 8 Y Packed PRODUCTNUM Decimal 8 N Packed PURCHASEDATE Decimal 8 N Packed SALESTOTAL Decimal 8 Y Packed DeliveryDate and PurchaseDate are in yyyymmdd format Price SalesTax and SalesTotal have two implied decimals Z lt Z lt lt Z lt lt Before you go any further you will have to decide where the new HTML file will reside When someone connects to your Web site the server software spawns child processes using a userid and groupid defined in the srm conf NCSA or httpd conf CERN configuration file This user must have read and write access to the Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual directory specified in STExport s Output command This directory must also be accessible by the server software as defined in the configuration file For security reasons it is not recommended that you create these files in the server s root directory You can configure a default html directory for example userdir entry in CERN for individual users When the URL contains a user construct the server knows it has to look for the default directory under the user s home directory Let us assume the default is public_html You could create a public_html directory under the home directory for the userid specified in the configuration file Another option is to create a new user on your system with the same directory stru
160. anner gt Set CleanChar lt null gt See the Clean command for more details Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF Mapped has no effect within STExport UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the STExport prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across STExport invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future STExport invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual SSet Redo Myredo If the file does not exist STExport creates it Otherwise STExport uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the STExport session As soon as you exit STExport the setting is discarded Next time you run STExport you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the current working directory This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use
161. are compatible with Dbedit appear last 5 Where a noncompatible field would appear in a list Dbedit replaces it with a compatible field from the end of the list Example The following example shows the difference between QUERY and Dbedit We add an entry to the d inventory dataset of the Store database In this dataset supplier name is the primary search field and product no is another nonprimary search field QUERY 3000 gt add d inventory BIN NO gt gt 1201 LAST SHIP DATE gt gt OH HAND QTY gt gt PRODUCT NO gt gt 2001001 SUPPLIER NAME gt gt STD Ribbons UNIT COST gt gt DBEDIT SUPRTOOL add d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 2001001 BIN NO gt 1201 LAST SHIP DATE ON HAND OTY UNIT COST Database Locking 288 e Welcome to Dbedit Dbedit uses the following locking strategy The Add command locks one dataset using DBLOCK mode 3 after all of the field values have been entered The Modify and Delete commands do the following 1 After all of the field values have been entered the dataset is locked Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual 2 The records are re read using DBGET mode 4 for details or DBGET mode 7 for masters 3 The re read record is compared with the original record If they are not the same no update or delete is done 4 The record is updated or deleted When a search field or a sort field is changed with the Modify command the record is delet
162. ascii is specified The subscript parameter is valid only for compound items The total item is extracted if it is compound and no subscript is specified gt extract account extract the key value and gt extract rating one other field gt output outl output file has two fields Cumulative Extracts The Extract command is cumulative If two Extracts are specified in one run all fields of the two Extract commands are used gt extract status balance account purchased is equivalent to gt extract status balance gt extract account purchased Constants Extracting Constants The value part of the Extract command is used to place a constant in each record of the output file In this case the field defines the type and length that the value occupies The value portion must match the type of the field String values will be extended with blanks to fill the entire field If the input data does not have a field of the correct size and type you can create one using the Define command gt ext account key value gt ext rating 0 place the value 0 in the rating field gt output out2 The total number of bytes that you can extract for all constants is 5 100 bytes for MPE 1X and HP UX and 1 275 bytes for MPE V Suprtool Commands e 113 114 e Suprtool Commands Packed and Display Constants When extracting non negative packed and display constants Suprtool extracts them as unsigned unless you use a leading plus sign
163. asis of the Eloquence record numbers These numbers always start with 1 and the endrecord parameter is assumed to be the last record in the dataset if it isn t specified Note that you should use extreme care when you are using the record number selection option on master datasets This is because the record numbers of master dataset entries can be changed as entries are added or deleted from the dataset For example if there are deleted entries in the master dataset then you could get fewer records than expected When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a dataset Specifying a startrecord endrecord parameter makes this easy gt get m product 1 20 first twenty records gt list produce a formatted list of each gt xeg record with no output file This example gets any records that are in the first twenty IMAGE locations This may be fewer than twenty records if there were deleted or unused entries in the first twenty record numbers Suprtool Commands e 139 Random Selection The count parameter selects every nth record from the dataset where n is equal to count This option is designed to allow random selection from the dataset It cannot be combined with the startrecord endrecord option Test databases can be constructed from random samplings of production databases Using the count parameter and the Put command we build a test dataset gt base store gt get d invento
164. ask the first is the major sort field KEY byteposition bytelen type DESC Default type BYTE ASCENDING order Parameters Desc specifies that the field is to be sorted in Descending order The byteposition is a namber between 1 and the length of the input records specifying where the sort field begins The bytelen parameter is a number from to the length of the record specifying how long the sort field is The type is a word that gives the desired data type of the field for sorting purposes Type Description BYTE unsigned straight compare INTANTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned like BYTE 2 characters CHARACTER for Native Language Support The Key command also accepts FPOINT as the data type for IEEE numbers Examples The first example sorts an integer PIC S9 4 COMP field which starts on the 11th byte of the input record We sort the entire input file based on one key gt input bigfile r 40 1f input from a disc file gt key 11 2 int key is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Bigfile gt xeg create Outfile and prompt for more Suprtool commands gt input discfile r 40 1f another input file gt key 14 4 double desc double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt output ofile2 sort input in descending order
165. ate gt out salesinfo link gt xeg In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied Date ForceCentury SET DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF Initially OFF Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field gt date 00 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off Date IfYY2000Error SET DATE IFYY2000ERROR ON OFF Initially ON By default Suprtool considers dates with a two digit century component from the date and today functions to be invalid when the dates resolve to be greater than 1999 and the If operation is a relative operation e g greater than or equal to You can control whether Suprtool considers this condition an error by using the following Set command Suprtool Commands e 197 198 e Suprtool Commands gt set Date Ifyy2000Error Off The following example shows what is considered to be an error by the If command and how the Set command can turn off the error check gt def a 1 6 gt item a date yymmdd gt if a gt today Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format gt set date ifyy2000error off
166. atoe Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Notes The Extract command is valid only with e Output xxx data e Output xxx data num e Output xxx query e Output xxx link e Output xxx ascii e Output xxx prn The Extract occurs logically after the sort phase if any but prior to the final Output Put or List An If command can refer to fields of the input record that are not included in the extracted output record The sort keys can be fields that are not among those extracted If the extracted record length is shorter than the input record length Suprtool attempts to speed up sorts by doing the extract before sorting Suprtool can only do the extract before sorting if the output option is DATA the default QUERY or LINK and all of the sort keys are included in the Extracted fields One advantage of not using the Extract command is that the output file from Suprtool has exactly the same format as the input dataset which created the file You can then use the setname option of the Input command to define all of the fields in the output file Even if you change your database structure many of your job streams that use Suprtool and the setname option will not have to be changed Suprtool Commands e 135 Form Command F The Form command displays information about an Eloquence or SQL database or the current Select command or the fields in a self describing file The Form command is similar to the Form command of QUERY on t
167. ave room for gt xeg 15000 records Disc Files vs Datasets When you specify a source of records using the Input command as opposed to reading a dataset using the Get or Chain command Suprtool attempts to duplicate all of the input file s attributes in the output file This includes the file limit For this reason the Numrecs value is ignored if the output file limit is smaller than the input file limit Numrecs is still useful when reading disc files to reduce the size of the sort scratch file 178 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Open Command OP Specify an SQL database to open Only one database can be open at a time OPEN ORACLE username password OPEN ALLBASE dbename owner Oracle Database Use the Open command to connect to an Oracle database You must specify your Oracle username and password If you do not specify the password in the Open command Suprtool prompts for your password without echoing it on the screen To read data from an Oracle table or view use the Select command Use Set Oracle Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Oracle data Allbase Database Use the Open command to connect to an Allbase database You must specify your Allbase dbename and owner To read data from an Allbase table or view use the Select command Use Set Allbase Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Allbase data gt open allbase inventory anne Remo
168. base store gt get d sales gt if purch date 000401 select one day s transactions gt put d sales mon ostore add to OSTORE database gt exit the output file defaults to null This example shows how Suprtool can read a disc file and Put each record in a database gt input dsales dsales has exactly the same format gt put d sales store as the d sales dataset gt exit Notes If the dataset selected for output is a master dataset it is possible that some of the output records may be duplicate key values If this happens Suprtool prints an error message and terminates the task unless you have enabled Set Ignore in which case the duplicates are counted and reported at the end of the task Duplicate records are not written to the output file Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Default print a blank line The string of up to 253 characters is printed on stdlist The string is truncated to the record width of stdlist The string must be embedded in quotes Either single quotes or double quotes are permitted The quotes are not printed on stdlist Examples The Q command is often combined with the Userpause command The example is a usefile that provides an explanation of how long a task takes gt q gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more th
169. ber and make it a valid display number It will determine the decimal sign and add leading zeroes It will round the number to the defined number of decimal places In the case of 1 545 number Suprtool will round the value to be 1 55 since the given number of decimal places is two and the preceding value is five or greater If you have a whole number such as 54 with no decimal point the value becomes 54 00 Suprtool will not accept data that has 128 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX More than one sign More than one decimal place Spaces in between numbers Signs that are in between numbers Characters that are not over punch characters Fields that when edited do not fit in the defined space for the display field You can control the character that defines the currency thousand and decimal symbol for other currencies and formats using the following commands gt set decimalsymbol gt set thousandsymbol gt set currencysymbol Suprtool in the above case will strip the currency and thousand symbols and use the decimal symbol to determine the number of decimal places You can set these characters to any values you want but the defaults for each are used in the above set commands The Decimal and thousand symbols are only single characters The currency symbol allows for four characters Numeric to Byte Conversion Suprtool has several ways to convert binary numbers e g J4 1
170. can define a byte field to be a display field if all of the characters in the field contain a number For example if you have a six character byte field that looks like this 012345 you can define it in the following manner gt def display field 1 6 display This field can then be converted to any of the other numeric types that Suprtool supports If the field is six characters and contains blanks decimal currency or a sign symbol in the data then you can utilize the number function Number Function Suprtool now has the ability to accept free form numbers as display data types This means numbers in the form 1234 45 12345 123 2134 12343 123 45 can now be accepted and converted to any other numeric data type Consider the following data Item number New Price 12345 123 45 34563 2 2431 2 1 545 Suprtool can now read and convert the data in New Price using the number function Let s say we want New Price to be a double integer and currently occupies eight bytes starting in position six Here is the task you would use to convert the New Price free format number into a double integer gt in mynums gt def item number 1 5 byte gt def new price ascii 6 8 display gt def new price 1 4 double gt item new price ascii dec 2 gt item new price dec 2 gt ext item number gt ext new price Snumber new price ascii gt out somefile link gt xeq The number function take the free format num
171. cate file name Suprtool automatically answers yes to the question asking you to purge the existing file Pseudo Batch Tasks During a canned on line task such as passing usefiles to Suprtool you can fool Suprtool into responding YES to operational questions For example if one of the canned tasks requires Suprtool to output myfile erase then Suprtool asks the question ERASE all records from this OUTPUT file no You can avoid typing yes in response to this question by invoking Suprtool with Ssuprtool lt filename Blocksize The block size of a file is the record length multiplied by the blocking factor MPE permits block sizes up to 32 000 words but Suprtool restricts the total block size When copying an MPE file the maximum block size of either the input or output file 1s 14 336 words If Suprtool detects an input or output file with a block size larger than 14 336 words it prints one of the following error message The input blocksize is greater than 14336 words The output blocksize is greater than 14336 words Calculator Suprtool Suprlink and Stexport and Dbedit treat any line that begins with an equal sign as an expression to be evaluated To add two numbers together gt 125 512 Result 637 0 Glossary of Terms e 367 368 e Glossary of Terms An expression consists of numbers and operators The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponen
172. cccoconononononononononnnonnnnnnnnnonos 118 147 MPE commands disabling access csseseeees 202 MPE vs HP UX 0 ceceecsccsseseeseeceseeeceeeeceecneeseeeeneeaeeeens 51 MPE restricting ceeccsceseceseeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeereeerens 202 multidataset ACCESS scesceseesseesceesceeeeeeeeeeceeenseenaes 16 multiple commands per line 85 290 373 multiple search values oooooonnccnnncnncnnconoonnonnconoconocn noo 214 native language support cooooconiccnocnnonnconccnnconnonnccnnnonnos 205 negative value ooooooncnincnoonnoonconnnononononno canon nooo nonnnnonno 127 NES option Set command cooooonnnnicnnonnconnconccnncnnncn neos 205 DO LELOA Si EEEE E A EAEE 267 NOLE a E e tee 184 nonprinting Characters cccceeccesceesceeseeseeeseesteeees 145 non SD Files and duplicate 0 0 0 cceeeeseeseesteeteeeees 107 IN AA i in 371 NOD operadora atest 143 null values cion 145 A nni ia 181 Num Data OptiOM ooooonocninnnnonoonnconcnonconoconoco nono nono nnonnos 181 Num Key option seinenc iii 181 Num Query option ss sesesssessesseeeesseseeseesersreseseesseeeesss 181 number sign in patterns oo oonnonnoninnnoonconnnononononnnos 372 numeric bytes Suprtool oooooconiccncccnocnconconnconononccnnos 147 NUMETIC constants ennnen i ie 145 NUMETIC OXPIESSIONS cooooonocoocnoonnoonconoconoconccnnnnnno 118 146 numeric JUSTIFICATION acsem iai i 171 MUMEFIC StHINS ia e ER 149 NUMETIC trincat ois
173. cimal Places Il 5 2 10 13 15 14 19 Kl 5 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX K2 10 Pn n 1 Zn n You cannot specify implied decimal places for byte char or IEEE type items Once you define a decimal place almost every command in Suprtool is affected Suprtool accepts numeric values with decimal points or scales integers according to the number of implied decimal places e g specify two implied decimal places then enter 1 000 to represent 1 000 00 All formatting commands format fields with a decimal point when appropriate Constant Values When specifying numeric constants for a field with implied decimal places there are different formats that you can use For example assume that we use the Item command to specify two implied decimal places for an amount field The following are examples of constant values for this item Constant Interpretation 0 zero value padded as necessary 1 1 00 0 01 0 01 01 also acceptable for 0 01 Notes SQL Columns You must redefine any SQL columns before you can use the Item command gt sel from emp gt def salary sal gt item salary decimal 3 correct scale gt if salary gt 15 275 Compound Items When you specify a compound item the attribute applies to all elements of the compound item gt item monthly totals decimal 2 12 occurrences gt if monthly totals 5 gt 1000 00 You cannot apply an attribute to only one sub item of a compound item
174. cnononcncnnnananonnnanos 144 214 alternatives to the If commMandd oooocncccinnnnnninnnonncon oo 142 AND Operator ieia anie a iN 143 appending to a file ooooooonoonnccinonicccocononcconcconccnnonnno 59 61 appending Hpmodify coocooonccccoccoccoononononanonnnconocnonn noo 189 APS date fOrMAt oocooocccnnoncccnononcconononococanancnnnnnaconnnass 163 arithmetic expressions ooooooocnnonocnconoconnconccnnonnnos 118 147 arithmetic taD oooooonocononinonoonnonnnonnconoco noc nocn noo ncnnnonnnos 229 Arithmetic Set OPtiOM cooonoonocnnoconoconononnccnnconnonnnonnos 195 ascending order 0 eeseeececseesseesceeeceeteeeteesseenees 167 212 IO 41 182 ASK MANMAN date selectiOM oooooononinnnincninno os 163 ASK Option iirinn nnn a n R i Ra 182 A O see at sign in patterMS ooooncnncninononnnonnconoconocnccnncnnnos 371 attached printet caciones 175 backslash icon 374 AAA iniii nan 89 Base command default mode oooooocnnnoncccnonincconnnanoss 206 base name parameter o cooococcioccnococononnnonnnnononanonnnnos 89 186 Data dl 48 234 318 367 batch passwords c cecccesccesseeteceseceeeceeeeeeeeeesseesseees 89 Before command ccccccceeseeeenees 91 239 298 330 bit extrat icon pica 146 Plock SIZE 367 Blocksize Set Option cccceeseesceseeeeeeseeseeeeeeneees 195 Bourne shela E E 45 DIAGES is 237 291 328 Butter Stop ii ii 195 BY part of the Join commMadd oooonconncniconiccnonnconncnnoos 338 BY part
175. command is printed s you enter changes to it I sd the edited command is shown you press Return listredo 10 tbefore 5 redo 5th command in stack bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b ls redo last ls command tb ls redo Is command b redo last containing tbefore 2 redo command before previous before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Assuming that you have changed the HP UX default of your EOF key Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces 330 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 331 Do Command DO The Do command will repeat without changes any of th
176. commands You may also want to use Suprtool to assist you in changing your actual data from two digit years to four See Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits on page 77 for more details If you do not include the century in your dates the second solution above you will have the following problems 1 Selecting dates in yymmdd format will not produce the expected results in relative operations e g lt lt gt or gt You will need to change all of your If commands to use the stddate function 2 Sorting dates that include both 20th and 21st century dates will not collate the way most users expect whether with Suprtool the COBOL sort verbs or HPs sort tools This is because Suprtool and all HP supplied tools sort based on the numeric value of a date To make this work correctly within Suprtool you will need to use the stddate function in an Extract command to generate a date with a four digit year then sort on this new date field with another Suprtool task What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years Currently the date format of yymmdd collates sorts correctly if the date is not beyond December 31 1999 Given the current date of 981210 numerically this is less than next year whose date value is 991210 At the turn of the century dates in the yymmdd format or yymm will no longer sort correctly because the value of December 10 2000 001210 is less than 981210 Consequently if we have a date beyond 1
177. conionnnnncnnocooonocononnoononnos 289 decimal places defining oooonccnccinnnocnonnconnccnnonnnonos 161 decimal places Extract command cece 114 decimal places If command cceeceeseseeerteereeees 147 decimal places List command ccceceseeseeeteees 170 decimal places Table command eceeeeeseees 215 default field filling in Suprlink 339 341 default processing sineereeon 111 Deter Stop 198 deferred output in IMAGE cc eeeeseeteeseeneeeeeees 198 Define command srira a 97 221 definition para Mete ooocoonnnniccnocnconnconcco nono nconncnnnonnnonno 97 delete all records Warning c cesceeseeeseesteeseeeeeees 102 Delete command coooooonnnoccccnnnancconononononananoss 102 205 300 Delete command locking ceeeeseeseeeteeseeereeees 288 deleting duplicate records eeeeseesseeseereeeeeeeeeees 107 deleting CN ES isc er 102 deleting entries TeCOVOI Y oooconoconocononocnnonnnonnnonnnnnnonos 102 delimited output files ooooononnnnnncnnnnninomemmmmoo 70 183 Delimiter command ccccesceeseeeeeseeeeeeneenseeeeeees 246 Delimiter maximum length ee eeeeeeeesteeteeees 286 DESC PaTaMCter A E 167 212 descending order ccceecceecceeeeseeetecseeeseeeeeees 167 212 differences MPE vs HP UX ecccccceesseceesseeeeenees 51 dises pace hess ae welts aE 61 disc space reduced coooocococcnocononononcconconncnnnonnnonoos 59 17
178. connnnnnonconncnnnonns 353 Limits Set een NS ey a 202 lme feeds nensi aE 51 184 266 Link command coooooccnoncccnononcncnononncnnnnnnnonnnns 169 317 340 Link file maximum block SizZe oooocooonononccnns 353 Link file maximum fleldS oooonoooninnccconnnionnccnnos 353 Link file maximum number Of ooooocnocccnccccononinnncconos 353 Link file maximum record length 353 Hokkey TELS ento ete 340 TIPO cocido lili 181 A a sues tehenl eee aiee 319 list Clears Screen cid ta 171 Eist COMMANG iia 170 306 list device alar int los 174 A ET A 174 List Char OPtlOM ooooocoocnoocnonoconoconconccnnconncon nooo nonnnonnos 170 List Column Headings cooonooccoccnonononconcnnnccnnonnnonnnonno 174 List Date default ooooonnoccnncccnononononcconnnonncconnncnnnccn nooo 203 List Date OptiON ooococoocnoonnonoconcconccnnonnconncon ccoo ncnnnonnos 172 List Decimal OptiOM ooooooonononocnnonoconconncnnconncrnnonnnonnos 170 List Duplex OPtiOM oooooccoocnoocnocnonoconnconconnconncon conocio 172 List Heading OptiOM oooocoocnonnnocononcconccnnonnnonnninnonnnonno 174 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX List Hexoption viii in Aa 170 List Leftjustnum option oooooococonoconoconononononnnonncnnnnnos 171 List Noname Option ooooocoocnocononononocononnnonncon nono nonnnnos 171 List Norec Option coooocccnoonooncoonconoconoconcon nono nono nonnnnos 170 List Noskip Option ooooooccocnocononononcoononnnon
179. count file This file contains a string with the number of output records that Suprtool processed By default no outcount file is produced If you invoke Suprtool UX with the oc option Suprtool writes the number of output records to a file called stoutcount Use Set Filename Outcount to specify your own file name for the output count If you add Set Filename Outcount to the Suprmer file every successful invocation of Suprtool UX produces a file While these files are small they may clutter up a busy system so that is why the default file name is none 50 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Differences Between MPE and HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX We have tried to make the MPE and HP UX versions of Suprtool as compatible as possible This section describes how Suprtool UX is different from Suprtool MPE Record Length On MPE Suprtool can obtain the record length of a file There is no concept of record length on HP UX because a file consists of a string of bytes In Suprtool UX there are two ways to determine the record length 1 Specify the record length with the Rec parameter of the Input command 2 Use self describing files If the specified record size is incorrect Suprtool UX cannot verify it The most common symptom of an incorrect specification in size is an offset of one or more characters in each field Line Feeds In MPE there is no separator between records in a file In HP UX there ma
180. csscccsseceeseecsscceeseecaeceeseecsseceeseecssecseseeceseeeeseecsaeeseseecsseeeeseeees 218 Update Command UB o dd e eis oes toca 220 UseCommad Uli SR O E 0 221 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Userpause Command USER ccccescesseceeesseeseeeneeeeeeeeeesecnsecesecsecnaecaecseecaeeeaeeneeeneeeeeenes 223 Verity Command Vlad rita 224 Xeq Command tii A ia t a 225 Calculator Command ll nto 226 Suprtool Errors and Warnings 229 Two Types Of Messages cuco 229 EOS tna dio ecos des ah le E a E o ll een E 229 A wtih lceade a tattoos Move A a a a toute aa ue loots ae a 230 Welcome to STExport 231 Welcometo S TEXPOrt li een eet a ae 231 O e EE ese E E EEE hs Alewea T E EE ERTE A 231 Install TEN e E E E E EE E EE EE E E 232 Accessing STExport 233 HOw TO RUNS TEXPO iii 233 How to Xegan STEXport Task sestese nn iaa is 233 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable ooooonoocnncciocicociconooncooncnnnconoconoco nono rconnconnonno 233 ROBELLE Variable ten tests as 234 Using STEXportin Bath tae ld des 234 Command Lime Options ni ds 234 Default Outcount File Name 0C cceceesccseesceeeeeseeeeceeeceeeeeseeeseenseeeaecaecneeeaeeenes 234 Variable Substitution Vn aa e e a aae a ieran 234 Introduction to STExport 235 Importing Data kies da eN E E BARGER RRO 235 Input Piles A E E A A 235 Data Type Saa enei di cis 235 Formatting Command Siasea monea A E E A EE e Stt 236 Commands sese ioin esee e Rah A sa 236 Performance Considerat
181. cture whose sole purpose would be to hold these dynamic HTML files For example create a user called htmluser whose home directory would be users htmluser Create a users htmluser public_html directory Directory permissions should be read write for user group and others The URL to read these would then be http ww mycompany com htmluser filename html Shell Script Suprtool and STExport will be executed from a Korn shell script Let us call it sx_orders ksh It can reside in any directory that has appropriate permissions to execute Do not forget to assign eXecute permission to the file chmod x sx_orders ksh You can run this script manually from the prompt to see if there are any problems Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 259 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual 260 e STExport Commands bin ksh Make sure the PATH variable includes opt robelle bin where Suprtool and STExport usually reside PATH SPATH opt robelle bin Create a temporary logfile and get a file name for the temporary extract file temp_sxlog mktemp touch temp_sxlog temp _sxdata mktemp Run Suprtool and extract the data Read commands using here is write messages to temporary logfile suprtool lt lt EOD gt gt Stemp_sxlog Open Allbase users orders db OrdersDBE clerk Select From clerk sales tem purchasedate date yyyymmdd tem deliverydate date yyyymmdd tem price decimal 2 tem salestax deci
182. customer 1234 gt out outl gt xeq If you want to select sales records for more than one customer you would use gt chain d sales cust account 12345 67890 39201 gt out out2 gt xeq Values with Decimal Places You can specify values with decimal places for search fields with implied decimal places For example gt item unit cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt chain d inventory unit cost 10 10 5 10 75 gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeq Selection with a Table You can specify the records to read using a table The Table command may appear before or after the Chain command Use this option when you have a file of key values to search for gt select the sales records that match the values in custfile gt chain d sales cust account sales table gt table sales table cust account file custfile gt out out4 gt xeq Combining Chain with If The Chain command selects an input dataset and a set of key values to search for To specify additional selection criteria use the Chain command to specify the key values and the If command for the additional selection criteria Suprtool Commands e 93 gt select records for customer 1234 where the sales qty is gt greater than 100 gt chain d sales cust account 1234 gt if sales qty gt 100 gt out outs gt xeq Notes The Chain command is intended to replace a Get and If combination where the primary
183. customers from California sorted by the customer number Next we select all invoices over 2 000 00 and sort them into customer number sequence gt select from d_invoice select all invoices gt if amount gt 200000 over 2 000 00 gt sort custnum sort and link key again gt output invoices link remember the link option gt exit If we specify the cust file as input the Output file will only contain one invoice per customer Because we want to produce a report of all the selected invoices we specify it as the input file tinput invoices driving input file custnum is the key link customer combined with customers toutput invcust produces the file we want texit Each record of the invcust file will have both the invoice information and the customer information for each invoice of the Input file i e one record per invoice What happens if there is no customer record for a specific invoice In this case the invoice record does not appear in the Output file To force Suprlink to include these records use the optional keyword on the Link command tinput invoices sorted by custnum link customer optional don t exclude invoices if toutput invcust the customer information texit 1S missing A Join Example Suprlink can join files together that have multiple key records in each file what has been come to be know as a many to many link Suprlink has traditionally been able to link an Inpu
184. customers r 60 nolf disc file gt def account 1 8 display gt def status 40 2 gt if status 30 customers in arrears gt extract account status gt out arrears link self describing output gt xeg for the Table command gt open oracle demo reader gt select from orders sales orders gt table cust table account file arrears gt if lookup cust table account gt output badorders gt xeq In this next example low inventory items from the Inventory table are saved in the SD file Invent We use this file to load a Suprtool table and select the records from the Product database table On the table command we use the sorted table keyword instead of file because the Invent file is already sorted We then create a new file Lowprods with all the product information of the low inventory items Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt select from inventory gt if on hand qty lt 10 select records gt sort product_no sort by key value gt out invent link later use this file gt xeg in the Table command gt sel from product contains product description gt table product table product_no sorted invent gt if Slookup product table product_no gt sort product_no gt output lowprods gt xeg Suprtool can load up to ten tables either from separate files or the same file The following example assumes that the files are self describing gt input customer gt table cust table custno file custf
185. d DELETE Deletes from the end of the current line right to left Multiple d s and INSERT and REPLACE strings may be specified after REPLACE Replaces characters at the end of the command line The last rightmost character of the replacement string is at the end of the line CHANGE Changes all occurrences of one string to another in the current line starting at the c The search string and replace string must be properly delimited A proper delimiter is a non alphabetic character such as or The substitution is specified as cdelim search string delim replace string delim Omitting the replace string causes occurrences of search string to be deleted with no substitution UNDO A single u in column one cancels the most recent edit of the current line Using the Undo command twice in a row cancels all edits for the current line and re establishes the original unedited line If u is placed anywhere other than column one of the current line then a simple replacement is performed Undo makes sense only if you have a line on which you have performed some editing that can be undone Simple replacement Any other character not 1 r d d gt gt gt d gt r c or u will be put into the current line at the position above where it is placed replacing any existing character Simple replacement also occurs for the editing characters i r c or gt if they are not followed by text or if gt appears at or beyond the current end
186. d however is of limited use Counter Function For years Suprtool has had the ability to output a record number to an output file with the num option of the output command gt in mysdfile gt out myfile num data The above could would generate an output file called myfile however you would lose the SD information and you can only put the number at the beginning or the end of the data Suprtool now has a counter function that allows you to place a counter at any spot as well as preserve the SD information gt in mysdfile gt def mycount 1 4 double gt ext fieldl gt ext field2 gt ext mycount Scounter gt out myfile link gt xeq The file myfile will be self describing and contain the fields field1 field2 and mycount The field mycount is defined as a double integer since this is the only field type that the counter function can use Each record will have a unique ascending number starting with one String Expressions You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create new fields out of existing ones This can reduce the number of tasks required to provide a solution String expressions may involve the operator and upper Slower trim ltrim or rtrim To extract a string expression use this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length for the expression The data type must be Byte or Char The expression is extrac
187. d mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 gt list title Example Report date 3 gt xeg heading date is in dd mm yy format Changing the Time Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 You can override this format with the Time keyword Use the Set command to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM gt list title Example Report time 2 gt xeg time will be in AM PM format Simple Reports A Fast Method for Producing Simple Reports For self describing files datasets and database tables the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Noname Noskip Norec Rightjustnum with default column headings For data files the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Octal Char In either case the Standard keyword provides a default title that describes the input source You can override the title date format time format or any other option selected by the Standard keyword by specifying them in addition to the Standard keyword For example Suprtool Commands e 173 gt select from customer gt list standard use all Suprtool defaults gt xeq gt select from customer gt list standard date 3 override the date format gt xeq put uxfile reclen 80 nolf t standard char
188. d non numeric characters like gt and have special meaning within Suprtool See the descriptions that follow As well the term special designates a class of characters in the If command Means Stdinx Stdlist in the Input command means to read input from stdinx MPE only in the Output command means to write the output to stdlist gt input MPE only gt output Means Equals or Calculate in the If command means EQUALS Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt if customer 40832 in commands means calculate something 10 25 Result 35 0 in the Output command means to write the sorted input file back into itself gt input myfile key 1 10 gt output input MPE only lt Means Less Than lt in the If command means is one field less than another field or constant value gt if balance lt 10000 By combining lt and you get less than or equals gt if balance lt 10000 gt Means Greater Than or Enter A Command gt is used for two purposes in Suprtool As the Suprtool prompt character e g gt Input actrec To mean greater than in an If command e g if balance gt 10000 Combining gt and gives gt for greater than or equal to lt gt Means Not Equals In the If command use the two characters lt gt to mean not equals gt if status lt gt 01 Means Matches Pattern In the If command use the two characters
189. d parties Image Replacement intrinsics will stop if the intrinsics fail to load See the Suprtool for HP UX Roadmap section of this manual By default Suprtool will first look at SHLIB_PATH and uses shl_load call on HP UX to locate and load the libraries for Eloquence and Oracle Suprtool by default looks in the libraries in any of the directories named in SHLIB_PATH For example to insure that Suprtool resolves the library loads you can set the SHLIB_PATH system wide in your etc profile file in the following manner export SHLIB PATH opt eloquence6 lib pall_32 opt oracle lib If you do not have the SHLIB_PATH variable set to a value where the libraries can be found Suprtool will then try to load from their default names locations For Eloquence the default location is opt eloquence6 lib pal 1_ 32 The Oracle interface will first try to load libclntsh so and then attempt to load libcIntsh sl from ORACLE_ HOME lib32 libelntsh sl You can change Suprtool to pay attention to LD LIBRARY PATH and use dlopen to load libraries you can set the environment variable export ROBELLE DYN LOAD Y Control Characters and stty Most HP UX users have Control D configured as the end of file character and Control C as the interrupt character If you use Robelle style modify you must reassign Control D to a different control character If you are familiar with MPE you may want to assign Control Y as your interrupt character A standard shell
190. d until you pass Exit to the interface If you forget the final Exit or put it in the same command line with another command such as Xeq your Suprtool tasks will be ignored Welcome to Calling Suprtool e 355 Environment Variables There are two environment variables that help drive the Suprtool2 process ROBELLE The Robelle variable where the Robelle directory is Normally this variable is set in the following manner export ROBELLE opt robelle ROBSUPR The ROBSUPR variable tells the Suprtool2 process the name of the program file that it can launch If this variable is not set then by default Suprtool2 will launch the program file as being ROBELLE bin suprtool You can change the name of the Suprtool program file or even launch other programs by doing a export ROBSUPR bin supramxw You can even run Suprlink or STExport setting the environment variable to the appropriate name export ROBSUPR bin suprlink Control Record The user program must pass a special control record to the interface on each call The most common error in using the Suprtool2 interface is typing the control record incorrectly The definition of the control record with the proper initializing values are as follows 356 e Welcome to Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Cobol supr control 05 supr version pic s9 4 comp value 4 05 supr status pic s9 4 comp 88 supr ok value zeros 88 supr bad msgfiles value 1
191. d which will tell Suprtool to ignore errors from certain OS commands Please note that this does not impact Suprtool s internal checking of Suprtool commands For example if you want Suprtool to ignore the common occurrence of stopping a script when an error occurs you just need to set the string in HPUXCmdErr as follows opt robelle bin suprtool lt lt EOD set hpuxcmderrs rm rm rm rm filelx rm filely Irm filely If the command returns an error Suprtool will check to see if it was an rm rm or rm command and ignore the error Ifcheck SET IFCHECK ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX With Set Ifcheck On the If command produces an error if any field used in the If command is not contained entirely within the input file record For compatibility reasons users may wish to disable this error checking by turning Set Ifcheck Off Ignore SET IGNORE ON OFF Initially OFF This command has some effect in Suprtool for HP UX and Suprtool for AMXW IGNORE tells Suprtool to continue processing if there are errors in these situations duplicate key errors in writing to an IMAGE master dataset chain head errors in deleting entries from an input dataset or putting records to a detail dataset a record changed before Suprtool could delete it Traps on divide by zero or bad numeric data are not available as yet InitExtents SET INITEXTENTS ON OFF Initially OFF Set InitExtents has no effect on
192. data file so that Suprtool UX can reference the self describing information about the fields To copy the SD file to the HP UX machine it must have an sd extension and be in the same directory as the data file For example if the data filename is usr local data datafile the SD file must have the name usr local data datafile sd The SD file is written out to the same domain permanent or temporary as the input file The SD file contains only one record with the necessary length to store all of the label information Installation SDUnix has been included on your HP UX tape and needs to be installed on your MPE system You can do this with either FTP or DSCOPY Installing using FTP 1 Log on as Mgr Robelle hello mgr robelle pub 2 Remove the Sdunixnm file purge sdunixnm pub 3 FTP the file from your Unix machine ftp dopey binary cd opt robelle mpe get sdunixnm sdunixnm rec 128 1 f binary code nmprg disc 1400 4 Remove any old versions of Sdunix spurge sdunix 5 Rename the program file rename sdunixnm sdunix To install the CM version of SDUnix specify Sdunixcm as the file name disc 400 1 1 for the file size and PROG for the filecode Installing with DSCOPY 1 Log on as Mgr Robelle hello mgr robelle pub 2 Remove the Sdunixnm file purge sdunixnm pub 3 Specify file command for proper program file size file sdunixnm disc 1400 4 DSCOPY the file from your Unix machine 66 e
193. dd e ddmmyy e mmddyy e aammdd STExport converts each date field from its internal date format into the format that you specify Separator Character By default STExport formats all dates without a separator between the day month and year Specify your own separator by enclosing it inside quotes after you specify the date format The separator must be one character long For example to specify dates in ddmmyyyy format with a slash separator use Sdate ddmmyyyy To specify dates in yymmdd format with a dash separator use Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time STExport formats the date but not the time If you specify Date None Oracle dates will be treated as byte type fields Since Oracle dates actually contain binary data the output is often unusable by other applications unless you specify a specific date format Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 243 244 e STExport Commands Invalid Dates By default all invalid dates are formatted as asterisks STExport treats any date that does not have a valid century year month or combination e g February 29 2000 as invalid You can specify how you want STExport to format invalid dates by using the Invalid option of the Date command If you specify Sdate invalid null STExport will produce a zero length field if you specify Column Variable and spaces if you specify Column Fixed If you want to specify an explicit strin
194. der number You could then generate a simple report with the simple Suprtool commands gt in sales gt list standard gt xeq The basic syntax for the subtotal function in the extract command is extract targetfield Ssubtotal field sort field You must specify the sort command before referencing the sort field in the subtotal function You can subtotal up to ten fields per task Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 39 Listing Records You can print selected input records either formatted or with the Octal Hex Decimal or Character representations To dump all sales records with a negative amount use these commands gt select from sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list lp gt xeq This finds the entries that meet the selection criteria and prints them to the default line printer showing column names and column values converted to ASCII If you suspect that your data is bad you can dump the records in Octal Char format instead gt select from sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list octal char gt xeq If you want the listing in column format use List Standard gt select from sales gt if sales total lt 0 gt list standard lp gt xeq Since there are no file equations on HP UX and symbolic link do not always function the way you would hope We have added a new keyword to the List command to make it easier to have the list output go to a file and to also append to
195. derlines These underlines indicate the maximum field width These underlines can be useful but they may not work on all terminals You can disable underlining by using Set Underline Off Once underlining is turned off you may wish to enable it again but only for one command The Under option overrides the Set Underline but only for the current command 294 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Subcommands Updatekey Option The Updatekey option allows the Modify command to change the value of search and sort fields i e critical fields Normally Modify does not allow any changes to the search or sort fields Without the Updatekey option Modify does a DBUPDATE of the modified record If CIUPDATE is Disallowed when you specify Updatekey and change a critical field Modify will DBDELETE the existing record then DBPUT a new record with the changed values If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database Modify can use DBUPDATE to change the critical fields This is much faster than using DBDELETE and DBPUT You may enter a subcommand any time Dbedit prompts for the value of a field The available subcommands are Subcommand Purpose stops the current command immediately same as you may also use the Control Y Interrupt key describes the current field including any implied decimal points lt goes back one field to the previous field in the list lt 3 goes back three fields lt lt returns to the first
196. describing file then use STExport See the STExport manual for details You transfer the Suprtool output file to your PC and then import it into your PC application Downloading to the PC After you have created a PRN file using Suprtool you can use FTP or any of the many terminal emulator programs available to download the file to the PC This includes Reflection from Walker Richer amp Quinn Decimal Places Be sure to specify which fields have decimal places when creating the PRN file Suprtool reserves extra space for decimal points that appear in the PRN output When formatting numeric fields Suprtool inserts the decimal point at the correct place When you import your file into your PC application numeric fields are automatically formatted correctly Spreadsheets The following procedure allows you to include literal headings in your spreadsheet using only one file the size and shape of which is computed by STExport We have tested this method with MS Excel it should work with any spreadsheet that supports the importing of delimited files There are two steps First build a self describing file with Suprtool then use STExport to convert it to PRN and add the headings 1 In Suprtool build a self describing file 70 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt input gt define items gt item items gt extract fields gt output sdfile link gt xeq 2 In STExport convert to PRN and add the h
197. digit years The century portion of the date will be generated by stddate which uses the normal cutoff rules specified by Set Date Cutoff gt in invdets gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy gt if stddate close date lt stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link gt xeq In this case all invoice date values with a yy portion between 20 and 99 will have a 19 for the century All invoice date values with a yy portion of less than 20 will have 20 for the date generated by the stddate function Invalid Dates A date must be valid before stddate can convert it to the ccyymmdd format Otherwise a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar This includes dates selected by the invalid function We can eliminate the invalid dates from the above task by changing the If command slightly gt input sdfile gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy gt if not Sinvalid close date amp or not Sinvalid invoice date amp and stddate close date lt stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link gt xeg In this example if either the close date or the invoice date are invalid then they will not be evaluated by the stddate function and will not be selected Although your requirements may be different yo
198. do not collate correctly relative comparisons are no longer valid Suprtool produces an error in the following case gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans date gt date 2004 01 01 Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this date format You can override this setting by entering the Set Date Ifyy2000error command gt set date ifyy2000error off gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans date gt date 2004 01 01 Century and Date Suprtool needs to generate a date or today date in the ccyymmdd format If you specify a two digit year in the date function Suprtool needs to assume a century for the given date gt item trans date date ccyymmdd gt if trans date gt date 01 01 01 Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the specified year is less than the Set Date Cutoff value and 19 if the specified two digit year is greater than or equal to this value Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time The date and today functions check the date but ignore the time Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Non Collating Date Types You can use the stddate function to convert the non collating date format to a J2 data item with a date format of ccyymmdd For example to select t
199. duct no two records per product Related Option The Related option is for finding or deleting related records It applies only to Delete and List If you use Related when Listing an entry in a master dataset Dbedit prints the specified master entry and then prints all detail entries with the same search value in all datasets that are linked to the master dataset by an explicit path If you use List Related with a detail dataset Dbedit prints the specified detail entry followed by the master entry for each search field in the detail You can only Delete Related from a master dataset Dbedit shows the master entry After confirming the deletion Dbedit deletes all entries with the same search value in all related datasets Control Y can be used to interrupt the deletion process Dbedit can only use explicitly defined paths to navigate between datasets User defined paths are not supported in Dbedit When listing related records Dbedit shows all fields in each dataset including those that Dbedit normally doesn t support e g X100 The following example shows how related records are listed starting with a master dataset and then its related detail datasets list m supplier related all related records SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons The M SUPPLIER record is listed here D INVENTORY records with a SUPPLIER NAME of STD Ribbons are listed here Under Option When Dbedit prompts for a value for a field it prints a series of un
200. ducts from writing to each other s stack 1t is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your Suprlink commands If you exit Suprlink then run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprlink commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprlink to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF Setting Variable Substitution causes Suprlink to resolve any environment variables in a command before processing Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 347 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the invcust file tuse usecust input invoices sorted by custnum link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit Suprlink prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested i
201. e you must enter all the values for that table before starting another table Once you switch to another table the previous table is closed and you cannot enter anymore values into it Parameters tablename Any identifier name up to sixteen characters long This name can be the same as the name of a Define field or database itemname but we recommend that you choose a unique name itemname An item from the database specified in the Base or Open command or a Define field This cannot be a real type item value A specific value that must match the type of the item String values are extended with blanks to the length of the item Examples Suppose that you wanted to look for several part numbers You could use the following If command gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 You could also load a table with the part numbers Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt table le part item 12345 gt table le part item 67890 gt table le part item 39201 gt table le part item 92308 gt table le part item 14892 and use a different If command gt if lookup part table part Sometimes you need to look for all records that do not have any of a set of values You would use the same Table commands but a slightly different If command gt if not Slookup part table part Values with Decimal Places If the itemname for the table has implied decimal places the Table command accepts decimal po
202. e alternate values separated by commas The OR operator is equal sign Instead of IF A 5 OR A 6 OR A 7 use IF A 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is equal to 5 6 or 7 The AND operator is lt gt Instead of IF A lt gt 5 AND A lt gt 6 AND A lt gt 7 use IF A lt gt 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is anything but 5 6 or 7 gt if field 5 6 7 gt if part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 gt if delivered lt gt 981231 990101 This method works well if you are searching for a small number of values Use the lookup function to check a data field for many test values IF LOOKUP tablename fieldname The lookup function returns TRUE if the specified field name contains a value from the specified table You can also look for values that are not in a table IF NOT LOOKUP tablename fieldname See the Table command for a complete description of how to combine tables and the lookup function Note Suprtool s Table command is not related to tables in databases lookup parameter function tablename The name of a table specified in the Table command fieldname A field from the input record This field must be exactly the same length as the item used in the Table command Performance of Lookup Due to the nature of the lookup function it can be at times CPU intensive however since the If command uses short circuit evaluation lookup should be specified as the last part of the If command F
203. e commands are no longer passed off If the user does not precede the command with a colon we assume that the invalid command was meant for Suprtool If a colon precedes the command we assume that the command was meant for the operating system On HP UX systems an exclamation mark can be used in place of a colon Output ASCII not allowed with Duplicate None Keys Not all processing options are allowed in all combinations The ASCII option of the Output command which reformats the output record does not work with Duplicate None Keys Dup None Keys assumes that the output record has the same data definitions as the input record Xxxx is not the search field of Yyyy This message is issued by the Chain command when the search field specified Xxxx 1s not an index into the dataset Yyyy The field specified must be an Eloquence search field When Suprtool detects an unusual situation that it should bring to your attention it prints a nonfatal warning message For example Warning No input data specified Warning DATABASE must be RESTORED if System Crashes The following list explains the most common warnings Not all sort fields were extracted The sort information will not be written to the output Link file This warning occurs when you gt output filename link and are sorting by a field but the field is not included in the list of extracted fields Suprlink cannot use the file but it may be a perfectly valid file for other applica
204. e element of a compound field by specifying a subscript in parentheses the first element is 1 not 0 For example if you wanted to select the input records where the second cost was greater than 10000 you would use gt if costs 2 gt 10000 The 2 portion of the command is the subscript The default subscript is the first sub item for Total Define Sort and If but the entire compound item for Extract Table does not allow subscripts it always uses 1 The If command has another syntax using up to three subscripts allowing you to refer to subfields without Define see the If command for details Tables Tables are created with the Table command and they are used for testing in the If and Chain commands Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command Use tables when you wish to check a data field for many different test values You may also use tables to specify the records to search for with the Chain command Table can also mean a table from an SQL database Warnings Warnings are messages produced by Suprtool to let you know about nonfatal conditions that might affect your task Some common warning messages and their meanings are described in Appendix A Yes or No When Suprtool asks a question that requires a YES or NO answer Y OUI JA and SI are accepted as YES and any other answer is considered NO Special Characters 370 e Glossary of Terms Special Characters Certain non alpha an
205. e load a table with the product number key value prod no and the new unit cost data value unit cost gt table prodcost table prodno file newcosts data unit cost We can then select that unit cost field from the prodcost table using the Extract command gt extract unit cost lookup prodcost table prodno unit cost Here is the entire task keeping in mind that Update must be specified before the Extract command 126 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt base store suprtpis Database password gt get d inventory gt table prodtable prodno file newcosts data unit cost gt update gt if lookup prodtable prodno gt extract unit cost lookup prodtable prodno unit cost gt xeq If you did not specify the If lookup then records that did not qualify under the lookup function in the extract field will result in zeroes for any numeric field and spaces for any byte type fields Data Conversion You can convert numeric fields from one data type to another Any nonbyte field type is considered to be numeric You can also lengthen or truncate character fields The general syntax for doing conversions is EXTRACT target field source field Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort
206. e new prices then do Extract with lookup to replace the existing price with a new one The Update command forces a database update on each selected record and must come before the Extract command Now let s see how a Table can be used to add additional useful information to a record Let s say we build this table of Canadian provinces The file prov file is assumed to be a Link or self describing file created by a previous pass of Suprtool gt table provtab prov code file provfile data prov name At this point the key into the Table is the prov code item and for each entry in the Table there is one associated prov name To append prov name to each output record we read the customer dataset extracting the customer name We also Define prov name as a new field and extract it for the output record but we fill it with a value that is based on the prov code for each customer entry customers cust name full prov name 1 30 full prov name lookup provtab cust prov code prov name somefile To update a dataset you do the same commands but you insert an Update command prior to the Extract from a Table Below is an example that shows how to update an Eloquence record using data values from a Table Let s assume that we have new unit cost information for each product gt form newcosts File NEWCOSTS NEIL GREEN SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset PRODNO 1 UNIT COST 9 Limit 13 EOF 13 Entry Length 12 Blocking 64 W
207. e number of decimal places in the cost item your If command looks more natural which usually means you will make fewer mistakes gt item cost decimal 2 gt if cost 80 59 decimal places included Numeric Conversion The If command can compare two numeric fields to each other not just one field to a constant All relation operators are supported lt lt lt gt gt and gt However you cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field Suprtool usually converts the field on the left side of a relational operator to floating point Then the floating point number is converted into the type of the field on the right side of a relational operator and the comparison is done The exceptions to this rule are integer to double packed to packed and display to display comparisons which use a direct comparison algorithm Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from one field type to floating point See also Accuracy and Numeric Truncation Arithmetic Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the If command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod The Mod operator returns the remainder between a dividend and a divisor Arithmetic expressions cannot start with a numeric constant e g if 2 a 10 is invalid Arithmetic is not allowed on byte type fields If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as di
208. e of a duplicate file name you may purge the old file or give the new file a different name If Suprtool is running in batch mode it renames the new file as Outputnn where nn is the lowest number between 00 and 20 that makes a valid new file name The Outputmn file is built in the same directory as the duplicate output file and not in your current directory Existing Files The filename is the name of an old disc file to erase Output xxx erase or to append to Output xxx append Output xxx erase does not purge the existing file 1t simply overwrites the contents of the file Stdlist Specify output to stdlist by a single asterisk Output Use this filename with the ASCII option for a quick listing of a file or database table Format Options The format and length of the output records is determined by which of the following format keywords is selected Keyword s Format DATA Default KEY Sort keys only NUM J2 record numbers only NUM KEY J2 record numbers plus sort keys NUM DATA J2 record numbers plus data record QUERY Self describing file LINK New format self describing file NUM QUERY Query numbers format ASK COGELOG ASK select file ASCII Convert numeric to ASCII DISPLAY Convert numeric to display zoned decimal PRN Personal computer format NOLF Do not write out Line Feeds to the end of the record Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX LF Write out Line Feeds to the end of the record DATA
209. e previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples Hlistredo o do previous command again o 39 do command line 39 again o 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again o link do most recent Link command o grep do last starting with grep o grep job do last grep job command o job do last containing job o 2 do command before previous o o 77 5 do by relative line number 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 332 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Exit Command E Exit Suprlink in one of three ways By default perform the current linkage task if any then leave Suprlink Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprlink after specifying part of a task and Suprlink starts proce
210. e sales detail dataset and put them in a disc file Then Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program For example a sales report program might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records The user manual contains the full description of all the Suprtool suite of products including Dbedit Suprlink STExport Dbedit and Suprtool2 as well as usage tips and commands for each The manuals are up to date with all the latest changes To see only the changes in the latest version see the What s New section of the manual or see the change notice You can download our manuals and Change Notices in PDF format or HTMLHelp format CHM and even order printed hardcopy manuals from our web site at http www robelle com library manuals The Suprtool documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition E
211. e the Item command to qualify the field as a date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 yymmdd and Beyond 1999 Because dates spanning the turn of the century will not collate properly for the yymmdd form you need to use stddate to compare these dates gt item ship date date yymmdd gt if ship date lt date 2000 12 31 will not work gt if Sstddate ship date lt Sdate 2000 12 31 will work Finding Invalid Dates Use the invalid function to find invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar For example a month value of 99 would be considered invalid Suprtool Commands e 153 154 e Suprtool Commands gt input sdfile a self describing file gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date gt out baddates link gt xeq Stddate Function The stddate function converts any date format in nearly any data type container and internally converts it to the ccyymmdd format in a double integer container This allows you to compare dates with dissimilar formats and data types For example gt in orddets gt item order date date ccyymmdd gt item bill date date mmddyyyy gt if stddate bill date lt order date gt output badords link gt xeq This feature is also available for dates that have two
212. each date field Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output e 283 opt robelle bin stexport Sinput salefile self describing input file date yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput output to stdlist Sxeq 10020 1993 10 05 50511501 98 31 1993 10 01 0 02 27 53 224 15 10003 1993 10 15 50511501 98 31 1993 10 15 0 01 13 76 112 07 10003 1993 10 15 50512501 145 62 1993 10 15 0 01 20 39 166 00 10003 1993 10 15 50513001 192 20 1993 10 15 0 01 26 91 219 10 10016 1993 10 21 50521001 24 59 1993 10 21 0 03 10 33 84 11 10016 1993 10 21 50532001 139 85 1993 10 21 0 01 19 58 159 42 There are no byte type fields in the input file so all fields are converted from their internal numeric representation to a string of digits All date fields were converted from their internal yyyymmdd format to the external yyyymmdd format with a dash separator between day month and year All fields with implied decimal places have been converted with a decimal point Load Data Into Oracle If you need to load the export file into an Oracle database you can use Oracle s own SQL Loader Files created with STExport can be processed immediately with SQL Loader Suppose we want to load the data extracted in Salefile We would use STExport to format the information and store the results in Expsale run stexport pub robelle Sinput salefile self describing input file date yyyymmdd dates with a dash se
213. ead of using an existing field name 118 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Examples gt extract budget99 actual98 1000 gt extract total cost qty gt extract day ccyymmdd date mod 100 In the following example the field total is used twice In the first case it is used to tell Suprtool how to format the arithmetic expression In the second case it is used in the sort command Warning In this example the output file is sorted by the value of total as it appears in the input record It is not be sorted by cost qty gt extract total cost qty gt sort total sort by input total Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost expense dept Correct gt extract name i sales tips gt extract c cost expense gt extract dept Constants vs Expressions If you have an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single constant value and not an arithmetic expression To specify an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect gt extract c 6000 cost Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic ex
214. eader line Sinput sdfile Sheading fieldnames output pcdata Sexit The file Pcdata is a variable length PRN file with both headings and data Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX You can use Suprtool to significantly speed serial extracts using Quiz and QTP from Cognos In many cases the changes to existing applications are minor Suprtool with Quiz QTP Quiz QTP and Quick are components of PowerHouse 4GL a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can improve the performance of Quiz reports by using Suprtool to select and sort the records from a file or SQL table and passing selected records to Quiz for final reporting To do this you need some way to tell Quiz about the record structure of Suprtool s output file Quiz already has the capacity to do this without making any changes to the PowerHouse PDL dictionary In the following example Suprtool extracts records from the Custmast file sorts them and writes them to the Cmasfile file These are the records we need for the Quiz report Step 1 Create a Subfile with Quiz The first step is to use Quiz to extract one entry from the Custmast file and write it to a PowerHouse subfile Note that you could also use QTP to build the subfile Srm cmasfile sf Srm cmasfile sfd quiz gt access custmast gt report summary all gt set subfile name cmasfile keep gt set report limit 1 gt go This creates 2 files Cmasfile sf c
215. ecode Specifying Set Filecode forces Suprtool to create the output file with a specific filecode whenever it was going to use zero To be effective this Set command should be added to the Suprmgr file To configure Suprtool to use the filecode 222 on output files you would add this line to your Suprmegr file set filecode 222 This feature is useful for MPEX users who wish to manage Suprtool output files For example to find all of the Suprtool output files you would do the following run mpex pub vesoft llistf code 222 Sexit Of course you can still use a File command explicitly to override the filecode of the output file Squeeze SET SQUEEZE ON OFF Initial amp Default lt neither gt Turning Set Squeeze On forces Suprtool to always truncate the output file limit to the end of file when the output file is closed Turning Set Squeeze Off forces Suprtool not to change the limit when closing the output file By default or by specifying Set Squeeze 1 e with no option forces Suprtool to decide when to truncate the output limit to the end of file Suprtool will not squeeze a file limit if the input source is a file the output file is not a new file the output file is KSAM CM NM or KSAM64 or if the Ask or Num query output options were specified In all other cases Suprtool squeezes the file limit down to the EOF Set Squeeze Off can be combined with the Numrecs command to automate job streams in
216. ed and added again 5 The dataset is unlocked The Change command locks the entire database while all key values are being changed In all cases the DBLOCK is done unconditionally This means that Dbedit always waits for other locks to be released possibly holding up your terminal Decimal Points If you use Suprtool s Item command to specify implied decimal places for an item Dbedit scales all input values according to the number of implied decimal places When listing records fields with implied decimal places are formatted with a decimal point For example gt item unit cost decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt edit tadd d inventory unit cost SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 2001001 UNIT COST gt 10 50 SUPPLIER NO 5051 PRODUCT NO 50513001 UNIT COST 10 50 Type to get a description of When Dbedit prompts for field values you can type a question mark to obtain a the field description of the field If the field has implied decimal places the field description will include the number of decimal places e g lt lt 2 gt gt for two implied decimal points Critical ltem Update Like IMAGE on MPE Eloquence has the critical item update feature This feature allows programs to change critical fields in detail datasets search fields and sort fields by using DBUPDATE Prior to critical item update programs had to use DBDELETE and DBPUT to change critical fields By default Eloquence databases
217. ed by a child copy of your shell Child shells cannot change environment variables in the parent s environment To change the value of an environment variable you must first exit Suprtool Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded into Suprtool This section describes the hardcoded file names that Suprtool UX may need Suprtool will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable ROBELLE Variable Normally Suprtool looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move Suprtool you must set the ROBELLE variable export ROBELLE users robelle lopt robelle suprmgr This is an optional file that is designed to contain configuration commands You cannot change this file name If you move Suprtool UX to a different directory you must set the ROBELLE variable so Suprtool may find this file For example if you move Suprtool to the users robelle directory you must set the ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle You can then put your suprmegr file in the users robelle directory opt robelle help suprtool This is the name of the Suprtool UX Help file You can override this name by using Set Filename Help or set the ROBELLE variable as outlined previously set filename help usr local help suprtool Outcount File If you want to automatically check the number of output records that Suprtool produced you must produce an out
218. eeeeeeeceaeenaecaecseeeaeeeneeseeeneeees 28 Repeating CoMo arte 28 Repeating a Command ceccceeccesecesecssecseeeseeeseeeseeeceecnseceseceaecaecaecaeeesseeneeeseeeseas 28 Selecting Database Records 0 ccceccsseesseessesseessceetcesecesecseceaecsaecseeeseeeneeeeeseeeeeeeseeneeneenaeenaes 29 EN O E E 29 Look at the First Few RecordS ooococcicconononoccnononncononnconononononononnon nono ncnnc nena nanconninno 29 Selecting by Crta ete o tos dia lato ad e i plete tee ete o Lacs 30 Simple Criteria diles O eel a led dee ooo e 30 Complex E a o e de oo do e ces bessevest ies 30 O GIG isc sd sace cock evies P T ig doseoeceauthatiganteneecaer 30 Selecting by Dat e estad eaten meee 30 ANI 31 Select by Particular Dates ici ie teiddetiesss 31 Select by Vii aaa 31 Select Prior Montura aid 31 Selecting by Lists of Vales vc cccsccc ccccccs ceeseeseccsccvascescetieectcessetesdeedecciesusedshtvacesddesteedeestedecddecss 32 Finding Data Based on a List ccecccesceeseceseeececseeeseeeeeeeeceseceseceseensecaecaaecaaecaeeeneeaes 32 Finding Data Based on a File ceeceeeceeseceseeesecseeeseeeeeeeeeeecesecesecaecnaeeaesaeeeeeneeaes 32 Finding Data Based on Another Table s Criteria 0 ccieeceeeesceeeeceeeeeeeseceeeeeneeeees 33 Finding Data in a Data Files c sccs cccececesceticccecesgcvectvsdeccscevceeseeveteaeeetcesseteaidscacsteess 33 Sorting Database Records cc cccsccssccesceeedeeuedsccevecsaseveceticedecesentestescec
219. ees 75 Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates eee eeeseeseeeeeneeeees 76 How Do I Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates 0 0 0 cccccsesesseteereeeeeneeeees 76 aammdd Date Format AA EEE ET E E E 76 Invalid Dates aaa a te tie ts n 77 Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits ccescesesseeseeteeeeeeeeeees 77 Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to coyymmdd cooooconocccocinocicononnnonnninnonos 77 Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ceyymmdd 1 0 00 ec eceeceesceeeceeeceeeeseceeeeneeeeeeneeses 79 Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD 80 Year 2000 En a E as td A Shea MILI 82 Performance ASUS A O BE eg 82 6 e Contents Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX 7 e Contents Eloquence Performance ci ii aaa bet 83 Sort PEN Es i 83 Oracle Performante is id 83 Analyzing Performance Data ccecccesccesecsseesseeeeeseeeseesseeseeesecnseensecaecaecaeeaeeeneeass 84 Variable Substitution messan e RON ae ele 84 Suprtool Commands 85 General Not eco el edo e Aust ede cost 85 ADD o E dede te 85 Uppercase or Lowercase tidad ide 85 Multiple Commands per Line eccceeccesceeseeececseecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeceeeneeeeeenseceeeeseeeneeess 85 Contintation 04 se ahi E E whuenhdaadlaleess 86 Comments on Command Lines 0 cccecceseesseessesseeeeceeeceecnseceseceaecaecaeceeeceeeeeeneeses 86 HP UX Commmannds ceeccecsceescssscesecesecesecesecseecseecseceneeeseeeeeeeeeeeen
220. eeseecseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeneeceeeneeses 50 OQutcount Files ccccsecssceces art 50 Differences Between MPE and HP UX cecccesceseesecseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseceseceaeceaecneeeseeeeeeneeaes 51 Record Length daa 51 Line Feeds iii a 51 Duplicate Output Files cion tdi 51 Classic Real ar 51 Input from Stdlist snena a a E E i eE 52 Missing Features a 52 Suprtool and AMXW 55 Whaat is AMX W viccisscccckiscsoscusovescevicsevtentotenccutevesitecveecdutvucsteudevdodduteudsiduaotaeddvtenestcudesdeceutev sieuate 55 What is Suprtool for AMXW ccceccceescsssceseceseceseceecseecseeeseceeeeeeeeeeeseeneecesecsaeesaeceeeceeeaeeeneeaes 55 Rude Sut li dd dido 55 Symbolic Links and running Supramxw ccccecccsceeseesceeseeesceseceeeceseceseceecaeecaeeeseeeeeenseeereeeees 55 Suprtool AMXW tie 56 AA E A i eas 56 Numirecs Com ii i en ee iii a E E ean 56 Output Command srren a SAAR ek 56 a 57 Appending Records sess cnn tect dise 57 Tablesoperations 5 0203 ston aes CR a Ae es 57 Variable Substitutlon s 2 3 0 c e Recess neks 57 Set Command sic 2 8 0 eas A E ee 57 Command Details for AMXW 58 A NOS 58 Nuimrecs Command NA O EO 59 Set Command A oe I 60 AMXW Exte trial sd ads 60 AMXW Perl Wi te ss 60 Eller de ia odas 60 Ut A E EE 61 Suprtool Issues and Solutions 62 AvSuprtool Task ii e Acar Led 62 Input Choices ai iS ea nh eal eae eae ea eee 62 5 e Contents Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Processing Selections ui
221. eeseeeeceeceseceaecseecaeecaeeeeeeseeenseeereeseens 328 HP UX Commands srta co lc taaan ites ioe ala da tie e Ln 328 Hile Namesos tac ta ts et le E E a 328 Calculator die o delata ld tn a oe ad O e Md 328 Control Y sen ran e a E aaa ea 328 Before Command B inei ranni epai aa EET EEEE E ES ieee 330 Do Command PO he nn i EEEE E E ARES an 332 Exit Command Eliana EE a E EN RE E teen 333 Exit Abort EA lisina E eect tated een AREE E 333 Exit Suspend ES innn iaa a E E e 333 Exit Xeg JEX rinn n aliada 333 Form Command Elina N e E E RRE E 334 Help Command H cinco nia EE E E e a 336 Inp t Command Mitin id 337 EA A E AEE AS EEA ENTE A EE vend 338 Lank Command diia 340 Tistredo Comma d LISTREDO rennen a E E A E O 342 Output Command O rrer E E E as 343 Redo Command PREDO 000 a E O E E EO Soeees 344 Reset Command di 345 A E PS oe oso teesss a can bec eases E E cougar eee abana swede aes 346 Map ia 346 Rd id 346 MA a ii 347 V aru Dia tc an dee e e e a ender A 347 Use Comm U na a a a a E E E 348 13 e Contents Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX 14 e Verify Command Vl oooononnccnncincinncnnnnnncnoncnonncnanonnnonos Xeq Command X renren ed Example Suprlink Output Examplesonatas abroad Limits Within Suprlink MAXIMUS ii id its Welcome to Calling Suprtool Calling Suprtool iii ts Suprtool2 R out ic Importance of the Exit Command ooonccncnnnninnnonnnccnc Environment Variables oooooncnnncnnncninnnncnocnonnnnanon
222. efault character to be something else with the following set command Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 279 Set xmltagchar _ STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command Quotes All of STExport s XML command options version doctype file and record allow for a string to be passed via surrounding quotes The quotes may be either single or double but keep in mind that if the string is to contain double quotes then you should surround the entire string with single quotes 280 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Zero Command 2 Specify whether leading zeros are to appear in numeric fields ZERO NONE LEADING Default None Use Zero None to force all numeric fields to have leading zeros removed If a numeric field has implied decimal places STExport always formats the number with at least one digit to the left of the decimal place even if it is zero Use Zero Leading to force all numeric fields to be zero filled In this case Sign Leading and Sign Floating both cause the sign to appear in the same place in front of the leading zeros Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 281 Example of STExport Output Example In this example we show you how to use Suprtool and STExport We start with an SQL table identify the fields that are dates and the number of implied decimal places in other fields We then produce a self de
223. efine part2 61 35 byte remaining 35 gt extract partl constant part2 extract an 8 byte constant gt output newfile 103 bytes now gt xeq Producing a Condensed Table Listing Simple Reports Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX When debugging test databases it is often desirable to produce a condensed listing of a table on stdlist The following example combines the Extract command with the ASCII output option i e all binary and packed decimal data is converted into readable ASCII characters For readability each data value is prefixed with an abbreviated column name This listing is more compact than the one produced by the List command gt select from customer gt extract Account cust_account gt extract C R credit_ rating gt output ascii implies stdlist gt xeq The output would look like Account 04598921 C R 500000 Account 44657844 C R 2000000 Account 98753198 C R 300000 You can produce simple reports with Suprtool s List command You select the records for the report with the If command and the fields for the report with the Extract command Reports can include running headings with the date title and page number and an optional line of column headings Suprtool can produce default titles and headings gt select from customer gt extract cust account gt extract credit rating gt list standard gt xeq The output would look like this Jan 17 2000 11 59 CUST_ACCO CREDI
224. egate the If condition 32 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt if not lookup cust_table cust_no Finding Data Based on Another Table s Criteria Sometimes you need to find data from one table based on conditions from another table This is a typical example you want to find all of the pending orders for those customers whose accounts receivable balance is 0 First we find the customers with an AR balance of 0 and extract their customer numbers to a file gt select from receivables gt if ar_balance 0 gt ext cust_no gt output custlist link gt xeq Now we can find information by loading a file of customer numbers into a table and then applying the lookup feature gt select from order_details gt table cust_table cust_no file custlist gt if status PENDING and lookup cust_table cust_no gt output orders gt xeg Finding Data in a Data File So far the examples have looked up data from a table If you want to look up information in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields Use the Define command to do this The following example gives you some idea of the byte size of one kind of record in a data file John Smith 12345678 Anna May Richardson 98765432 12 bytes 16 bytes 8 bytes If you want to look up customers based on a list of customer numbers in the self describing file Custlist use the following task Notice how the start position and number of byte
225. eholder characters These are X place the data in the matching column for the X in the edit mask Z place the data in the matching column unless the data is a zero if the data is a zero then replace with a space The format characters are as follows B space slash comma period plus minus asterisk and a Space Please note that you can denote a space using two methods either by putting a B in the mask or a space itself For example suppose you have data that is in ccyymmdd format in an X8 field Here is how you would use a Xxxx xx xx mask to format the data gt in mydate gt form File MYDATE TEST NEIL SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset A X8 1 lt CCYYMMDD gt Limit 10000 EOF 2 Entry Length 8 gt def formatdate 1 10 gt ext formatdate Sedit a xxxx xx xx gt list gt xeq gt IN MYDATE NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT SNULL 0 FORMATDATE 2003 09 24 gt IN MYDATE NEIL GREEN 1 gt OUT SNULL 1 FORMATDATE 2003 09 24 As you see in the example above the placeholder character is the x and the is the format character You insert a space either by specifying a B or by putting an actual Space character in the edit mask An example of inserting a space might be the formatting of Canadian postal codes e g V3R 7K1 gt in postal gt form File POSTAL NEIL GREEN Entry Offset POSTAL CODE X6 1 Limit 10000 EOF 2 Entry Length 6 gt def postl1 1 7 byte gt def post2 1 7 byte g
226. eld name as a date Suprtool uses the field type and length along with the date format to determine the output format of the date Note that the three parts of DATE are always specified in year month day order regardless of the date format of the field gt item field date mmddyy gt extract field Sdate today s date gt extract field Sdate 1 01 start of last month gt extract field Sdate 1 last end of last month Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using date the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Stddate Similar to the If command the Extract command is also capable of utilizing the stddate function This will allow for conversion of any of the supported Suprtool date formats to be converted to a date in the ccyymmdd date format in a double integer container For example gt in sdfile a self describing file gt def new_ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyyyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeq Invalid Dates Because the stddate must have a valid date in order to properly convert the date to the ccyymmdd format a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar This means that if you attempt to extract use the stddate function against a
227. elds in a self describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file Suprlink shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing form custfile File custfile SD Version A 00 00 Has linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER X5 length is five bytes ZONED Z5 room for five digits NTEGER Ti single integer DOUBLE 12 double integer PACKED P6 room for five digits QUAD 14 eight byte integer REPEATINT 26 compound field LOGICAL K1 single logical DBLLOG K2 double logical Length 44 Blocking B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing fi
228. eneeeseeeeeeeseeeeeerens 109 editing databases c ccccescesseceteesseeeceseeseecseeeneeees 109 EditStoponerror Set Option c ceceseeseereeeeeeees 199 EDS ate cuicos tirita 163 EloqUence omic tada 83 Eloquence Ciupdate option ooooooococnconoonnonnconoconononoos 289 Else clause of the IF command eceeeeeseeees 142 end of file IMAGE oooocconococccononcncnonancconnnancnocnnanononos 199 endrecord paraMetOT cc oocoonncniccnonnconcconnonnnonnonnnonos 139 159 Eofread Set OptiOM oooooonocnnocnnononononononnnonnnnnnonnnonnnnos 199 equal tocar 367 370 Erase option of Output o ooonoononinonoonconncononancnnnnos 325 343 erasing OS si 5c eetescccsesaeentiseccveevateaaveans dra 180 error block SIZ6 Viana nal 367 error messages in SuprtooOl ooooonconcniociioninnco o 229 368 error messages Suprtool2 c ocooconconoconocononcconccnnonnnonos 366 error code OVer lOW ooooocococccononocononancconnnancconnnanononns 158 error data OVerE lOW oocoononocccononoccnonancncnnnncnonnnanononns 157 escape Character aos 145 Euro currency symbol cescceseeeeeseeereeeeeeeeeeeeees 115 example of Suprlink ceeceeeeeseeeteeeeeeneeeseeeeeeees 320 Elder Ea 238 exclamation Mark ooooonnccnnnnincnoonconnconnconconnocnnonnnonnnonos 328 Exit command cooooccconcncnnonnnncnnnnns 110 225 249 277 302 Exit command importance Of ccecceeeseeseeereeeeees 355 Exit command Suprlink oooooooonncnon
229. ength by one character If you have an input file with 80 byte records and each record is separated with a line feed you would use gt input uxfile reclen 80 1f gt list char gt xeq Since Uxfile has line feeds the List command shows a dot as the 81st character of each record This dot corresponds to the line feed character To read every fifth record in Uxfile you would use gt input uxfile reclen 80 1f 5 gt list char gt xeg To examine a file which has no line feeds between records e g the Suprtool object code you would use gt input opt robelle bin suprtool rec 256 nolf gt num 10 gt list hex char gt xeq Suprtool executes the Input command immediately it does not wait for an Xeq command before opening the Input file INPUT file RECLEN length LF NOLF startrecord endrecord count Default all input records Input File The first example shows the most common use of the Input command An input file is specified as the input source to Suprtool We select a subset of the input data with the If command Before using the If command we must define a field within the input record gt input invent r 80 nolf input is from a disc file gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Invent gt if a lt 10000 records with field A less than gt xeg 10000 are written to Outfile Selection by Record Number The
230. ength of the shortest field for the comparison You cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field If you have a byte field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as a display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Character Type Byte type fields can also be checked to see whether they contain only Alpha Numeric Alphanumeric or Special characters The complete field is compared against the specified character types Type Characters Alpha A Z a z 52 characters Numeric 0 9 10 characters Special anything else 194 characters including spaces punctuation Roman 8 letters binary junk Suprtool Commands e 149 Alphanumeric A Z a z 0 9 62 characters For the test result to be true all the characters in the field must be of the specified character type To test a substring use the Define command to define a subfield gt if field alpha gt if field lt gt numeric Examples String Class 1234 numeric 12 3 no class contains both numeric and special ABCD alpha B JONES no class contains both alpha and special card special A1B2 alphanumeric Pattern Matching Suprtool can also select records based on a pattern of characters rather than an exact string of characters For example use the following to select all records with CONNOR anywhere in the Name field gt 1f name CONNORG The double equals is the operator for pattern matching The at sig
231. epted Entering a carriage return preserves the old value If a new value is entered it replaces the old value The ALL option allows you to review and modify all of the entries in a dataset in serial order If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database the UPDATEKEY option executes much faster modify m customer credit rating Modify in File M CUSTOMER CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 Enter new values or lt return gt to leave as is CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CREDIT RATING 1000 00 2500 00 CUST ACCOUNT 4003302 CREDIT RATING 2500 00 308 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Default print a blank line The string of up to 80 characters is printed on stdlist The string should not be enclosed in quotes unless you want the message printed in quotes You can use Q to include instructions in usefiles Use COMMENT in usefiles for a nonprinting comment line Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 309 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the prev
232. er shell scripts do not have enough features to easily handle parameters or complex forms Instead it is typical to use another language as an intermediate step One of the most popular CGI scripting languages is Perl Perl has a full set of string handling functions and can be combined with graphics libraries available from various SOUICES Let us call this one sx_orders pl It must reside in the directory defined in the server configuration file Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 261 usr local bin perl Execute shell script and capture returned string S return_string users orders scripts sx orders ksh Return string can be OK html file name or failed log file name Split function separates return_string s 2 components status_word html_file split return_string if Sstatus word eq failed If the script failed print an HTML error page including the logfile error page else If the script is successful display the HTML file created by STExport This URL automatically looks for the configured directory under htmluser s home directory print Location http www hp com htmluser html_ file n n Format an error message for the user sub error page print Content type text html n n print lt HTML gt n print lt HEAD gt n print lt TITLE gt Comment Form Error lt TITLE gt n print lt HEAD gt n print lt BODY gt n
233. ere there is an explicit IMAGE path It is up to the user to change any user defined paths Once this command has started making changes to the database 1t cannot be stopped Entering Control Y during the change will have no effect Dbedit locks the entire database while all changes are taking place The database password must give you write access to all related datasets that must be changed If CIUPDATE is On or Allowed in the database the Change command executes much faster Example change m supplier Change Key Value for File M SUPPLIER Enter Existing Key Value to Find SUPPLIER NAME gt Standard Ribbons Enter New Key Value to Replace with SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons CITY San Leandro STATE CODE STREET ADDRESS 100 Main St 2 ZIP CODE 94345 OK to change this entry no y Begin changes be patient end changes Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 299 Delete Command D 300 e Dbedit Commands Removes entries from a dataset DELETE file options Options numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder If you are deleting entries from a master dataset all entries from related detail datasets must be removed first Before any record will actually be deleted Delete prints the record and asks you whether it is okay to delete it the default answer is NO The field list of the file specifies which fields to list before prompting for verificati
234. ered the Exit command STExport finishes the current task then returns you to the operating system or the program that ran STExport SEXIT If you entered the Xeq command STExport finishes the current task then prompts you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate STExport immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This terminates the STExport program immediately without attempting any task Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded into STExport This section describes the hardcoded file names that STExport UX may need STExport will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Accessing STExport e 233 ROBELLE Variable Normally STExport looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move STExport you must set the ROBELLE variable For example if you move STExport to the users robelle directory you must set ROBELLE variable in the following manner Using STExport in Batch You normally run STExport as an on line session You type STExport commands on your terminal and STExport prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdlist STExport assumes that it is in batch STExport in batch is almost identical to STExport on line except for answering questions When STExport asks a question in batch no one is there to answer it Therefore STExpor
235. es a lot of sorts Sorting time can vary depending on system load and available memory but it increases dramatically for large records and large datasets You should try to use Suprtool s Extract command to reduce the record size and consider using Suprtool s If command to reduce the number of records Suprlink needs enough disc space to invert a significant subset of your database then link it into an Output file Although all of the Suprlink files can be job temporary you still need enough disc space for the original database the final Output file the primary Input file and each of the Link files One of the tradeoffs with this method is more disc space for faster elapsed time Another Example Illegal Digits From the sales records retrieve all of the sales for October 2000 and append the customer name salesman code and year to date sales total to the sales record these fields are located in the customer records opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader gt sel from sales detail gt extract custnum saledate saleamt gt if saledate gt 20001001 and amp gt saledate lt 20001031 gt sort custnum gt sort saledate gt output sales link creates SD file gt xeq gt sel from customer gt extract custnum name gt extract salesman ytdsales gt sort customernum gt output custs link gt exit S opt robelle bin suprlink tinput sales link sales link custs to custs to
236. esene g 148 Numeric value option Dbedit ooooononincnncion nommmm o 293 Numrecs command cooooccnnoncconononcnonnnanononanencnnnnnnoss 59 178 OC 48 Offset parade a 97 Open commiand eiii tics 179 option parameter Dbedit ooooonoonncnncnnoninoniccnonnnnnnono 293 optional command name ooooonoccnocnnononononononononnnonnonnnono 168 optional Join OPtiON oooccocnnocononinonnonncnnnonnnnononnnonnnnos 339 optional Link Opti0M ooonoconncnncnnnnincncccnooncnononnonnnonos 341 OR Operatoria a 143 Oracle applicati0DS oooooonccnncnnnonoonnocnconnonnconocanocnnnonnos 64 Oracle database cion een ieri rta 179 Oracle data typ8S oooooconncinoniconoonconnonnnonncnn nc noro nono nnnnnos 64 Oracle date TOMA oooonoccnoncnocononinononnnonnnnonono nc nonononos 164 Oracle dates social dicas 243 Oracle Number Conversion csccesseeseseeseeeseeeees 65 Oracle performance cccceccsseeseeceeeceeseeseeeteeeseenees 83 OS command Sess msa i s 86 291 OUt OF AISCISPACE rines dora cis 59 178 outcount default file name ooooncccccnnncccnonancnonananononns 48 outcount Set FilenamMe ooooonnncccnnoncccnonancconnnancnnonnanonnnos 50 A echasteced Sieeded dba ee ecsande 62 Output command eee eeeeeseeteeeteeeees 180 266 343 output file format cc eecececeteesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeereerens 242 output file name duplicated ooooonconnnninoninnincnoonconnnos 367 output file maximum fields 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 3
237. est of data If you did the following task assuming both files are sorted by the product no in dinv join dsales out invsales xeq The resulting file would have four records with the multiple matching dinv and dsales records The record layout would have the dinv information first followed by the dsales information If you add the optional keyword on the join command the resulting file would have 5 records The matching 4 records from dinv and dsales as well as the dinv record that did not match with the numeric fields set to zero and the byte fields set to spaces Only one Join operation is allowed per task By default Suprlink will join files base on the primary sorted key in the self describing file You can specify a secondary key for the files to be joined on in a similar manner to how the Link command did in orders join dsales by order no product no out ordsales xeq Performance Considerations 322 e Introduction to Suprlink Select only the records you need unless the time to load a table of desired key values plus the time needed to do lookup for each record is longer than the time to Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual extract and sort the entire dataset Use the Sorted and Hold options of the Table command when loading a table Because of the time needed to search a large table it is often faster to extract all of the records and let Suprlink skip over the ones it doesn t need This method do
238. et to represent years beyond 1999 76 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence we can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two digit year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Invalid Dates The If command has a invalid function to find all invalid dates for a particular field An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar For example a date with a month of 99 will be considered invalid gt base store demo Database password gt get d sales gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date gt out baddates link gt xeq Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits Suprtool is capable of converting dates from one format to another using a variety of Suprtool features We will show how Suprtool can convert common dates without the century to those that have the century included While Suprtool can convert your data it is up to you to change your programs Adager a third party program for changing Image databa
239. ete all records 2 0 ec ceeseeseeseeteeeeeeeeeees 102 Web SELVEE ms ha 258 Xeq command STEXport eeeeeceesseeseeereees 249 277 Xeq command Suprlink ooooooonconnnncnincnonncos 333 350 Xeq command Suprtool ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 110 225 Xeq option on Exit oseese seere 110 249 333 SORT di Ae ede 200 Year WD tatiana odds tees 197 198 Year 2000 testing senan i i etetean 82 yes answer to QUESTIONS oooooooconococonocononnnonnnnnnonos 229 370 yes response in pseudo batch oooooonocnnccnccnnconicnncnnnnss 367 yyymmdd date format ooooconnconnnnnocinononcnonnnonncnnnonnnonos 163 ZELO COMMA eres tiean raea aera asia Eaa aana 281 zoned constants sesssesessesseeeesseeeessesersresreressreressese 114 zoned decimal illegal digits ooonnoonncnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 323 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX
240. eteecvien scdusteeceesed escdeslvestiesits ceecees evens ieeeveevanteeivess s 294 A n bate lveetecdencu seeelle netic ei 294 Updatekey Optio cee calencue sede sdestveeateteden ceca vecsenceutes a a E 295 Sub commands vice 2c24 secee A geben sees 295 Add Command Ali di sbcevanteaaeen ists 297 Before Command Blocca E E SE EO N SE 298 Change Command Cl eiii a iee i e ai E KES 299 Delete Command TD li E EN EA E a a i 300 Do Command DO toni a a a a R a a a 301 Exit Command Eli AA E ETE E S dees 302 Fil Command Elia E a E E e a 303 Form Command FO en ninenin a EKE R EA EEEN SE E A 304 Help Commiatid H siri o E EEE eee he ees es 305 List Command El E E T E E 306 Listredo Command EISTREDO 00 cateo 307 Modify C ommand Mi ticas 308 O O 309 Redo Command REDO ade ca 310 Set Commands S esnia e chs has eee aa seine eae eas ese 311 A ceed sew A ee De ate 311 O 311 DM e E 311 NN 311 Under e o a lle Leen 312 DAE a E D A A tdo e a e 312 Use Command UW ae ico eR a 313 Verify Command Vilna endless lindas ss 314 Welcome to Suprlink 315 Welcome to S prlink oc da OA aaah td td ci 315 Terminology and HP UX at lis 315 Nota A A a is 315 Installing Suprlinke is 316 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable 00 ccccccececcseesseeseeeeceeeceeeeecesecnseeseeeaeeenes 316 ROBELLE Variable au csi decent arts 316 Accessing Suprlink 317 How To R n Supelathes e e E E eee oe 317 12 e Contents Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX How
241. everal fields as one contiguous series of bytes Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes When formatting many fields it is possible to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input records will avoid large output records The total length of the Heading line in the output file is also restricted to 4096 bytes Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Dbedit Welcome to version 5 0 of Dbedit a module of Suprtool that permits people to add change list or delete individual records or chains of records from an Eloquence database Dbedit is useful for debugging applications for quickly prototyping systems and for the data entry of simple applications You enter Dbedit via the Edit command of Suprtool Once in Dbedit you cannot use the Suprtool commands while in Suprtool you cannot use the Dbedit commands Certain commands are the same in both Dbedit and Suprtool e g Use Before and Set The Before command works independently and each software module saves its own last command Introduction Restrictions 1 2 3 4 Functions of Dbedit Most Dbedit commands require you to have opened the database using the Base command of Suprtool Dbedit does not have a Base command You cannot switch to another database while in Dbedit Instead you must Exit do a Base command in Suprtool then Edit The maximum size of any individual data item is 80 bytes i e 5
242. f an If command When the If command with read is the last command in a usefile Suprtool satisfies the read from stdinx The read function can appear anywhere in which a space can appear so you can use this to prompt the user for values gt use prompt use gt in sdfile first line of usefile gt if status read and amp continue the If command state Sread last line of the usefile 110 prompt for status end of prompt for status SUA prompt for state CA user must remember comma OR user also enters quotes end of the second read Notes Suprtool is not designed to be used by end users We prefer that you write intelligent front ends that understand user applications and hide the details of Suprtool from end users We recommend that you use read from usefiles only for one time tasks or for tasks used by experienced Suprtool users who do not require a friendly user interface Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Input Command I Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Opens the file that will be the input source for the next extract task The file must contain fixed length records with or without a line feed separator If you are selecting records the selection parameters must appear after any Reclen LF or NOLF parameters The record length is the length of the data portion of each record not including the line feed If you specify LF Suprtool UX includes the line feed as part of the data by increasing the record l
243. f would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes the following a value of 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date or stddate functions is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff a value of 19 for the century if the two digit year is greater than or equal to Set Date Cutoff The initial value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Therefore the default behavior in date and stddate is to treat the two digit years with values of 00 09 as 2000 2009 and the two digit years with values of 10 99 as 1910 1999 yy Value in date With Cutoff 10 With Cutoff 25 00 2000 2000 09 2009 2009 10 1910 2010 11 1911 2011 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX 24 1924 2024 25 1925 1925 26 1926 1926 99 1999 1999 We recommend that you always provide a four digit year when using date However for reasons of backward compatibility we introduced Set Date Cutoff See Date ForceCentury on page 197 for more information Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When stddate has to convert from a date in only a two digit format the conversion to the four digit date will use the value in Set Date Cutoff For example gt input salesdetail a self describing file gt set date cutoff 15 range is 1915 2014 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship d
244. field in the list gt goes forward one field to the next field in the list gt 3 goes forward three fields gt gt skips the rest of the fields in the list This is especially useful when Dbedit is prompting you for multiple search and sort fields and you only want to enter the first uses blanks for the field useful in batch uses the last value for this field forces what follows the to be a value and not a subcommand e g BOB tells Dbedit to use BOB as the actual value instead of interpreting the to mean last value F search for the field F e g bin no The field can include a subscript e g street address 2 calculator Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 295 Examples list m supplier we ll stop immediately SUPPLIER NAME list m supplier we will start again SUPPLIER NAME gt Standard Type RODUCT NO gt lt re enter supplier name LIER NAME gt STD Ribbons RODUCT NO gt gt gt skips the rest list m supplier SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons RODUCT NO gt gt 575 gt 575 is the part no modify d inventory SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt 105391 BIN NO gt unit cost skip to unit cost UNIT COST gt modify m customer CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 CITY gt street address 2 go to subfield STREET ADDRESS 2 gt 296 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Add Command A Add
245. files in all of the necessary commands within Suprtool It will open temporary files with the input command and generate temp files when created by the Output command and or Total command The same applies to STExport and Suprlink as well Appending Records Suprtool for AMXW will check to see if there is room in the file that you are appending to just like the MPE version Therefore you may see the error message Error No room to append records Table operations Suprtool for AMXW uses the HP UX version of the code for memory mapped files This means that Suprtool for AMXW currently has a limitation of a total of 500 Mb for files Variable Substitution Suprtool for AMXW supports two types of variable substitution The first being the MPE like variables that are availabe in the AMXW shell Suprtool for AMXW will first attempt to resolve these variables first and then resolve an environment variables that are left set in the standard HP UX manner The same rules apply with Set Varsub on and Set VarsubCompat on Set Commands Some Set commands that do not work in Suprtool for HP UX do work in Suprtool for AMXW These are documented in the following section along with some AMXW specific commands Suprtool and AMXW e 57 Command Details for AMXW AMXW The following section contains the details typically from the MPE manual that are specific to Suprtool for AMXW and not Suprtool for HP UX 58 e Command Details for AMXW Suprtool 5
246. finds a character defined using the Clean command This makes it extremely easy to find a set of Special characters that you can define gt in cleansd gt clean 9 410 gt if Sfindclean nonprint gt list The above task will list the record if the field nonprint has a Tab Decimal 9 or a Line Feed Decimal 10 anywhere in the field You can Find and clean the bad characters from a field at the same time gt in cleansd gt clean 9 10 gt if Sfindclean nonprint gt extract nonprint Sclean nonprint gt list Trimming Spaces Trim Ltrim Rtrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Because Suprtool pads shorter strings with spaces when doing comparisons trimming spaces is most useful when creating a combined string with several fields For example you might want to combine a person s first and last name including a space between the two gt if trim first trim last Joe Smith Mixed Case Upper and Lower By default Suprtool does an exact match when comparing two string expressions If the expressions vary in the capitalization of characters Suprtool finds them to be different To do caseless string comparisons or pattern matches use the Supper or lower fu
247. following command commands xml file orders STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the File string Record You can customize the record tags with the following command commands xml record Details STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the Record string Example You can enter multiple XML commands per task to set the XML options you require Sin filelsd xml version xml version 1 0 encoding 1S0 8859 1 xml file Orders record Details Sout myfile An example of the output generated by the above commands is as follows lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt Orders gt lt Details gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt Details gt lt Orders gt Tags In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default You can change the d
248. for AMXW is a hybrid of Suprtool for HP UX that uses the AMXW file system intrinsics shell commands and CI support such that customers applications require little or no changes as part of the migration process Currently Suprtool for AMX W is only available on HP UX Running Suprtool Suprtool for AMXW can be run from the standard HP UX prompt but primarily it is meant to run under the AMXW shell Symbolic Links and running Supramxw Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX For AMXW version 8 05 01 Build5 and greater you can install Suprtool for AMXW in a more MPE like manner the below instructions rely on the fact that you have installed the software in the usual Robelle location of opt robelle bin You can change the location of this installation but the path cannot exceed 40 characters or so You will need to create a group and account called PUB and ROBELLE just like on the 3000 You will then need to add a link to all of the suprtool object files There are 3 objects supamxw stexamxw and linkamxw 1 Position yourself in the PUB ROBELLE directory cd NLROOTDIR ROBELLE PUB Suprtool and AMXW e 55 Suprtool AMXW 56 e Suprtool and AMXW 2 Make the links Make sure that your umask is set accordingly so that others will have access to these links with read execute access In s opt robelle bin supramxw suprtool In s opt robelle bin linkamxw suprlink In s opt robelle bin stexamxw stexport In s opt robelle bin supramxw
249. for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink How Report Programs Work The best way to understand Suprlink is to examine the process of writing a report Y our report program will be written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language Imagine that instead of hunting all over the database to collect your data you just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data on a given entity For example a sales report might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprlink fits into this model of report programs Working from the database to the final flat file how do we use Suprtool and Suprlink to produce the desired result Obviously Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records from the customer table and put them in a disc file And Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file What does Suprlink do If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program I
250. from the standard input device Suprtool commands contain a command name which may include one or more optional parameters that are each separated by commas In this chapter we describe the Suprtool commands in alphabetic order Each command name is followed by its minimal abbreviation in brackets For example D for Define and DU for Duplicate Most Suprtool commands work within the context of the input file In general the Base Chain Get Open Select and Input commands must be entered before other commands Once the input source has been specified commands can be entered in any order Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Form can be abbreviated as FO or F since there are no other commands that start with F Duplicate however can be abbreviated only to DU since there is also a Define command in Suprtool gt i sdfile Input command gt 1 List command gt x Xeq command Uppercase or Lowercase You can enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprtool upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes e g abc and disc file names These two commands are identical gt EXTRACT QTY gt extract qty Multiple Commands per Line You can enter several commands on a single line if you separate them with semicolons An entire task can be placed on one input line gt in sdfile out new xeq
251. fy lowercase passwords Suprtool opens the Base which remains open until you do another Base command a Reset Base or a Reset All even if you do several extracts from the database Examples The first example shows a typical Suprtool task A dataset in the Store database is read and a subset of the entries are sorted into a disc file gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt get d sales select an input dataset gt if sales total gt 10000 choose a subset of all entries gt sort cust account sort by account number gt output salesout output has same structure gt exit as the d sales dataset Our next example opens the database with the Creator password which is the default No output file is produced instead we produce a formatted listing of the input dataset gt base store use the Creator password gt form sets you cannot remember the names gt get d inventory of the datasets in Store gt list print the dataset fields formatted gt exit no output file is created In session mode this command would prompt for the database password If none is entered or Suprtool is not running interactively the Creator password is used by default Because the open mode was not specified the database is opened in mode 1 Database Passwords in Batch In batch mode it is necessary to specify a database password without the password being echoed on the job stream listing A special database pass
252. g or which allow it to complete a task and then stop because continuing would likely cause undesirable or erroneous results When Suprtool detects a serious error condition such as a syntax error in a command a file system error or a sort error it prints an error message For example Error Unknown command name try HELP Error Unable to open gt OUTPUT file Finding Errors Automatically If you have software that scans spool files for error conditions have it look for Error File System Errors When a file system error occurs Suprtool prints the HP UX error message An error during processing terminates the current task exceptions bad data with an If command when Set Ignore is On Arithmetic Trap Abort If Suprtool should Abort with Parm 99x an error has been detected in the Arithmetic Trap Routine This should never happen so please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it This condition is considered an error if the input is from a source other than disc Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Errors and Warnings e 229 Warnings Command entered is not a valid Suprtool command and MPE access has been disabled See Set Limits command Normally commands that are not valid Suprtool commands are passed off to the operating system If access to the O S has been disabled via the Set Limits command thes
253. g for all invalid dates do so after the Invalid option For example Sdate invalid will cause STExport to produce a string of five percent signs for any invalid date Example First use Suprtool to create the input file with the appropriate date attributes gt get d sales gt item deliv date date mmddyyyy gt item purch date date mmddyyyy gt output dsales link gt xeq Then use STExport to read the dsales file Specify Date ddmmyyyy which causes all valid dates to be formatted in day month year format with a dash as the separator input dsales Sdate ddmmyyyy Soutput dexport Sxeq Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Decimal Command DEC Specify the format for the decimal place in numeric fields DECIMAL PERIOD COMMA Default Period The fields in the input file The Decimal command specifies what separator will be used to indicate the decimal must have been created with place in numeric fields In North America the custom is to indicate the decimal decimal places using place in numbers with a period Outside North America the custom is to indicate Suprtool s Item command the decimal place with a comma If the decimal place indicator is incorrect it is harder to import files into other applications The Decimal command does not apply to floating point fields Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 245 Delimiter Command DE 246 e STExport Commands Specif
254. gt exit Long Expressions Long If commands can use an ampersand to continue the command over several lines gt if status 20 gt gt state AZ gt gt CAN gt gt OR no ampersand on the last line This is awkward to use and for internal reasons the maximum length is restricted to 256 characters The read function makes it easier to enter long If commands Its maximum length is based on the complexity of the expression not on the number of characters Read Function The read function reads the If expression from stdinx or from the usefile if the If command is in a usefile Read continues to prompt for input lines until you press Return or enter You must remember to enter all the necessary parts of the If expression including connectors like AND and OR and commas You do not use an ampersand amp to continue from one line to the next when using read gt if Sread prompt for the expression status 20 and read prompts with state AZ the comma is still needed CA OR no comma on the last line blank line to terminate read Redoing Read When prompting for an expression read saves each line in the redo stack and accepts the Before Do Listredo and Redo commands This provides an easy way to specify all or part of a previous read expression Error Data Overflow While the read function permits long expressions there are other internal limits within the
255. h a space If you want to just remove the characters all you need to do is set the CleanChar in the following manner gt Set CleanChar lt null gt This means that the clean function will remove the characters specified in the clean command but not replace with any character which effectively shifts the text to the left and pad the equivalent amount of spaces at the end Extract from a Table Suprtool has the ability to load data into a table via the Table command and extract that data out of the table using the Extract command The Extract command can utilize the lookup function to return data The syntax for the lookup function would look as follows gt extract target lookup table name key field data field The Table name key field and data field are all defined by the Table command which must be input before the Extract command A classic example your boss comes to you with a list of new prices for certain parts and asks you to update the Part Master dataset Just load the new prices into a Table index by the product number prodno then Extract the price field from each record and replace it with a lookup on the table Here is the code Suprtool Commands e 125 gt table newprices prodno file bosslist data price gt get part master gt if lookup newprices prodno gt update gt extract price lookup newprices prodno price gt xeq We do the If lookup to select only the parts which hav
256. hat you build will have a limit of 100 Megabytes Read Only Suprtool normally allows any user with the proper access capabilities to add records to a database To prevent users from accidentally updating their database we provide the following setting within Suprtool gt set limits ReadOnly On The ReadOnly setting once turned on cannot be turned off for the current run of Suprtool This disables all commands that potentially change data for the specified database Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX If Set Limits ReadOnly is enabled then the Add command in Suprtool will return an appropriate error message You can Set Limits Readonly on the command line using the c option For example the following command file can be used to restrict who has write access to a given database In this example only the root user is allowed write access if SUSER root then opt robelle bin suprtool else opt robelle bin suprtool c set limits readonly on fi List SET LIST option value Use Set List to configure default values for the List command You can configure the default date time and format for LaserJet listings List Date SET LIST Date number Initially 0 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 Use Set List Date to specify a different default date format for fu
257. hat came from this investigation where ways to Clean up your data in any given byte type field We have added two methods to clean your data you can use Suprtool to clean an individual byte type field or STExport to clean all of the byte type fields for a given file that you are exporting Un printables Sometimes un printable or extraneous characters get stored in files or databases that have no business being there This may be some tab characters in an address field or perhaps and embedded carriage return or line feed Suprtool now supports the clean function which will replace individual characters for a given byte field There are three things that Suprtool needs to know in order to clean a field Suprtool needs to know which characters it needs to clean what character it needs to change the bad characters to and also what field does it need to clean Clean Command Syntax You can specify special characters Decimal 0 thru Decimal 31 via the command Clean special You can also specify a range or characters by using the following syntax Clean 0 31 240 3 255 The Clean command is used to tell Suprtool what characters it needs to look for in a given byte type field For example clean mag WAT Oar wou will tell Suprtool to replace the tab character Decimal 9 Line Feed Decimal 10 and a period to whatever the Clean character is set to The CLean command takes both decimal notation and the character itself ho
258. he HP e3000 FORM SETS ITEMS PATHS dataset data item filename Default depends The Form command displays the structure of a database dataset table or self describing file When showing the form of an Eloquence dataset or a self describing file Suprtool shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one If you have specified a date format or the number of implied decimal places with the Item command these attributes appear as part of the form listing Dataset List gt ba sample Database sample TPI Eloquence B 07 00 B 07 00 Set Item Entry Load Entry Sets Num Type Count Capacity Count Factor Length B F CUSTOME 1 MDX 355 1177 112 0 2 MDX 524 182 3 53 0 3 MDX 2259 47 3 0 4 DDX 008 47 3 0 5 DDX 008 272 0 Suprtool shows the type of each dataset e g M for Manual master A for Automatic master D for Detail If you have enabled dynamic dataset expansion Suprtool adds DX to the type of the dataset e g MDX DDX Since Eloquence has these features available by default the Type of Dataset will always be either MDX or DDX Detail Datasets If you request information about a specific detail dataset Suprtool prints the path information in DBSCHEMA format The path shows the related master dataset and the sort item name When displying the form of an Eloquence dataset Suprtool shows the capacity in a format simila
259. he form of a dataset or file that matches one of the Form keywords gt form paths paths is the name of a dataset 138 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Get Command G Numrecs is another way to select only a few records Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Selects an Eloquence dataset from a previously opened Base as the input source for the next extract You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task Get always reads the dataset serially GET setname startrecord endrecord count Default all records Dataset Input The first example shows the most common use of the Get command An input dataset is specified as input to Suprtool We select a subset of the entire input dataset using the If command gt base store gt get d inventory serially read dataset gt if unit cost lt 10000 the UNIT COST field is gt output outl automatically defined by Get gt xeq FastRead By default Suprtool for HP UX reads Eloquence datasets with dbget mode 2 serially However if you turn on the option Set FastRead On you can experience a performance improvement using large blocked reads of anywhere from 2 5 times for both CPU and Wall Time This setting must be turned on prior to the Base command See the Set command for details Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter permits selection of input records on the b
260. he input source was an Oracle table the if command was used and no records were selected 4 9 03 Suprcall for AMXW would not build a tempfile even if the Build command was specified in the Suprtool task 4 9 03 Suprcall would not always print the stdlist if the print state was set to ER 4 9 03 Suprcall now returns an error status if Suprtool run has an error in both the AMXW version and the regular HP UX version 4 9 03 A stack overflow error would occur when sorting with two sort keys and the input source was an Oracle Table 4 9 02 Suprtool would output 100 blank records when reading an empty Eloquence dataset with set fastread on 4 9 02 Suprtool2 fixed to work better with certain cobol compilers and compiler options 4 9 02 Command lines that were not terminated with a null are now handled correctly in Suprtool2 4 9 02 Print state and execution of print of stdout now works properly in all cases in Suprtool2 4 9 02 Suprtool version 5 0 e 21 e Tmpnam call would occasionally abort on Itanium due to ineffective space allocation in Suprtool2 4 9 02 e The Total command now supports the file and list options 4 9 01 e Output input now writes out the sort information if the file involved is self describing 4 9 01 22 e Suprtool version 5 0 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Installing Suprtool Overview We have two types of Installations Tape and Download We provide links to the Installation instr
261. he purchases by the field purch_date for November 2000 in a ddmmyy X6 field you would use the stddate function as follows gt item purch date date ddmmyy gt if Sstddate purch date gt date 2000 11 first and S stddate purch date lt date 2000 11 last Dynamic Date Selection You can use the If command for dynamic date selection Suppose you have a control file that maintains the start and end of a range of dates in which you are interested You can use the control file to select records from another file or dataset based on this date range This is a two step process in which the first Suprtool pass creates the If command with your dates and the second pass does the actual selection from the dataset Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt input datecntl reclen 12 nolf read the one_line control file gt define start_date 1 6 byte start date is the first six bytes gt define end_date 7 6 byte end date is the next six bytes gt extract if sales date gt assemble the If command gt extract start _date gt extract and sales date lt gt extract end date gt extract gt output seldate temp write the If command to a file This task produces a usefile that looks like this Now you can use this file named seldate to do the actual selection gt open oracle demo reader gt select from sales gt use seldate use the file that has the If command gt output sdetail
262. he sort phase if any and after any Extract but before the final Output or Put operation A Reset turns off the current List options For more examples of the List command see Suprtool Issues and Solutions 176 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop LABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can display the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listred listred listred print all Help commands listred print last ten commands listred print entire redo stack listred print all rm commands listred print all rm xx commands listred print all with rm anywhere listred print ALL relative numbers Saving to a File Saving the Listredo commands to a file is not supported in Suprtool UX Notes The Listredo command can be abbreviated to BJ as in Qedit or to comma comma as in MPEX You cannot use a semi colon to combine commands on the same line Persi
263. her words it is a Verify All command 276 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Xeq Command X Perform the current task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an Input file and an Output file Then it performs the task and creates the Output file Finally 1t closes the files ready for you to specify another task or Exit If you also wish to leave STExport after completing the task use Exit instead of Xeq Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 277 XML Command 278 e STExport Commands XML Use XML to produce XML Documents for either Internet or Intranet applications XML VERSION string DOCTYPE string FILE string RECORD string Example STExport can generate well formed XML output with just a few commands input filelsd xml Soutput myxml Sxeq These four simple commands will generate the following file that packages such as XMLSpy will consider to be well formed XML The result of such an STExport task will look as follows lt xml version 1 0 gt lt file gt lt record gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS
264. ield values are not listed unless they are included in the field list The ALL option lists all records in the specified file The RELATED option prints related records from other datasets as well as the records you select The Suprtool gt List command also displays selected records with the option of dumping totally in Octal Char format Use gt List when you suspect that a dataset contains bad data or to select from a large dataset gt List is faster than List list m customer List in File M CUSTOMER CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 TY Los Altos CREDIT RATING 100000 UST ACCOUNT 4003302 CUST STATUS 20 AME FIRST Ralph NAME LAST Perkins TATE CODE CA TREET ADDR Room 655 2 Century Plaza Building P CODE 93002 list m supplier related all related records List in File M SUPPLIER PPLIER NAME gt Standard Ribbons TY San Leandro STATE CODE REET ADDR 100 Main St PPLIER NAI Standard Ribbons P CODE 94345 lated Records from the File D INVENTORY ey to path SUPPLIER NAME N NO 1201 LAST SHIP DATE 840501 ON HAND QTY 296 PRODUCT NO 105391 SUPPLIER NAME Standard Ribbons UNIT COST 500 306 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REE ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short f
265. if used with other Image replacement libraries 4 9 04 Suprtool for HP UX would not set the return code variable 7 if it failed with some syntax errors 4 9 03 Suprtool had some debug messages were left over in the Table module 4 9 03 Suprtool would have a stack overflow when the input source was an Oracle table the if command was used and no records were selected 4 9 03 Suprcall for AMXW would not build a tempfile even if the Build command was specified in the Suprtool task 4 9 03 Suprcall would not always print the stdlist if the print state was set to ER 4 9 03 Suprcall now returns an error status if Suprtool run has an error in both the AMXW version and the regular HP UX version 4 9 03 A stack overflow error would occur when sorting with two sort keys and the input source was an Oracle Table 4 9 02 Suprtool would output 100 blank records when reading an empty Eloquence dataset with set fastread on 4 9 02 Suprtool2 fixed to work better with certain cobol compilers and compiler options 4 9 02 Command lines that were not terminated with a null are now handled correctly in Suprtool2 4 9 02 Print state and execution of print of stdout now works properly in all cases in Suprtool2 4 9 02 Tmpnam call would occasionally abort on Itanium due to ineffective space allocation in Suprtool2 4 9 02 The Total command now supports the file and list options 4 9 01 Output input now writes ou
266. ight justified unless you override the default with the Leftjustnum keyword Use the Leftjustnum or Rightjustnum keyword to specify the alignment of the numbers The two keywords are mutually exclusive The last one that appears on the command line is the one that is applied LaserJet Listings There are two methods to select different printing options for a LaserJet and other PCL compatible printers You can permanently set the PCL option for all listings by using Set List PCL or you can use the List command to select the PCL option for just one task PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The following is a summary of the PCL values PCL Font Orientation Dimensions 1 Lineprinter landscape 175 cols 60 lines 2 Courier landscape 100 cols 45 lines 3 Courier standard portrait 80 cols 60 lines 4 Lineprinter portrait 132 cols 80 lines 5 Courier A4 tight portrait 80 cols 60 lines 6 Lineprinter legal landscape 223 cols 60 lines See the Set command for a complete description of the PCL options By default Suprtool assumes that the List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 If you use the List command to your terminal with a global Set List PCL value other than zero your terminal screen may be cleared To avoid this situation you can explicitly specify the PCL setting along with the device Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 171 172 e Suprtool Commands gt get d sales gt li
267. igits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file STExport shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing form custfile File custfile Entry SD Version A 00 00 Has linefeeds Offset CHARACTER X5 1 ZONED Z5 6 NTEGER Il Dial DOUBLE I2 13 length is five bytes room for five digits single integer double integer room for five digits eight byte integer compound field single logical double logical PACKED P6 17 QUAD I4 20 REPEATINT 6 28 LOGICAL K1 34 DBLLOG K2 36 Length 44 Blocking B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file was sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format or the number of decimal places
268. ile gt table zip table zipcode file custfile gt if lookup cust table custno and Slookup zip table zipcode gt output newcust link gt xeq Keep in mind that using multiple tables may be more memory intensive and require more resources Data Example Your boss comes to you with a list of new prices for certain parts and asks you to update the Part Master dataset Just load the new prices into a Table index by the product number prodno then Extract the price field from each record and replace it with a lookup on the table Here is the code gt table newprices prodno file bosslist data price gt get part master gt if lookup newprices prodno gt update gt extract price lookup newprices prodno price gt xeq We do the If lookup to select only the parts which have new prices then do Extract with lookup to replace the existing price with a new one The Update command forces a database update on each selected record and must come before the Extract command If you did not do the If lookup then the price field would contain zeroes for those fields that did not have a matching record Notes The Xeq command clears any tables that are not held Set Limits Tablesize restricts the maximum size of tables so you can limit the total amount of table space to a specified number of megabytes There is a total of 500 megabytes available for all tables To control the size of the table you can issue the Set
269. improved anywhere from two to six times faster In order to turn this feature on for all accesses you can put the command Set FastRead On into the file opt robelle suprmgr This means that Suprtool will use the faster reads for all runs of Suprtool Filecode SET FILECODE number This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Filename SET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename Suprtool Commands e 199 200 e Suprtool Commands See Installing Suprtool on page 23 for a complete description of this Set command Firstrec SET FIRSTREC 0 1 This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Hints SET HINTS ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX HPUXCmdErr lt string gt SET HPUXCmdErr lt string gt Initially Spaces HP UX and MPE are different in terms of whether or not a file operation is an error or a warning With file operations such as rm or mv the shell that executes these commands returns an error condition to Suprtool which impacts scripts that are converted from MPE For example on MPE a purge command on a file that does not exist was only considered a warning On HP UX an rm command on a file that does not exist is considered an error which halts Suprtool when run in batch For example the ksh returns an error code of 2 if you attempt to remove a file that does not exist rm filelx rm filelx non existent echo 2 We have added Set HPUXCmdErr comman
270. in suprlink i invoices by custnum cust invcust The final Form command shows the record layout of the Output file You would use this file as input to your report program form invcust File invcust SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTNUM lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED 9 PRODUCTNUM 13 PRICE 2 PURCHASED 25 7 29 3 35 X12 39 PING 2 5 TATUS X2 55 RSTNAME X10 S7 ASTNAME X16 67 TATE X2 83 DDRESS 2X25 85 PCODE X6 135 Entry Length 140 Blocking 1 H0 T Bee E EH onj 0 NDU 352 e Example Suprlink Output Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within Suprlink Maximums The various limitations of Suprlink are described here In general you need to reduce the number or sizes of fields if you encounter any of these limits Input File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Block Size 4096 Words By default Suprtool restricts the maximum block size to 2 048 words You can use the Set Blocksize command to increase this size up to 8192 words If you increase the maximum block size it is likely that Suprtool will produce an output file that Suprlink cannot read Input File Maximum Fields 255 Suprlink restricts the number of fields per file to be 255 If you must have more fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one con
271. ine Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 91 Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see Redo on page 209 for details 92 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Chain Command C Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Selects an Eloquence dataset and a search path as the input source for the next extract For detail datasets the Chain command does a DBFIND on the specified search path and uses DBGET mode S to read the records For master datasets the Chain command uses DBGET mode 7 You must have read access to all fields in the dataset entry Only one Chain Get or Input command is allowed per extract task CHAIN setname search field value CHAIN setname search field table name When using Chain the size of the output file defaults to the size of the Chain dataset If the dataset is large and the selected subset is small you should use the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the output file Selection by Individual Values Suppose you want to find all the sales records for customer account 1234 Assuming that cust account is a search field in the d sales dataset you would use this gt base store 5 READER open for read access only gt chain d sales cust account 1234 read the sales records for
272. ints and scales input values For example gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt table cost table cost item 10 10 5 10 75 gt if Slookup cost table cost gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeq Adding Values from a File You may need to look for hundreds of part numbers The Table command accepts the table values from a file The file must contain lookup values in exactly the same format as the itemname which describes the data Duplicates are eliminated as they are loaded into the table For a table consisting of values from a file use TABLE tablename itemname FILE SORTED filename HOLD DATA field 1 field2 field3 Parameters itemname The item determines the data type and length of the key values in the table You can only load a table from a self describing file Suprtool first checks for the field in the self describing file FILE vs SORTED The File option assumes that the file of table values is not sorted Sorting a large file of values is slow If the file is already sorted use the Sorted option Suprtool checks the records to make sure they are in ascending order filename A valid HP UX file name the file must be self describing Hold By default the Xeq command resets all tables Use the Hold option when using the same table in more than one extract task When Hold is specified the Xeq command does not reset the table Hold applies to individual tables n
273. ion in the If command The date function has the form date year month day This example selects all the sales transactions for August 12 2000 gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch_ date date 2000 08 12 gt output result gt xeq Select by Year Suppose we want to select all the sales transactions for 2000 Suprtool does not have a short hand for specifying everything in that year To specify an entire year use a date range from January 1st to December 31st gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt item purch_ date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date gt date 2000 01 01 and amp purch_ date lt date 2000 12 31 gt output result gt xeg Select Prior Month In the date function use a to indicate the current year month or day Similarly a means the previous year month or day For this example select all the sales Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 31 transactions for the prior month Note the use of the special keywords first and last to indicate the first and last day of the month gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt select from sales gt item purch_date date yyyymmdd gt if purch_ date gt S date 1 first and amp purch_date lt date 1 last gt output result gt xeq Selecting by Lists of Values So
274. ion produces a self describing file complete with the date and decimal place information gt open oracle custdb dbpass gt select from sales gt def deliv date DELIVERYDATE 8 display gt def purch_date PURCHASEDATE 4 double gt def product_price PRICE 4 double gt def sales tax SALESTAX 4 double gt def sales total SALESTOTAL 4 double gt item deliv date date ryyyymmdd gt item purch date date yyy ymmdd gt item product price decimal 2 gt item sales tax decimal 2 gt item sales_total decimal 2 gt extract customernum gt ext deliv_date gt ext PRODUCTNUM gt ext product_price gt ext purch_date gt ext SALESQTY gt ext sales_tax gt ext sales_total gt output salefile link gt xeq IN 8 OUT 8 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 gt form salefile File salefile SD Version B 00 00 No linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTOMERNUM I2 1 DELIV DATE Z8 5 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt PRODUCTNUM E2 13 PRODUCT_PRICE 12 Ly ALZA PURCH_DATE 12 21 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt SALESQTY P12 SALES TAX I2 is DD SALES TOTAL I2 lt lt 42 gt gt Entry Length 38 Blocking 1 Notice how the Form command correctly identifies which fields are dates and which fields have implied decimal places STExport uses this information to format the file STExport Output We then use STExport to read the self describing Salefile to produce our sample output on stdlist To demonstrate how dates are handled we insert a separator in
275. ions ii a n E e ns E E esth 236 STExport Commands 237 Grenetal Notes ET E OEE A E o desks 237 IA a a a a a a a aaee 237 Uppercase or Lowell E A 237 Comments on Command Lines cccesceeseesseesceeseeeceeeeeeeeceeeenseenseenseenaecsaeeneeeaeeenes 237 HP UX COMMAS ima it 238 Hill Names e ASEN E T 238 ETI EEAO aAA E AEAEE E EEA E 238 COMO AARE EE EE EE TE E EE E E 238 Before Command B cccccccssccssscesssecessceessccssceeessccsseeeeseeceseeseseecesseeeseeceseeeesaeceseesesaecenees 239 Clean Command CL c ccccccccssccssscesssccessceescecssccesseccssseeeseecsseeeeseecsseeeesseceseesesaeceeeeesaeensees 241 Removing Bad Characters cccccescessesssecsseeseeeseeeeeeeeceeeceseenseenseeeseenaecaecseeeaeeenes 241 Columns Command C ccccccccccssscesssccsssceescecssceeeseeceseeceseecseeeeseeceseeeeseeceseeseseeceseeeesaeensees 242 Date Command DA cccccccssccssscessseceseceescecessceeseccessesesseceseeeesaecsseeeseecssesesseceseeeesaecnsees 243 Decimal Command DEC ccccccccssccsssceesseceseceeseecssseeesseceseeeeseecessceesaecessesesaeceseesesaeeenees 245 Delimiter Command DE c ccccccccssccsssceescecessceeseecseeeesseceseeecseecesseeesaeceseeeesaeceseesesaeeesees 246 Do Command DO c cccccccccccssccssscesseecessceescecsseceessecesseeessecueeeeseecueeecseeceseesesseceseesesaeensees 247 Escape Command ES A 248 Exit Command E cccccccccsccecssccssscessccceeceeseecs
276. ious commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command cannot be abbreviated The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples listf soruce source is not spelled correctly ON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 redo redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source edited command is shown you press lt return gt listredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack redo redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo redo 8th through 10th redo redo 10 through last redo redo last Purge command redo redo last containing temp 310 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Set Command S Changes certain operating options within Dbedit Except for LP these options are saved when you return to Suprtool and restored if you
277. ironment variable Then any command that uses a MPE variable will be resolved next 4 9 04 Stexport Output command would fail as the byte size was assumed to be words incorrectly 4 9 04 The latest AMXW version of Suprtool2 would interfere with some Cobol programs if they attempted to open a KSAM file 4 9 04 STExport did not support temp file creation in the AMXW version 4 9 04 STExport would core abort when trying to input a file did not exist 4 9 04 STExport did not produce Variable length files by default as it did on MPE 4 9 04 Suprtool would occasionally fail with mmap errors on HP UX when using the Table command 4 9 04 Output erase was not working properly in STExport and Suprlink 4 9 04 Files that had a size in words would not get linked properly in Suprlink and the Table file might assume an incorrect size 4 9 04 Suprtool for AMXW would behave poorly with set fastread on and if the dataset it was reading had no records in it 4 9 04 Suprtool for AMXW would fail with a dbstatus 17 No current record found when doing an update or delete operation with Set Fastread on and Set Lock 0 4 9 04 Suprtool for AMXW would not close the currently open database when the BASE command was entered by itself 4 9 04 Suprtool did not print out progress messages when run in batch in an AMXW job This was solved by calling AMXW s print intrinsic 4 9 04 Progress messages were intersperesed
278. is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit Suprtool This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprtool invocations Set Redo allows you to assign a permanent file as the redo stack The redo stack is then available for future Suprtool invocations To assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter gt set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprtool creates it If it already exists Suprtool uses it All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprtool session As soon as you exit Suprtool the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprtool you will get the temporary stack If the filename is not qualified the redo stack is created in the current working directory This may be desirable if you wish to have separate stacks If you wish to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprtool is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When Suprtool uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprtool You can run as many Suprtool instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems Suprtool Commands e 209 210 e Suprtool Commands
279. it program and Suprlink eee 330 333 Qhelp erica noni 141 255 305 336 OTP Tor sublile iia nianna ni 72 QTP PowerhouS ooocooocoonnccononinoncconnnonnnccanoninnnccnnoss 325 QUERY numbers format ooooonoccnococcnoncconnninnnccnnno 181 Query Option cenit 181 question mark database password ooonconocnnncincniccnicnnoo 89 question delete all recordS oooooonnonnncnnnnnncnnncinnnonos 102 Quick help vis cssssssescecsiescestasctecsseaves 141 255 305 336 Quiet Set Option iconos 311 Quiz report Writer eee ee eeeeeteeeees 71 325 341 343 quote Characters cocinas 145 Quote COMMANA cinco cdi tardar 267 quotes doubles iaa 267 QUOtES MOM ii E EE 267 QuGtess Singles soen hele 267 random Sampling cesceseceeeseeseeeeeseeeeeeees 140 160 range of Meld tii da 117 range extracting e mia aetna te eescdee Geeta 117 Read Only Limits Set eeceseeeeseeeteeeeeseeeneeenes 202 read only Mode ii ita 202 reals classis eni ie 51 record format O tp t sassi esoneri i 40 record latin 51 Record Mode List Option ccccesceeseeeteesteeteeenes 175 TECOP MU iaa ia 159 record number selection ooooonnocccnonaccnonananooo 139 159 record number IMAGE 0oococcnnoncconononccnnonancnnonnanonnnass 139 record number Output coooooocnooccoocnonnconccnnnonncnnnonnnonnos 181 record number XSORT cccccceessccccsssseceesseeeeeenes 200 records number of qualifying ooooonnconncniccnocnconocononos 184 Redo
280. item enddate date yymmdd gt if enddate gt date 4 21st century date A Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format Suprtool returns this error by default but you can override it with the following set command gt set date ifyy2000error off This tells Suprtool to allow the previously described relative operations and suppress the error message While you can override the error checking the behavior of today and date is not changed How Do Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates If you need to have Suprtool select dates in YYMMDD format with Today or Date you need to use one of the following solutions 1 Change the date storage format to include the century in all datasets and data files so you can use the following item command gt item invoice date date CCYYMMDD 2 Use the stddate function that adds the century component to dates in a ccyymmdd format in a J2 container Also see Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd on page 77 and Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd on page 79 for more specific details on converting two digit year date formats into four digit year date formats aammdd Date Format The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in the MM3000 product This format is only available for the X6 data type The aammdd format is similar to yymmdd but the year portion of the date use a combination of numbers and letters of the alphab
281. iteria Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 263 Input Command I Specifies the primary input file INPUT filename There can be only one Input file per task The Input file must be a self describing file which should be created by Suprtool using the Output Query or Output Link option If you want STExport to format date fields and implied decimal places you must use the Output Link option of Suprtool when you create the file for input to STExport Every record in the input file is formatted into a corresponding record in the output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you actually need Only those fields needed for import into the final application should be present in the Input file 264 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop LABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal The Out option is not currently supported on STExpor
282. iteria Simple Criteria To tell Suprtool to choose records based on certain criteria you can either use any valid SQL command e g select where or you can select all the records and use an If command In these two examples Suprtool extracts all records with a sales_total value greater than 20000 from the Sales table Both tasks produce identical results but one way may be faster than the other gt select from sales gt if sales total gt 20000 gt output result gt xeq Complex Criteria To choose records using more complex criteria combine several simple criteria using AND OR NOT and parentheses In this example Suprtool extracts all records that have a sales_total value greater than 20000 and a product_price value less than 5000 from the d sales dataset gt select from sales gt if sales _total gt 20000 and product _price lt 5000 gt output result gt xeq String of Digits If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of digits and you want to use this field as a numeric field you need to define a new display field on top of the existing field For example suppose your data looks like the following where the customer account number is stored in the 8 digit byte type field at the start of the record 20476789 rest of customer record To find all customers with an account greater than 20470000 you would do the following gt select from table gt define accountnum account 8 display
283. ke data files which can provide field information to Suprtool without you having to Define all the fields The Input command is also simpler because there is no need for either the Reclen or the LF parameters Creating an SD File To create an SD file use the Link option in the Output command gt select from sales gt output result link gt xeq Now the data file result has the same field names as the Sales table Suprtool can read this data file and know about the fields automatically gt input result gt if sales_total gt 20000 and product_price lt 5000 gt output custlist gt xeq Define Fields in a Data File A regular data file does not have any field information associated with it If you need to work with the fields in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields using Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 27 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX the Define command For example say you have a data file with lines that look like this 12345678John Rutherford lt 32 gt 98765432Catherine Smith lt 29 gt Account First name Last name Age 8 byt 12 byt 16 byte 2 byte integer Use these Define commands to tell Suprtool about the fields gt input datafile reclen 38 1f gt define account 1 8 byte gt define first name 9 12 byte gt define last_name 21 16 byte gt define age hy 6 AE field name Length Start Data type position Now you can use the field names account fir
284. l Files The default size for the file created by TOTAL file needs to be opened with 48 bytes wide and with linefeeds gt in filelsd stot int field gt total file file82a gt xeq gt in file82a rec 48 1f You can also send the totals to a list file for simple reports gt in filelsd gt tot int field gt list standard file file82a gt total file list gt xeq Sort Break Totals Please refer to the Duplicate command on how to generate sort break totals Notes You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command The Total command prints out a date and time stamp on the title line This is for audit purposes Suprtool Commands e 219 Update Command UP 220 e Suprtool Commands Update one or more noncritical fields in an Eloquence dataset UPDATE CIUPDATE Specify the fields to be updated and their new values with the Extract command The Update command must be specified after the Chain or Get command but before the Extract command s You can update part of an Eloquence field by defining the part you are interested in updating and then using the defined field name in the Extract command The Update command can change values in critical fields Eloquence search or sort fields To update critical fields you must specify the Ciupdate option and CIUPDATE must be On or Allowed in the database Example This example selects all inventory items with a unit cost less th
285. l commands e g Get Chain or Select do not work until a database has been specified Some commands only work with Eloquence databases and other commands only work with SQL databases An Eloquence database consists of datasets files which in turn consist of fields An SQL database consists of tables or views and each table or view consists of columns In Suprtool a column name can be used anywhere that a field name is used The advantage of using a database is that information about the database is automatically available to Suprtool The Form command shows the database structure Errors Errors are messages printed by Suprtool indicating a fatal problem in the task which prevents it from completing Error messages are further described in Appendix A Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Field A field is a portion of a record When you access an Eloquence dataset this makes Suprtool aware of the Eloquence fields in the dataset When you access an SQL database with the Select command Suprtool is aware of each column name fields and columns are synonymous in Suprtool The Define command allows you to define new fields or redefine existing fields to have new sizes or data types Use Define to get at bytes of interest within existing fields and to give them an appropriate name Then you can refer to the defined field in other commands e g Extract If etc The following commands all contain a field gt if balance gt
286. l data types The translation depends on the precision of the number and the number of decimal places The following table describes the translation for each case Precision Decimal Places Suprtool Data Type 8 byte IEEE In packed decimal translations Suprtool uses the precision of the number to determine the size of a packed decimal number Order By vs Sort Oracle s Order By statement on the Select command does not always generate the same results Specifically sorted fields with null field values appear at the beginning when they are sorted by Suprtool s Sort command Restrictions Suprtool UX cannot handle all Oracle database concepts The current restrictions are 1 Suprtool UX can handle varchar2 char date and number data types It cannot handle any other data type 2 Because any Oracle Select command can be used it is possible to generate column names that are not compatible with Suprtool UX For example gt select sal comm from bonus This example produces a column called sal comm In some cases Suprtool UX correctly uses this as the column name e g the List command You cannot refer to this column by name in any Suprtool UX command that accepts field names as a parameter Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 65 SDUnix Utility SDUnix is an MPE program that takes self describing file information and writes it out to an MPE flat file This flat file can then be transferred to HP UX together with the
287. l to extract the bytes beginning with the second occurence of the character to the second occurrence of the space character If the target field is not long enough to hold the data Suprtool will abort with an error You can easily prevent this from happening on blank fields by nesting the split statement within a trim or rtrim function First Last The split function also has a Last keyword whereby you can split the field from a given occurrence of a character to the end of the field So in the given example from above the extracting out of the middlename could be coded as such gt extract middlename Strim S split wholename 2 last The above means to extract out all the data from the second occurrence of the to the end of the field and trim all spaces Naturally as noted above we also have the First keyword which indicates the start of the field Unprintables You can specify an unprintable character for Suprtool to use as the character to split on using the following syntax Suprtool Commands e 123 124 e Suprtool Commands gt extract middlename split wholename 9 2 last which means that the split would start at the second occurrence of Decimal Nine or the Tab character Please note that for specifying unprintable characters you do not put in quotes Cleaning your Data In this day and age of migrations we were looking at issues that customers have run into when importing data into new databases W
288. le is a typo ille not found redo redo most recent command L fille last command is printed d you enter changes to it file edited command is shown you press lt return gt listredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack red redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous red redo 8th through 10th red redo 10 through last red redo last rm command red redo last rm temp red redo last containing temp 268 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Reset Command R Cancel the current task RESET Reset closes the current Input file then resets the Output file name to Output Formatting options are not reset only the task related commands are reset If you try to reset an individual command STExport prints a warning Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 269 Set Command S 270 e STExport Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within STExport These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET CLEANCHAR lt string gt MAPPED ONJOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ONJOFF VARSUB ONJOFF WARNINGS ONJOFF XMLTAGCHAR CleanChar SET CleanChar lt string gt Initially set to space Sets what character is used to replace a Clean character If you just want to clean the fields and replace the bad character with no character then you need to set the CleanChar in the following m
289. le sided printing on these printers gt list duplex Headings in Listings Specifying a Title in the List command forces Suprtool to produce a formatted listing with page headings page numbers today s date and the current time If you want just the date and page numbers use an empty string For example gt list title The following example prints a report on a LaserJet in Landscape sideways mode using the tiny Lineprinter font including a page heading with the title The physical command line limit is 256 characters As a result the maximum size of the heading is less than 256 characters because the List command and heading options need to be included in the command line gt in custs self describing file gt if status lt gt 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt set list pcl 1 select LaserJet option gt list title Invalid CUSTOMER Records gt xeg include title on listing Changing the Date Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 You can override this format with the Date keyword Use the Set command to specify a Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 d
290. lean address 3 gt xeq The SPECIAL keyword automatically defines Clean characters of Decimal 0 thru to Decimal 31 gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean special gt update gt ext address 1 clean address 1 gt ext address 2 clean address 2 gt ext address 3 clean address 3 gt xeq You can also specify a range of characters with the following syntax gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean 0 10 gt update gt ext address 1 clean address 1 gt ext address 2 clean address 2 gt ext address 3 clean address 3 gt xeq The above task would clean all byte type fields of any characters from Decimal 0 Null to Decimal 10 Line Feed Removing Bad Characters You can have the Clean function clean the field and instead of replacing with a space the clean function will essentially shift characters to the left by Setting the CleanChar in the following manner Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 95 gt Set Cleanchar lt null gt Suprtool will pad the field that was cleaned with the appropriate amount of characters with a space at the end of the field 96 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Define Command D Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Defines fields that can be used in the Duplicate Extract If Item Sort Table and Total commands With Define you can do selection on ordinary data files using the same kind of readable expressi
291. les contain information about how the file is sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format of an item The Link output option saves the date format and any decimals as part of the field description 334 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual form datafile File datafile SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER x5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATINT 311 6 compound field DATE J2 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 16 lt lt 2 gt gt Entry Length 16 Blocking 1 Notes If you do an datafile it should show another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 335 Help Command H 336 e Suprlink Commands Show what commands and options are available in Suprlink HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific Suprlink command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name help link help on the Link command thelp link notes notes section of the Link command
292. ll Robelle technical support for assistance Self Describing Files When you are using the Count or Total options the sort information is not retained in the output file This means that if your output file is in LINK format there are no sort keys If you are going to use this file from Suprlink use the BY clause of the LINK command to manually specify the sort keys Non Self Describing Files If the input file is not a self describing file and you are using Count or Total you also need to extract all the fields from the file You can quickly extract the fields by defining a new field that contains the entire record For example if your records are 56 bytes long then you do the following to extract all the fields Suprtool Commands e 107 gt define entire 1 56 byte gt extract entire Output Restrictions When you are using the Count and Total options the only Output formats that you can use are Data Data Num Query and Link If you want to quickly see the Count or Total results without using a second pass use the List Standard command gt select from table gt sort key field gt duplicate none keys count total data_field gt output result link gt list standard gt xeq Notes The option of Only or None must be specified before the option of Record or Keys Reversing the order causes a syntax error in the Duplicate command You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command
293. llows you to execute custom programs or scripts and to dynamically generate then display Web pages These custom programs and scripts can be written in almost any programming language Perl is probably the most commonly used language but you could use C or C Applescript on Macintosh or Visual Basic Web Server First your Web server software must be configured to allow CGI scripts On the NCSA server you need to change the srm conf file to include ScriptAlias cgi bin usr local httpd server cgi bin This indicates to the server where the CGI scripts are located If a user enters cgi bin in the Uniform Resource Locator URL the Web server executes the program specified out of the directory specified e g http www mycompany com cgi bin myscript pl will actually execute usr local httpd server cgi bin myscript pl On the CERN Web server you need to enter the following in the httpd conf configuration file Exec cgi bin usr local httpd server cgi bin Of course the alias name and directory can be anything you want them to be A script can be coded to perform the same task every time it is run There are different ways you can pass parameters to a script so that it can do different things We will try to keep it simple and focus our attention on a specialized program Our application will display a list of all sales records created yesterday The information is stored in an Allbase database The table is called demo sales
294. loating point numbers Fixed Format Use Floating Fixed to force all floating point numbers to appear in a fixed format You specify the maximum number of digits to the right of the decimal point If you specify Floating Fixed STExport does not remove trailing zeros from the formatted numbers If you specify Columns Fixed all floating point values will be aligned along the decimal point Scientific Format Use Floating Scientific to force all floating point numbers to appear in scientific notation You must specify the number of digits to the right of the decimal point The Scientific option formats the number with all significant digits to the right of the decimal point followed by the exponent e g 0 47832E 10 Notes Both the Fixed and Scientific options attempt to round the number to the specified number of decimal places within the maximum width for each floating point data type If STExport cannot format a floating point field in the specified number of decimal places the number appears as asterisks Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 251 Form Command F 252 e STExport Commands Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of d
295. lting output file We start with an input file of invoices form invoices File invoices SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTNUM X8 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED I2 9 PRODUCTNUM Z8 13 PRICE I2 21 PURCHASED 12 25 OTY Td 29 TAX 12 31 TOTAL I2 35 Entry Length 38 Blocking 1 Suprtool produced both the invoice and the customer file by using the Select Extract and Sort commands The invoice file was produced with Suprtool s Output Link option If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the Form command would not have printed any information about the key fields The next listing is the customer file form cust File cust SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset ELTY X12 1 RATING 12 13 CUSTNUM X8 17 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt STATUS X2 25 FIRSTNAME X10 27 LASTNAME X16 37 STATE X2 53 ADDRESS 2X25 55 ZIPCODE X6 105 Length 110 Blocking 1 The street address is a compound field If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the field would have appeared with a question mark for the data type In that case you cannot use the field as a key field in Suprlink but the actual data in the field will be processed and linked correctly Your final report should be able to read Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Example Suprlink Output e 351 this data just as 1f it came from the database We use Suprlink to combine the invoice and cust files into one Output file opt robelle b
296. ludes an implied decimal point you will have to modify the supr totals declaration to include an implied decimal point e g pic s9 15 v99 If you specify AS as the supr total type each total is formatted as an 18 byte string In this case you should specify the correct decimal precision in the Total command The exponent portion of real totals is truncated by the Suprtool2 interface Out Count After a successful call to the Suprtool2 interface the supr out count is set to the number of Suprtool output records The supr out count is only returned after the Suprtool2 call with the Exit commandWorkspace The supr workspace part of the record MUST contain spaces before the first call to the Suprtool2 procedure 358 e Welcome to Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Examples of Calling Suprtool Copying the Examples Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX This chapter contains some examples of source code that calls Suprtool2 You can copy the examples from the manual but typing them from scratch would be tedious and error prone COBOL Example Below is a sample COBOL program named TOOL2COB It calls the Suprtool2 interface procedure The purpose of TOOL2COB is to print selected item master entries from an inventory database sorted by item number The program uses Suprtool to create a disc file named SELITEM filled with the selected item numbers and their descriptions Then it reads the disc file and prints a report on the line printer
297. made it into Suprlink Suprlink expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq a Suprlink Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the Link file name s Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual Suprlink linkage task If you entered the Exit command Suprlink will finish the current task then return you to the Operating system EXIT If you entered the Xeq command Suprlink will finish the current task then prompt you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate Suprlink immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This will terminate the Suprlink program immediately without attempting any task Suprtool Link Command This command is not currently available in the HP UX version Exit with Verify This feature is not yet available in the HP UX version Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Accessing Suprlink e 317 Using Suprlink in Batch You normally run Suprlink as an on line session You type Suprlink commands on your terminal and Suprlink prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdlist Suprlink assumes that it is in batch Suprlink in batch is almost identical to Suprlink on line except for answering questions When Suprlink asks a question in batch no one is there to answer it Therefore Suprlink does not expect an answe
298. mal 2 tem salestotal decimal 2 f purchasedate M today 1 Sort customernum Output Stemp sxdata Link Exit EOD Check return code in case Suprtool had a problem If so send the failed return string to the CGI script including the name of the logfile if eq 1 then echo failed temp_sxlog exit 1 else Suprtool task worked correctly Can go on with STExport Must go to the target directory because of file name limit in STExport and get a file name to store HTML output cd users htmluser public html gt dev null temp _stexpdata mktemp d Execute STExport to create the html file stexport lt lt EOD Input temp _sxdata HTML Table Title Orders Created Yesterday Heading Orders Created Yesterday sorted by customer Heading Fieldnames Date YYYYMMDD Output Stemp stexpdata html Exit D gt gt temp sxlog heck return code in case STExport had a problem If so send the failed return string to the CGI script including the name of the logfile if eq 1 then echo failed temp_sxlog exit 1 else Everything worked fine Send the OK return string to the CGI script including the name of the HTML file name echo OK temp stexpdata html rm temp _sxlog gt dev null rm temp sxdata gt dev null exit 0 Perl Script With such a simple example we could have written the shell script a bit differently and then used it as a CGI script Howev
299. mand i cmd i void main char cmd 256 struct SuprControl MyControl init_st2 MyControl assign_cmd set varsub on amp MyControl ll suprtool2 amp MyControl _cmd in infile amp MyControl prtool2 amp MyControl _cmd out outfile amp MyControl prtool2 amp MyControl _cmd set varsub on amp MyControl prtool2 amp MyControl cmd set varsub on amp MyControl prtool2 amp MyControl cmd exit amp MyControl prtool2 amp MyControl 364 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Installing the Suprtool2 Interface Installing Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX There is no need to Install anything for the Suprtool2 Interface on HP UX We provide two files for PA_ RISC machines Suprcall o and Suprcall sl a simple object file an a shared library The PA_RISC files can be found in the lib directory whereever you have installed the Robelle software typically opt robelle lib The same files for Itanium are found under lib itanium We provide three files named suprcall o suprcall sl and suprcall so Either can be used depending on your linking and or naming preferences and conventions Just link it in with your Cobol or C program AMXW The AMXW version has the same names and conventions however it works using typical MPE intrinsics and in a manner such that AMXW can be aware of what it is doing Externally Suprtool2 for AMXW
300. mands gt def amt 11 2 int 12 amt is an integer that repeats 12 times gt if amt 5 gt 1000 we select on the 5th subfield gt output outfile Relative Examples Use the simplest form of relative definitions to rename existing fields gt def quantity qty quantity is a more readable name gt if quantity 100 selection on the new field The Define command copies the byteposition sublength and type to the new field but it does not copy the subcount Define assumes that you want the first subfield gt def amount amt amt is 12J2 gt if amount gt 1000 amount is 1J2 and is the same as amt 1 Relative Example with Subcount Because Suprtool defaults the subcount to one you might want to specify an explicit subcount when giving a new name to an existing field gt def amount amt 12 amt is 12J2 same length and type gt if amount 5 gt 1000 amount is 12J2 we are selecting for May Relative Example with Subscript Use subscripts to define a new field that corresponds to a specific subfield gt def may amt 5 amt is 12J2 gt if may gt 1000 may is the fifth subfield Relative Example with Offset Many applications define subfields within a larger character field A common example is a part number where the first four digits are the warehouse location the second four digits are the bin number and the last four digits are a serially assigned number Use the offset parameter to define new fields that
301. mands in one string or you may use the amp mechanism to continue commands The final call must have Exit as the command alone and left justified in the command line The final Exit command can be in uppercase or lowercase but cannot be abbreviated OS commands can be passed into the interface and Suprtool will execute them Welcome to Calling Suprtool e 357 Priority This setting has no effect on HP UX and is included solely for compatibility reasons Maxdata This setting has no effect on HP UX and is included solely for compatibility reasons Print State If the supr print state contains AL the output from Suprtool will always be printed on stdlist If the state is NE the output will never be printed If the state is ER or blank the output will be printed only if Suprtool aborts due to an error Total Type The supr total type determines the format of the supr totals array If you call Suprtool2 from COBOL you should use CO The COBOL format is display with leading zeros and a trailing sign If the type is AS each total is returned left justified in the total field with a leading sign Totals If you specify the Total command as part of an extract task Suprtool2 returns the totals in the supr totals array Totals are returned in exactly the same order in which they were specified If you are calling Suprtool2 from COBOL never specify the decimal precision portion of the Total command If your total inc
302. me Database Date Items A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file A common reason for usefiles is to isolate Define and Item commands for a database in one place This makes future changes easier and prevents mistakes In this example we isolate all Item commands for dates from our database in a Suprtool usefile gt use store suprtool define delivered deliv_date define purchased purch_date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd Dataset Field Definitions In the store database the street address is a 2X25 item Suppose that you always wanted to refer to the first and second part of the address with different names The following usefile would access the m customer dataset and define the two necessary fields gt use mcust suprtool get m customer define street address 1 street address 1 define street address 2 street address 2 Quiet Execution By default Suprtool displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed The quiet option is not used in the examples above so that you could see the actual commands inside each usefile Suprtool can execute commands quietly using the Useq command Nested Usefiles Usefiles may be nested In other words a usefile may use another usefile to a depth of ten files For example if the contents of the Usedef usefile has a references to Useext both usefiles would be executed Suprtool 5 0 for H
303. metimes you want to find records based on criteria contained in another file or table Finding Data Based on a List Suppose we want to find all orders for the customers 1234 9876 and 5555 We simply use a list of values after the equal sign in the If command A match is made if a customer matches any one of the values in the list gt select from order_details gt if cust no 1234 99T 5555 gt output orders gt xeq If we wanted to find orders for all customers except 1234 9876 and 5555 we would simply change the equal sign in the If command to a not equal sign A match is made if a customer does not match any values in the list gt select from order_details gt if cust_no lt gt 1234 9876 5555 gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data Based on a File If you have a large list of values in a file you can load them into Suprtool and select data based on this list First use the Table command to load values from an external file into a table Then use the lookup function of the If command to match data to the table Suppose our list is in a self describing file called Custlist We create a program temporary table called cust_table Note that this is not the same as an Oracle table gt select from order_details gt table cust_table cust_no file custlist gt if lookup cust_table cust_no gt output orders gt xeq If you want to find all customers not on the list just n
304. n Suprlink The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed By default Suprlink displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed Suprlink can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ 348 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Verify Command V Print the definition of the current linkage task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input Link and Output files in other words it is a Verify All command Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 349 Xeq Command X Perform the current linkage task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an input file and at least one Link file Then it performs the linkage and creates the output file Finally it closes the files and resets ready for you to specify another linkage task or Exit If you also wish to leave Suprlink after completing the linkage task use Exit instead of Xeq 350 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Example Suprlink Output Example The Form command displays the fields in a self describing file This information is stored in a file with an extension of sd and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of Suprlink output files The following example shows the Form command listing for an input file a Link file and the resu
305. n because no one is there to answer Suprtool assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that completes the command successfully This is normally a yes answer as in yes purge the file Suprtool prints the question on stdout as well as the answer that it has selected for you Command Line Options You can invoke Suprtool UX with various options The syntax for invoking Suprtool UX is suprtool cv Initial Command Line ccmdstring You can specify commands by using the c option followed by the actual commands There must be no space between the c and the command list If there is a space within the command the whole command must be enclosed in single or double quotation marks otherwise the quotation marks are optional Here are some examples suprtool c use usefile suprtool c set prompt Default Outcount File Name oc If you want to know how many records Suprtool has processed use the oc option This option sets the file name for outcount to stoutcount After a successful task Suprtool writes the number of output records to the stoutcount file You can then use this file in shell scripts to check for specific record counts For example suppose that you want to check for at least ten records from an Oracle database You would write a shell script like 48 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX HP UX Notes Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX bin sh
306. n effect for each subsequent task until a new Heading option is entered Performance Considerations On average STExport is three to five times slower than Suprtool This is the price we pay for having all of STExport s formatting features 236 e Introduction to STExport You can make STExport faster by doing the following 1 Pre select only the records you need with Suprtool The fewer records STExport has to process the faster it runs 2 Use Suprtool s Extract command to select only the fields that you need to import in your final application The fewer the number of fields in the input file the faster STExport can format each record Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands General Notes When you run STExport it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdin STExport commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the STExport commands in alphabetical order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and O for Output Abbreviating You may shorten the command to the first letter of the command name Sy verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because STExport upshifts everything in the command line except literal st
307. nancnonancnononaneconnnos 120 148 truncation NUMETIC cooooccnnoncninonnnnnnnnnnononanancnnonnanonnnoss 148 truncation SUTIN GS eeceeseeeeceeeceeeeeeceseesseeeeeseeenes 122 two digit YC cc ccss ccecsgdesteecleseesianisdeccdecesedesiesseccteess 74 type Parametros ntc 97 98 167 Under option Dbedit oooconoccnncnincnnoninononcnooncnononnnonos 294 Underline Set option ooooooncnncnnonononooononnnonnnnanonnnonos 312 Undo edit Hpmodify oooococoniccnoconoconononononn nono nonnnnnnonos 189 ACA 127 Update command cococooccoccnonononononcnnnononinnnonnninnnnns 205 220 Updatekey option Dbedit oooonconnconncnnncnncncocnncnonnnonos 295 UPPE CASE uc rt 122 151 upshifting Strings oooooonnconncnonononcnononononn nono nnnnrnnnonnnnnos 122 Use COMMAMA cocococonccnnoncnononanccnnnnanonono 221 275 313 348 Use command with If read oooononcnicninnionicnnonicnonnos 158 user specified heading oooooooniccnoocnonnconconnconnonnnonnnonos 253 Userpause command cecceceeseeseeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 223 AV OPUlOM soren EO yuck hed ooo AE 49 VALU OStS cirio 142 variable length strings ccccesseessesteereeteeees 122 149 Variable Substitution Set option oooooonnonccincimo o 211 variable length output file ce ceceeeteereereeeeeenes 242 Varsub Set optionen 347 Verify command 213 224 276 314 349 Verify SetOption cui 312 Warning MESSAGES eeceseceseesceesteeeeeeseeseeeeeeess 230 370 warning del
308. nce Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hg input quick description of Input Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file opt robelle help stexport The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to STExport Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 255 HTML Command HT 256 e STExport Commands Use HTML to produce Web pages for either Internet or Intranet applications HTML NONE PREFORMATTED TABLE TITLE string HEADING string Default None Web applications expect data in a special format called the Hypertext Markup Language HTML Use the HTML option to request that STExport format the input file into HTML format Example Maximum Size of HTML Files Web browsers often cannot process large documents The maximum size depends on the browser the version of that browser the operating system it is working on and how much physical memory is present on the client machine We suggest that you limit your Web pages to less than 1 000 lines and restrict the number of columns unless you are certain that your users can handle larger files This advice reflects not so much a limitation of STExport but a
309. nctions Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are shifted by Supper and lower For example VANCOUVER edmonton gt if Supper city gt if Slower city Note that if you use the Supper or lower functions Suprtool does not upshift or downshift any constants used in the comparison You must explicitly specify the constants in the correct case or you can use upper or lower with the constant Suprtool Commands e 151 152 e Suprtool Commands gt if Supper city Supper vancouver Use the Supper or lower functions for caseless pattern matching As with other comparison operators you must specify constants in the correct case when doing pattern matching VANQ ed gt if Supper city gt if lower city You can use upper and lower with string expressions that combine many fields and string functions as shown in the following example gt if read hal Supper trim first wow Strim last JOE SMITH Date Selection The If command has four functions to help select records based on dates date today days and stddate The date function works for any date The today function works for the current date and dates relative to today The stddate and days functions work for almost any date To use these date functions you must first identify the date format of an item by using the Item command The date function makes it easier to specify a target date for certain date formats e g
310. nd all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all of the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions When creating string expressions string constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the string constant abc is three characters long and Ma the string a is one Byte Fields For historical reasons comparing two byte type fields to each other is a special case If the two fields are exactly the same length Suprtool compares them completely If one field is shorter the comparison is done for the length of the shortest field Suprtool does not check for spaces in the trailing characters of the longer field For example gt define short 1 10 ten character field gt define long 11 15 fifteen character field gt if short long In this example Suprtool compares the ten bytes in the short field with the first ten bytes of the long field but ignores the last five bytes of the long field If the expression on either side of the equal sign consisted of more than one field using the operator or involved any of the string functions upper lower trim ltrim or rtrim Suprtool would have compared both sides of the equal sign by padding the shorter field with spaces It is only the case where you are directly comparing one byte type field to another that Suprtool uses the l
311. nd decided to cancel the task comment upon your return Sinput invoices coffee break exit abort cancel the task and terminate End Of Program Exit Suspend ES This feature is not currently available in STExport UX Exit Xeq EX To perform the current task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside STExport ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves STExport when done with the task Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 249 250 e STExport Commands Examples opt robelle bin stexport Sexit opt robelle bin stexport Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Soutput invdata Sexit no input was specified format and stop Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Floating Command FL Specify the format and the number of decimal places for floating point fields FLOATING DEFAULT FIXED decimal places SCIENTIFIC decimal places Default Default By default STExport formats floating point fields into either a fixed number or into scientific notation Which notation STExport chooses depends on the value of each field in each input record You can force STExport to choose either scientific or fixed notation and the number of decimal places for all floating point numbers You cannot specify these options for a specific field or make them different for 32 bit versus 64 bit f
312. nds quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file The Help Command uses the QHELP subsystem to allow you to look at the material in the file opt robelle help suprtool which contains most of the user manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a key name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Suprtool Suprtool Commands e 141 If Command IF 142 e Suprtool Commands Specifies a subset of records to select from the input source during the next extract task The If command supports full logical expressions with comparisons between all data types between data fields and constant values or between one data field and another The If command also provides partial string compares bit field extracts subscripted IMAGE fields AND OR NOT operators and parentheses to override precedence You can use arithmetic expressions involving any numeric data types IF expression Note The examples below show multiple If commands These are for illustrative purposes only Suprtool does not permit multiple If commands in a single task Instead you can combine multiple conditions using AND and OR Alternatives to the If command There are a few selection criteria that the If command cannot perform In these cases you
313. need to be replaced you use the clean command with the character you want to clean in quotes Since most of the characters that you will need to clean are unprintable you can enter the decimal equivalent of the character This is denoted by entering the character in quotes preceding the decimal number of the character you wish to clean You can set the character with the command set cleanchar as shown below in mysdfile set cleanchar Sout myexport Sxeq Since the Cleanchar is by default set to space the above task could simply be Sin mysdfile Sclean MAD MODO MOON MUSA Sout myexport xeq The SPECIAL keyword automatically defines Clean characters of Decimal 0 thru to Decimal 31 Sin mysdfile Sclean special Sout myexport Sexit You can also specify a range of characters with the following syntax Sin mysdfile Sclean 0 10 Sout myexport Sexit The above task would clean all byte type fields of any characters from Decimal 0 Null to Decimal 10 Line Feed Removing Bad Characters You can have the Clean function clean the field and instead of replacing with a space STExport will essentially shift characters to the left by Setting the CleanChar in the following manner gt Set Cleanchar lt null gt STExport will pad the field that was cleaned with the appropriate amount of characters with a space at the end of the field Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 241
314. need to use other Suprtool commands If you wish to select by record numbers use the record number options in the Input command If you wish to limit the number of records selected use the Numrecs command There Is No Else Clause The If command in Suprtool does not have an Else clause To select the records that do not match the If criteria use a second task with the same criteria negated by a NOT myfile this task is the If then expression filel myfile this task is the else not expression file2 Expressions An expression specifies the logical criteria that Suprtool uses to select records from the input source Simple Expressions The simplest expression is a single comparison between two fields e g A B or a field and a constant e g A XX field relation field field relation constant Fields A field can be a temporary Defined field or a field from a self describing file or an Eloquence field or a column from a database table Each field has a type see Key Command K on page 167 for further details The constant must match the type of the field If the field has a byte type you must surround the constant with quotes Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt if name TAMMY ROSCOE name is byte gt if rating gt 10000 rating is integer gt if balance arrears compare two fields Constants A constant is a value that matches the data type of field Constants are either a string constant in
315. ng packed fields to display DISPLAY is not supported for Real or IEEE fields Byte fields are not affected by this option Display fields in the input record are not converted into display PRN Many PC software packages import PRN files these files are also called delimited in some PC documentation A PRN file has quotes around character fields and a comma between each field Binary values are output in ASCII with an optional leading sign Not all applications accept PRN files for more precise conversion of data use STExport PRN converts each input field to a fixed width output field filling with trailing spaces where necessary All binary values are converted into their equivalent ASCII value left justified in their fields The sign precedes the ASCII value for the number and can be missing or See the ASCII output option for the field width of each data type Output fields with implied decimal places see Decimal Places on page 164 are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Like the ASCII option Suprtool reserves two extra columns for each output field with implied decimal places Lotus 1 2 3 accepts records only up to 240 bytes long Because the PRN option leaves room for the maximum value of any field you may need to restrict the number of output fields using the Extract command While some PC software allows alternate characters to be used to delimit character fields Lotus 1 2 3 accepts double q
316. nncnnconocnooncoonconocononnnconoo 47 O a aea ihe 39 subcommands Dbedit coooooonnonoccnoconccononanononancnonnns 295 SUbfile SCLIPt eea a te n a aS ra iii 72 subfiles PowerHouse ooococccccononcnonononcconancnonnnnss 71 325 subscript parameter oooooccnocniocnoonconncononnnoos 113 218 369 subscript parameter character cccesceesseeeeeeeees 146 subscript parameter Define cceeceeseeeteeseeneeeees 97 subscript parameter MUMETIC ccceeceeteerteeteeeeeees 146 A oieee i sia 146 subtotal Sii 38 106 Subtract Days enpinite 117 sum of field valuesS ooononncnnnnnnncnnnnnconccncononnonananinnon 218 summary Of STExXPOlTbooooooonincnocnconnconcconconncnnnonnninnnonos 235 summary Of Suprlink oooooonconiccnoconononononononnnonnnnnnonos 319 Super Cartridge se ceiien 172 Suprhint Help Robelle o ooooonconcniccnoccnococoncconocnnonnos 200 SUpPrlinke iia siii 16 181 Suprlink using from Suprtool oooooonccnocnnocnincccnnonos 317 Suprlist Mle ss aaa 311 S prmer lesion ba 47 50 Suprtool in Suprlidk ooooooncnncnncnnncnccnnns 320 338 340 Supriool package oia 15 S pitooltoadM p iii 24 Suprtool2 error messages ooooooonoconocononncnncconccnnonnnonnos 366 SuprtoolOutCount JCW coacococcnocococcoonconoconccnnonnnonnos 358 Suspend option on Exit sesers 249 333 Table commit 214 Table command decimal places ooooooocnoniocion 215 table HTML option ooooonococccnocnnonononcnnnonoconocnoconon
317. nncnocnnononos 333 350 EXE WICH Vir dades 49 317 exiting from batch jobs ooooooonoconcciocononiocconnonononnnonos 110 Export command ccccesceseceteesceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeens 112 Extract command cooooocccnonoccnononcnononanccnonananononananoss 40 113 Extract command decimal placesS ooooooncon inn 114 extracting a TANGLES eeeeeesceesceseceeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeneeees 117 exXtractine Dit accio 134 extracting dates idad 115 extracting records c oooconccnnoononnconoconoconconnonn cono nonononcnnnos 142 Fastread Set Opt ooooocoincnnonononoocnooncnononnnnononnnoo nono 199 field lat e Atel oe teeta 288 field parameter c ooocoonncnicnnocnnonccnnonnnonnss 97 113 218 369 A ETE E eV eee ole ate 167 Fieldname Heading command ecceeeeeeeeees 253 File command riii ean aE Eio 303 file name paraMeteT ooooccnicnnocnnoncnononononnninnnnnnonos 159 180 file names hardcoded 0ooooooncccccconoccninannnonon 50 233 316 file parameter Dbedit 0 0 0 0 ceceseeseeseceteeseeeneeeseeees 292 file SYSteM CYTOL AE E A corn nonnnnnos 229 Filecode Set OptiOM ooooconocnnncnnoniocnonononnnonnonnnonos 60 199 Index e 377 filename paramotor 369 filling unmatched join fields oooconncnicnnnionnn ono 339 filling unmatched link fields o ooonnncunninicnn 341 finding invalid dates 00 ee eeeceeceeeeeeteeeeeeeenereees 153 Firstrec Set Option ccceecceeceeseeeeceeeeeseeeseeeeeseeensees 200 fi
318. nnincnccnnncncnnncononononos 371 means calculator oooooonnnnococinnncccnonanaronnnnnos 291 370 means equal torcie n 370 set name parameter concocoocccncccnoncnonnccnonnnnnnccnnnos 135 370 means matches pattelO oooooonocincnnnnnicnnocnnononanonnnnns 371 gt changing the prompt character oononnnicnnnnnmnm 209 gt is the prompt character 371 gt means greater than 0 cceccssecsseesseeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeees 371 gt lt means doesn t match patteld oooonncninnnn nm 371 AG E hes sucess Ae 71 A4 sSi Ze Paper ad 172 aammdd date forMat ooooococnoncccnonanccononanononnnanonn 76 163 abbreviating commands ocooncnincninnc 85 237 290 327 Abort option on Exit ceeeeseeeeeteeeees 110 249 333 absolute field definition eee eeeeeeeseeeteceeeeeeeees 97 absolute value function cocoooccccnoncccnonancninnnanoss 119 148 accuracy in numeric EXPFESSIONS ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 148 Add command AN 88 297 Add command locking oooooononncnincnonnonnconccnncnnnos 288 Add Dates tn de E Da dde 0 dd 117 adding records to a dataSet oooocnocnnccnconoonnoonconnconononoos 186 All option Dbedit cisne sorasta is 293 Allbase applications ooooncconnccnocncnconcnnnonananonnnncnnnoncono 63 Allbase database ooonooconincnncnnconocncoonconccnnncnnoonnccn non noo 179 Index e 375 alphanumeric string tOSt oooconcnncionnonnnnnnconcnncnncnnnonos 149 alternate Values ooooococnnnoncccnonon
319. nning Suprtool To run Suprtool for HP UX type this command opt robelle bin suprtool Suprtool Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2004 Version 5 0 Type for help gt Suprtool prints its version number and prompts with gt Press Return after each command you type For example if you type Suprtool prints some Help text and a keyword list Type a keyword for more specific information or press Return to leave Help Configuring Different Shells Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX When you log in to HP UX a shell program is invoked This program interprets commands executes them and controls command execution To make configuration changes you have to know which shell you are using and what files are automatically executed Bourne and Korn Shells The Bourne and Korn shells execute the file etc profile when you log in to HP UX Then they look for a profile file in your home directory If it exists the file is executed If you use SAM to add new users the file etc d profile is automatically copied to the home group of the new user If you want to make global changes to the commands executed at login time you should change two files etc profile always executed at login time etc d profile default profile for new users C Shell The C shell executes the file etc csh login when you log in to HP UX First it looks for the login file in your home directory If the file exists it is executed Then the C
320. nnnononncononnnononononanininnonos 232 installing Suprlink eee ee ceeeeceeeeeeseceeeeeeneeerenee 316 Interactive Set oo ccc cccscccceesssceceeseeecsseeeeeens 201 202 E 238 328 introduction to Dbedit ooooonocononcnicnocncocononconncinnonnnonnos 287 introduction to STEXPOfTboooccoconociococononononncnnnonnnonnos 235 introduction to Suprlink ooooococononiccnocononnconcnnnonnnonnos 319 invalid dates ooooocccnnoncccnonancnononanononananronnnoss 77 153 244 ISO 8859 1 characters HTML output 257 Jtem COMIMAN ccooooccnoncnononononacinnnononacinnncnos 161 201 221 Join command 2 0 eee ecceesceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeseenseenseeses 338 join key fields cuina 338 Julian dates innata 164 Julian day number c ceeceeceeeceseceseceseeseeeseeeneeenes 116 JulianDay data format ooooonnccinninnnonnconnnnnconncnnnonnnonno 163 Key Commiatid occ scccccceccetite cecescseacesesseccseevaetactessncce e 167 key fields input file eee eeeseeseeeeeeeeeseees 264 337 key fields join file iconos 338 key fields link file ccoo titi 340 Key options eein nicnn n n a teenies seeetee 181 Key option Dbedit iii 293 Korn hell ea 45 ISAM lesa 159 KSAM order Of s rt eenia aei 70 landscape OUtpUb oooncnnnncnncnonncncnnnoncnncnncononononannninnonos 203 LaserJetace aen a a a a N T 171 203 leading ec 273 less th ad 371 Limit option Dbedit o oononnonncninnicnnnnnccononononanancanonos 294 limits within SuprlinkK o oooooncnnnnn
321. nnoo 256 tables al is etc de ca 370 tables in Chain comMMaOd cooonccnoccnocononononcnnnonncon conocio 93 tables holding between Xeq oooooooocooonicnoonnocnconoconoos 215 tables maximum SiZO ooooocccnnnoccnonnonnnnnnnanonnnnnanonananoss 202 Tablesizo Limits iii a 202 A shui enter manele wetted de ays 159 tape files of large SIZE oo ce eeceeeeseceteceeeneeeteenseeeeeaes 59 tasks Suprtoo licor ect tte 26 62 terminology aii aa 315 third party indexing ooooonociccnnonnnonconnconcconocnncnnoconocnnoo 230 ThousandSymbol Set OptiO ooooononiconocnnonnconoonnnos 211 time format in LiSt ooooonnnncccnnonoccnionnccnnnananonnnoss 173 204 Time Set List ooooonnccocnnnoccccnnanccononcnononanccronannnononnnnnos 204 title HTML OptiOM ooooocnoocconononcoonconoconcconocnnccnnonnnonnos 256 IMPOR a dd le Ts 83 382 e Index TMPDIR variable oooonocnoninonicononnconnconconnconnconnonnnonnos 213 today function of EXtrACt ooooonnccnncnnnnincnoocnonncnanonnnonos 115 today function Of TEcoooncocincciccconononnconcnnnconncnn conocio 153 Total COMMANA coocoonnccnccnnoononononcconoconocnncon cnc nooo conocio 218 Total output restrictions oooconnocononncononononnnonnnonnnonos 108 o oioeibea ies 39 totaling duplicate records ooooococcnocniocnnocononononinnonnnonnos 106 totals toa Menta een aaa a o 218 SS eean eane est 273 trimming Spaces coocooccccocnonnnonoconccononn nono nono nonnnonno 122 151 truncate fUNC ION oocooocccnnonccono
322. nnos 372 for O S commands ccccccccsscecsseceseceesseecsseeseseeenes 372 AAA nian eee r 373 closed tables iia iaa 214 as the Dbedit prompt character eee 290 372 changing the prompt character 311 matches NUMbET cooccoooconocccononononoconononnccanononnnccnnos 372 means every n th record eeeeee 140 160 372 S abs function 20533220 een enews 119 148 atoe Extract functi0N ooononcconococoncconanaconacinnocananos 134 Clean FUNCTION eisenii a 95 Scounter function ooocoocconcnononcnonnnonnnonn cana conncnnocinonnnos 121 date FUNCTION sosina nea isi 115 152 E E 154 days functo sie r a 116 Sedit functiones a a 129 etoa Extract functi0M ooonnoconococonccnnnnaconacinncconnnss 134 file Total command ooooonicnnncccnonccinnnononcconanoninocinanos 218 Sfindclean functiON ooococococnnononcnonnnnononancnnncnnccnnocnnos 151 DIN VALIG cdta att 77 153 Slookup fUNCtION ooooonocnoononinononccononocononncnnonncononn nono 144 DIO Winrar Lalo det 122 151 Sita 122 151 Salle iaa ias 170 184 186 null function sqli r asais 144 number functiON ooonoccconccinnncconocininacinns 128 196 198 read TUCU Mr data 157 Sd added 122 151 signed function ooociocncononinnconcnononoconoonon corn cononnno nooo 127 A106 0 en n a ea a n e 116 154 Bstdinx file aeiaai aaa eii 370 stdlist file ooooonoonnncnnonononoconconoconocanoranonnnonanonos 180 370 Ssubtotal function ocooococonon
323. nos You can use Suprtool and Suprlink to improve the performance of PowerHouse applications For a complete discussion of how to use Suprtool and Quiz together refer to the Suprtool with Quiz QTP section of the Suprtool User Manual Suprlink can write to PowerHouse subfiles that have been created with Quiz or QTP Subfiles are self documenting files that contain a complete description of the file s record structure This information is stored in user labels in the file and is known as a mini dictionary When you access the subfile in Quiz its description is read from the mini dictionary You must ensure that the PowerHouse subfile description exactly matches the record layout of Suprlink s output file Remember that Suprlink will drop the common key fields from the link files Step 1 Create the Subfile with QTP Before running Suprlink you create an empty subfile with QTP rm invcust Satp gt access d_invoice link custnum to amp gt custnum of m_customer gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go The subfile must contain all of the fields that Suprlink will produce in the output file with the same attributes data type and length and in the same order Use the Include option of QTP s Subfile command to define each of the fields in the correct order The numrecs parameter must be replaced with the number of records
324. nput Files Only one file can have repeated records that pass through to the final file This file is called the primary Input file If any of the Link files contain duplicate records Suprlink will select one of them to link to the primary record s The Suprlink Output file will have no more records than the Input file The Input file and Link files are created with the Output xxx Link option in Suprtool These files must be sorted by the same key field in ascending order Link Files You can have up to seven Link files that are combined with the Input file Suprlink merges the Input file and Link files by comparing the key fields of both files you can optionally specify a secondary key The default is for Suprlink to exclude any Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 319 Output Files Sort Keys Selection Logic A Link Example 320 e Introduction to Suprlink Input records that do not have a matching record in all Link files Specifying the Optional keyword on the Link command will force Suprlink to fill the Output record with default values spaces and zeros when it doesn t find a match in a specific Link file If you want to link the sales transaction to both the customer master and the salesman master 1t s probably faster to use traditional methods The Output file will be a self describing file containing data extracted from the Input file and the Link files Suprlink combines the Input and Link record
325. ns means anything before or after CONNOR is acceptable including nothing For character fields there are two comparison operators for patterns matches and gt lt does not match The pattern is specified as a quoted string using the special characters listed below Embedded spaces are allowed in the pattern and must be matched in the target field These are the special characters Character Meaning a Zero or more characters of any type A single numeric character A single alphabetic or numeric character Zero or more blank characters amp Escape character to match the next character explicitly amp looks for the character Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Any other character must be matched one for one 150 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX name ZANDERC does name contain ZANDER anywhere name ZANDER ARMSTRONGG does name contain ZANDER perhaps other characters then ARMSTRONG name gt lt does name not contain numerics name gedit suprtool qedit or suprtool For more information see Special Characters in the Glossary Finding Special Characters With the Clean function you can clean bad characters inside of text fields however the Clean function does not report back what records were cleaned For this reason we have the FindClean function FindClean will return true if it
326. nsactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 223 Verify Command V Displays the specifications that you have entered so far VERIFY ALL VERSION command Default Input Output Sort Numrecs changed Set values Parameters More than one command can be verified at once by entering several command names separated by a comma or a space The format of the Verify output is organized into columns wherever possible For Verify All Suprtool prints all of the information concerning the current invocation of Suprtool including the value of the Set options and the Suprtool version number For Verify Version Suprtool prints out the version information Verify with no parameters prints the current values for Chain Get Input Output and Key or Sort commands It also prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples gt v gt verify gt verify input current input file gt verify if selection criteria gt verify all all current options gt verify version version number of Suprtool 224 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Xeq Command X Suspends entry of commands and begins the extract from the input source XEQ Notes After the Xeq Suprtool processes the task and accepts commands to specify another ta
327. ntil all of the selected input records have been sorted 2 Total one or more input record fields Total 3 Remove or select duplicate records Duplicate Output Choices Usually you wish to extract a subset of your records to feed into a report program so the default output file is a data file The default output file format matches the input file format unless you use the Extract command You can specify different formats for the output file by qualifying the Output command To have readable ASCII output use output xxx ascii To produce self describing files use Output xxx Link 62 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX By default every output record is identical to the corresponding input record The Extract command assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from the input records With the Extract command you can insert constant values into the output record Each output record is written to the output choice You can also see a formatted listing of each record with the List command Large File Support Suprtool can read sort and write files greater than 2Gb on HP UX 10 20 or higher Suprtool is limited to processing large files with 2 1 billion records or less Suprtool and Allbase Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Specify an Allbase database with the Open command Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about the tables in the database Use the
328. nts contains cmaj This example says that the file Majors is sorted by ssn and may contain more than one record per student To select the desired record for each student Suprlink matches the students cmaj against the cmaj in the link record Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Secondary Input Key It is possible that the second key field has a different name in the input file and the Link file The FROM clause lets you handle this case tinput students key name is ssn link majors by ssn cmaj from ssn curmajor Note that you must specify the Input file key field as part of the FROM clause This example is identical to the previous secondary key example but in this case the current major field is called curmajor in the students file and cmaj in the majors file Optional Linkage If there is more than one link record with the same key value Suprlink will select the first one it finds You can sort by another value such as date time to force a certain record to be first Please note that this is unlike Quiz which does a hierarchical expansion to include every record accessed If there are no link records for a given key value of the input file that input record is dropped from the output file this is the default option REQUIRED To make the linkage optional specify the OPTIONAL keyword When you use OPTIONAL and Suprlink does not find a matching link record in the file Suprlink fills in the linked fields with default value
329. of the Link commMand ooonicnnnnncninnnonicccnncnnon 340 byte fields COMpAriO8 coooncnicnnoonnonnconcnnnconnconncnnnonnos 149 bytelen paraMeteT ooooonccnoccnoconoconononononnnonncnnncnnnnos 97 167 byteposition parameter ceceeceseeseeeeeeeeeeees 97 167 E cmdStrinig Option ita 48 C invocation of Suprtool ee eeeeceeseeeseeeeeeteeeees 362 A O A 45 Calc lator sieisen 226 238 291 328 367 Calendar intrinsic date forMat oooooconnconinncnnonccinnns 163 CGLSeript ene a 262 Cham commandi terrer altas SE EEEE cena 93 chained ACCESS sree es n R 93 Change command coooooocccoconononononnnonnnonnnonnronoco nono nocn noo 299 Change command locking oooconncnnconiccnonnconnconoo 289 character CONStaMtS oooooonoccccnononcnonancnononancnrnnnnnos 115 145 Choo Scar e 164 Clvanablesemiioindentslisdo eiii 211 CIUPDATE see critical item update eee 289 A aot sed okt aad tees alate ss tack 196 Clean command 200 ccc eeceesseeseeeseeeseeeeceseeesecnseeseeeneeenes 95 Clean Command cecceceesseesseeeeeesceeeeeeeenseeneennees 270 Clean hat ctise 0 4 A ees caus tiiels tee de 196 CleanChar Set cccccccccccceescccesssscecessseeeensseeceenaeees 270 COBOL invocation of Suprtool eects 359 code overflow OlTOT oooooooconococononononnnonnconn corona nocnnnon noo 158 376 e Index Cognos date fleldS ooooooonnnnncnncnnncocconnconnccnncnnnonnos 163 COLON A O E ET 86 238 291 328 372 c
330. of the ten digit ASCII field as Integer Packed Real or any other numeric data of the Extract command for format If the input record contains ASCII digits Define cannot change them to details another data type It may be helpful to think of the Suprtool Define command as similar to a COBOL REDEFINES clause or a FORTRAN EQUIVALENCE statement Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 101 Delete Command DEL 102 e Suprtool Commands Deletes all entries selected from the input Eloquence dataset DELETE Delete has no parameters and can be entered only after the source of input records has been specified using Get or Chain Delete causes Suprtool to delete the input records after they have been read either all of the input records or a subset defined by the If command Delete is not supported for SQL or disc files only for Eloquence datasets Examples gt comment Delete and sort old transactions write to file gt base store gt get d sales dataset to delete from gt if purch date lt 980101 select which records to delete gt delete ask for deletion gt sort cust account sort by account and sort gt sort purch date by date gt output oldsales output file with deleted and sorted records gt exit Losing Records Delete can be combined with other operations such as select sort write to output file and even a Put to another dataset Care must be used when combining operations because such combinati
331. olumn headings List coMMAaOd oooooonccnccnncononnnincnnnnnos 42 Columns command cccccceeseesceseceseceeeeeeeseeeeeenes 242 combining commands on same line s 85 o A 290 373 command line oooooonococcnononccononancnonancncnnnanaconanoss 290 327 command line Options ooooocninonioccconccononononnnonnnonnnonos 318 commands coocccnnnoncnononcnononancnnonananononnananinno 236 287 290 commands forMAattiO8 oooooncninnnonnnonnconnnnnconnconnnnnnonno 236 commands multiple oooocononicnnnnnncnnonocnnonononnnonnonnnonos 85 COMIMENUS ccceccecececeesessceceeeceecsenerseaeees 237 291 328 comparing strings aS NUMDETS cceseeeeeseeeeeeeees 30 compound items coooococccccnoccoonconoconono non nono nonnnonno 113 212 configuring Suprtool ooooonncninnnoconoccconccononononnncnnonnnonos 47 Constants n avd 113 145 constants in arithmetic expressions 119 121 constants in the output file eee eeeeeseeereeeteeneeeees 113 continuing commands ccesceeseeeteeeeeseeeees 290 327 Control break econo its 219 Control characters ics cc ccc cececeeseeceseeseccseesatenivesncceee 368 control record for Suprtool2 0 0 eeeeeseeseeeteeneeeees 356 Control D in modify eee eeceseceseeseecneeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 47 Control Y sesanan 87 238 291 328 CONVENTIONS it edie eens sees 16 231 315 convert from binary to ASCII cceccesseeseesseeteeereees 37 Converting dates iii ya 77 copying to an
332. om the correct behaviour to continue to have the bug By default Suprtool will just convert the number and not add on the data at the end however if you have used the work around then you can add the command gt set numbug on to the script directly or globally in your suprmgr file Openmode SET OPENMODE number This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Oracle SET ORACLE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Oracle database Suprtool reads more than one row at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches by using Set Oracle Rows The minimum number of rows is and the maximum is 990 You must specify Set Oracle Rows before entering the Select command Oracle SET ORACLE INTEGER ON OFF Initially OFF Suprtool by default maps certain numeric fields into packed decimal data types when they have more than one decimal place Precision Decimal Places Suprtool Data Type The new setting Set Oracle Integer on changes the Suprtool format from packed decimal to Integer based on the size of the Number Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Precision Decimal Places Suprtool Data Type Oracle SET ORACLE OPENFIX ONJOFF Initially OFF In order to fix a problem introduced by a patch to Oracle 9 we had to change to a new Oracle call interface call You can invoke this new call in one of two methods
333. ommand Keyword Help If no help is found in the Commands section of the help file we assume you specified one of the outer level keywords To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You ll see a short introduction to Dbedit before the list Specify any of the keywords or a subkeyword on the Help command help intro introduction section Quick Help HQ HQ asks Dbedit to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Dbedit Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hq add quick description of Add hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file The Help command uses the QHELP subsystem to enable you to move through the file Dbedit Help Robelle which contains most of the User Manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a key name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Dbedit Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 305 List Command L Displays entries from a dataset LIST file options Options numeric value All Key Limit Related UNder The field list of the file parameter specifies which fields of the entry to print default of course is all of them Search f
334. on of the deletion The ALL option allows you to review all entries in a detail dataset and remove some or all of them The database password must give you write access to the entire dataset ALL does not work on master datasets use the Suprtool gt Delete command instead You can delete records related to a master dataset but not the other way around Dbedit does not print the detail records that are deleted Use the List command with the RELATED option before doing the deletion Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Do Command DO The Do command will repeat without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo o do previous command again 39 do command line 39 again 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again list do most recent List command show do last starting with show showjob job do last showjob job command job do last containing job 2 do command before previous STES do by relative line number 5 do command lines 5 to last ty Do
335. on that you use with databases You can also access data fields that are not actually structured as defined in the database e g implicit subfields within an IMAGE field DEFINE field definition field is an identifier up to 32 characters long must begin with a letter and can consist of letters A through Z digits O through 9 or the following symbols 438e In the case where the field name is written to a self describing file only the first 16 characters are used definition can be in two different forms absolute or relative Absolute Definitions DEFINE field byteposition sublen type subcount Default type BYTE subcount 1 The byteposition is a positive integer giving the byte index where the field starts The first byte is always number 1 not 0 The sublen is the number of bytes in the field When the subcount is 1 default the sublen is the total number of bytes in the field When you specify a subcount the sublen is the byte length of each subfield See Data Types below for the definition of type gt input uxfile reclen 40 1f input from a disc file gt def qty 14 4 double double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt def name 5 6 character string of 6 bytes gt sort name sort using the field name gt total qty total all the values of the field QTY gt exit Relative Definitions DEFINE field fieldname subscript offset sublen type subcount Default sublen type same
336. onoconocn noo 181 overpunches not USA oooooconnoconcnoocnoonnonnnonocanocnonn noo 145 overview Of Dbedit oocooconconcnocncccocccncononnnononnnonacnninnon 287 packed constants ooooocononiconooononnconocononononnnconnconncnnnonnos 114 packed fields maintaining the sign eee 127 packed decimal fields 00 0 0 ccc cecesseessesseereeeeeeeeeeeseees 99 packed decimal illegal digits ooooonnonnnnnnnnnn n 323 page headings in List 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeseceteeseeeeeeneeenes 172 parameters Dbedit commands eeeeeeeseereeeeees 292 parentheseion iia 143 373 Parm 64 in Suprlink ooocooconnnononnnonncornonronrrornnoos 317 password in batch secioni R 89 Password parameter coooonooccocnnonononccnnonnnonnnonnnnnnonos 89 186 password upshifted 0 0 0 ecceseeseceseceseeneeeeeeeeeeseeseeees 89 path default for Suprtool e eee ceeeeseeeteeneeeeeeeeeee 46 paths IMAGE detail datasets 0 00 ee eeceeseeseeereeeeeeee 93 pattern matching ooooonoconoccnocinoninnnonos 150 207 371 372 pausing TOF USE eii 223 PETIS onsin NO 70 183 PCL option Set List seisis enira 171 203 p rcent SIS areen e R E 368 373 Performance Eloquence ooooonocnoccnocnnonnoonconnconoconocnnoo 199 performance of Dbedit ooooconcccincnoonnoccconcconccnnonnnonnos 288 performance of STExport coooonooccoccconononcconcconcnnnonnninnos 236 Perl SCrptia nas 261 Permanent redo ooooocccnnnoccnononcnononancnnnnnnnoos 209 270 346 Persis
337. ononnonnnonnnonos 171 List Octal Option ooooonooccoccnonoconononcnononnnonononnnnnnonnnnos 170 List Oneperline Option ooonooonocnnocnnonononononinnconnonnnonos 171 List Record Option ooooooccooccocononononccononononccon nono nonnnnos 175 List Rightjustnum Option cceseeseeeceeseeeeeneeeees 171 1 sy E ET E oracle RO ee 203 List Standard option ccesceeseeseceseeeeeseeeneeeseeees 173 List Time default ooooooconoccnocnnoncconnnononcconanonnnccnnos 204 List Time Option oooooocooccconoonconnconononcconoonnccnnonononnnonos 173 List Tithe Option iii iii 172 MOB ci ria 40 listing formats ici ic ria 170 listing one per line ooooonncnincnocnnonnconccononnnonnnonnnonnnnos 171 listing with subheadings cccceseesseeseeseeeteeeeeees 174 listing without field names cece eeeeteeeereeteeeees 171 listing producing simple reports oooonconncnnonincncnnnons 173 listing suppressing blank lines eee eeeeeeeeeeees 171 Listredo command ccceeeees 177 265 307 342 literals in the output file cece eeceeseeeteeseeereeeneeees 113 Lock SetoOplO coccion ita 205 locking IMAGE oooonoononiccnoonconnconccnnconnccnnonnnonos 205 288 IGG Expressions anna a Rhine 157 Lotus 2 3 A OS 183 low ValUeS iii 145 IOWELSCASE Siz ae ais 122 151 LP dei ar az 175 EP Set option aa 311 MACS date forMat oooooconnnocccononcccnonancncnnnanononanacononns 163 Mailing labels cuina 42 MakeAbsent
338. onononanonanonaconnconoconocnonnnos 120 Stoday function oooooccnonocononocnconooncononncnncanonnnonos 115 153 Stotal functiOM cooocooonononononanonnnonnconnconoconoconornnornnonnos 120 A A O a Ode 122 151 Struncate function oooocccconncconnnononcconnnonnnacinanon 120 148 DUDE tt AAE TE ia 122 151 Yo MEANS percentage 000 eeecceeeeecseeceeeeeeseeceereeeneeeees 373 amp continuation Character oooooonnnnnnnnnnm 290 327 372 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX amp means escape patter ceeeeeceeeseseeteeeeeeeees 372 means start parameter cooooocncconnnonononccononnnonncnnnonnnonns 373 means end parameter ccescesecseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeneees 373 means stdinx stdlist file command 370 SN 52 means ali a 373 means range of records oooooccicccnonccnnonnss 139 159 373 for O S commands cocoooococccononnnonnnonononocnocnoco nono ncnnnos 372 for shell commands ceca 49 prompt for database password oooccccconnoccocconccnnonos 89 means alphanumeric pattern ooooonncnnncinnnnnninnons 372 matches anythiO8 oooocnnnnicnnonnocnconncnnccnnonnnonnnonos 371 means range Of fields ooonoonnoonincncccnocnnonconnconcnnnonnno 117 A means character CONStaMt ooooconoccccnononccnonanoos 115 145 start command line comment 237 291 328 end command line comment 237 291 328 lt means les thin 371 lt gt means not equal to ooooonnncnnncnn
339. ononos Control Recods en min to reido Examples of Calling Suprtool Copying the Examples c ccesccsseesseeseeseeeeeeeseeereees COBOL Example coocooococcconocononnnonnconocnocnnonnnos ESample is Sees Installing the Suprtool2 Interface Suprtool2 Error Messages Error NUMDES a a ee vies Glossary of Terms Commonly used Terms ccccesccssecsceesseeceeeeeeseeeereees Special Characters coincidi Index Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Welcome to Suprtool Introduction Welcome to version 5 0 of Suprtool the HP UX handyman for Eloquence Oracle and Allbase databases and fixed length data files Use Suprtool to quickly select and sort data records Combine multiple data files using Suprlink UX Use STExport to convert fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into other applications The Suprtool commands are Add EDit ITem Q Use BAse Exit Key REDO USERpause Before EXPort LINk Reset Verify Chain EXTract List SELect Xeq Clean Form LISTREDO Set MPE or HP UX command Define Get Numrecs SOrt expression DELete Help OPen TAble DO IF Output Total Duplicate Input Put UPdate The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Suprtool Components Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX The Suprtool package consists not only of Suprtool but also of other programs that perform useful database functions These other programs are STExport and Suprlink STExport
340. ons cannot be restarted 1f the Suprtool run is aborted for any reason including hitting Control Y and answering yes See Suprtool and on page 64 for more details on using the Delete and Put commands in combination Suprtool deletes records during the input phase This means that records are deleted before they are sorted All of the selected input records are deleted before the first output record is written when sorting the input If you press Control Y and answer yes before a delete task has completed there may be no way to recover your deleted records Warning Message When deleting records from the input dataset Suprtool asks for permission to delete all records if there is no If command to select the records to be deleted Delete all records from the D SALES dataset no Respond Yes for the task to continue In batch mode Suprtool assumes Yes and keep processing Note that if there is no If command but there is some other command to limit the number of records deleted e g the Numrecs command or a record range on the Get command Suprtool still asks the question implying that all records in the dataset will be deleted In these cases only the records that are read based on the limiting factor will be deleted For interactive approval of each deletion see the Delete command of Dbedit Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Notes For Eloquence manual master datasets a DBDELETE call fails if the entry to be deleted is a
341. ontaining the extracted data and Cmasfile sfd containing the PowerHouse record definition for the data portion of the subfile We use Suprtool to reload the Cmasfile sf file with all the records required for the final report Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of the Output command in Suprtool to load the file This overwrites any data in the data portion of the subfile but it does not affect the dictionary for that file Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 71 Ssuprtool gt input custmast reclen 80 nolf gt if credit _limit gt 1000000 gt sort custnum gt output cmasfile sf erase gt exit Step 3 Report with Quiz The Cmasfile sf file now contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz can access the file because the Cmasfile sfd containsthe record definition You can now use Quiz to generate the report quiz gt access cmasfile gt report gt go Using QTP to Create Subfiles You can also use QTP instead of Quiz to create the PowerHouse subfile Srm cmasfile sf Srm cmasfile sfd Sqtp gt access custmast gt set input limit 0 gt subfile cmasfile keep include custmast gt go Creating Subfile with Script File The process of creating a subfile is essentially the same regardless of the input file being used The only things that change are the subfile and input file names Here is a script file for automating this task This scri
342. operates in the same manner as Suprtool2 for HP UX with the same control record and calling conventions and rules Installing the Suprtool2 Interface e 365 Suprtool2 Error Messages Error Numbers 366 e Suprtool2 Error Messages Suprtool2 returns error numbers in the status parameter of the workspace For most errors a message is also displayed on stdlist The following summarizes the form of Suprtool2 error messages and the error numbers returned Messages On Stdlist Most Suprtool2 errors result in a message being displayed on stdlist 1 Error Version of the control buffer is incorrect 2 Error Priority value in the control buffer is incorrect 3 Error Value of print state in the control buffer is incorrect 4 Error Could not open STDIN file 5 Error Could not close STDIN file 6 Error Could not successfully call System Call 7 Error Invalid total type was specified 8 Error Failure to fwrite to stdin file 9 Error Unable to get ROBELLE environment variable Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Glossary of Terms Commonly used Terms Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Batch Suprtool operates in session mode or batch mode In batch any error message causes Suprtool to quit Warning messages do not cause an abort If an error occurs Suprtool returns a non zero value as its result In batch mode Suprtool does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode For example if the output file is a dupli
343. options Suprtool for HP UX This is the original version of Suprtool that supports Eloquence Oracle and Allbase databases Suprtool for HP UX with Dynamic load The dynamic load version of Suprtool for HP UX dynamically loads IMAGE intrinsics from a single shared library This allows Suprtool for HP UX to work with products like IMAXSOFT which builds IMAGE replacement intrinsics to work with other databases like Oracle and DB2 Suprtool for AMXW Suprtool for HP UX has been morphed into Suprtool for AMX W in order to work with Speedware s AMXW product AMXW stands for Automated Migration to UNIX and Windows is a software environment that replicates MPE both at the Intrinsic level and has it s own MPE shell Our special version of Suprtool for AMXW runs only on HP UX Suprtool for AMXW with Ksam AMXW implements KSAM through a shell interface which ends up calling the various Indexed Sequential implementations available on HP UX The two implementations currently available are through the Cobol compilers environments Micro Focus and AcuCobol Vision However due to the way that AMXW has implemented KSAM files the Ksam option requires that Suprtool be actually linked on your system We created a a new installation method that links the object code on your system and includes the appropriate KSAM library according to your system and what particular COBOL compiler is installed on your system Itanium Version of Suprtool for A
344. or HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Calendar The Calendar attribute is provided for users who have fields containing the 16 bit MPE Calendar date format as an unsigned logical value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 followed by nine bits for the day of the year bits 7 15 The Calendar date format only supports dates up to the end of the year 2027 PHdate and PHdate8 The PHdate and PHdate8 attributes are compatible with the COGNOS PowerHouse date format If the data type is J1 or K1 the date is stored as a LOGICAL value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 four bits for the month bits 7 10 and five bits for the day bits 11 15 If the data type is J2 or K2 the date is stored as yyyymmdd PHDate and PHDate8 date formats are similar however PHDate values for the year range from 0 99 whereas PHDate8 year values are from 0 127 A year of 0 in PHDate could mean either 1900 or 2000 depending on user applications A year of 0 in PHDate8 means 1900 and 100 means 2000 The PHDate8 date format is found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher ASK The ASK attribute is compatible with the ASK manufacturing software ASK uses a special date format stored as a single integer or a single logical 1 e Jl or K1 in IMAGE This date is relative to January 1 1973 yyymmdd The yyymmdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except that the first digit denotes the century If the first digit is a 1 one then
345. or LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listredo 5 listredo 5 10 listredo help print all Help commands listredo 10 print last ten commands listredo ALL print entire redo stack listredo purge print all Purge commands listredo purge xx print all purge xx commands listredo purge print all with purge anywhere listredo rel print ALL relative numbers listredo 1 10 out lp dump commands to printer listredo unn out save write commands to a file Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ is accepted as a short form Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 307 Modify Command M Changes the values of any or all fields in a dataset entry MODIFY file options Options numeric value All Key Limit UNder UPdatekey The field list of the file parameter specifies which fields to modify When the UPDATEKEY option is specified search and sort field values may be changed The existing value of each field is printed before a new value is acc
346. or example gt if status 10 and Slookup cust table account is faster than gt if Slookup cust table account and status 10 because Suprtool can evaluate status 10 faster than lookup When the status is not 10 Suprtool knows the record will not be selected therefore there is no need to do the lookup Null fieldname The If null fieldname command selects any rows that have null values in them This feature is available only for SQL databases and only on columns that allow null values Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt 1f null SALESTOTAL If you want to find only those values that are not null you can add the NOT keyword in front of null gt 1f not null SALESTOTAL Constants This section describes numeric and string constants See also Date Selection Numeric Constants Numeric constants are not enclosed in quotes Numeric constants may be just simple whole numbers e g 5 0 56 10004 or they may have a decimal point e g 5 0 0 56 99 9 1 4 IEEE numbers may also have a scale factor e g 5E 5 0 01E 4 Over punches for the sign are not required or recognized in Suprtool Always enter 11 as 11 not 1J for a DISPLAY field String Constants String constants are delimited with double or single quote marks That is either VANC or VANC Any characters within quotes are not upshifted If the constant is shorter than the field to which it is being compa
347. or the duration of the Suprlink session As soon as you exit Suprlink the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprlink you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the cyrrent working directory This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprlink is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When Suprlink uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprlink You can run as many Suprlink instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Qedit Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message set redo myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprlink continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent pro
348. ort converts the internal representation of each data type into a string of ASCII digits By default all numeric type fields have a leading sign and are variable length Where appropriate numeric type fields are converted with a decimal point Floating Type All commands that affect numeric type fields also affect floating type Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to STExport e 235 fields In addition you can use the Floating command to specify the format and decimal places for floating type fields 1 e Classic or IEEE floating point numbers Date Type If a field has a date format STExport does extra formatting By default dates are formatted into yyyymmdd e g 20001125 Formatting Commands Use the following table to determine which command applies to which data type Commands Command Data Type Date date type Floating floating type Quote byte type Sign numeric type Spaces byte type Zero numeric type Many of STExport s commands such as the formatting commands above once set will retain their settings between tasks Several other non formatting commands will also retain their settings HEAding HTML Each command and its options will remain in effect between any STExport task unless specifically turned off For example if a previous task has had custom Headings set with the Heading and Heading Add options the Headings will remain i
349. osas 62 Output Choices curia ias 62 Large File Supporters irn a E EE E e EEE E wn ante manu aa ne 63 Suprtooland Albas kire si 63 Dala TYPES ya nerti e aA adria 63 D iterand Time pe E AT E AEE 64 RESUPICHOTS ti TE E EEE 64 Suprtool atid Oracion 64 A cadnetbucesntstaghesopeaneare 64 NI 65 Order BY VS Sort e ol a et dl er 65 A EPA EEE atsdtagstascugioabesaastaucs obWeed ndtogseves gas E EAE 65 JUNIO AE E ARES 66 EI AA vexgelensssecteatiaht tatetess sant stagenbete E TEE 66 SDUnIx Parameters oie nino orinar a n oct docs 67 O RT 67 Examples ii ee ee eee ee 67 Link vs QUEYERE E siveeiee dea sicee E a E E 68 Suprtool and Self Describing Files ssssssensseseeseeseeeesseeeessesersteseesesseeesssesesseseesesseesessreeessesees 68 Create an SD File from a Table ooooonncnnnccnncnnoniccnnonnnoncnnnconoconocnnoonnconnron iieii iis 68 Create an SD File from a Data File eee ceccecccseesseeseeeeceeeceseenaeceeecneeeneeeneeneeeerenes 68 SD Files as put vii aida 69 Listing SD Files iii Aita 69 Decimal Places and Date Formats cccccesceesseesceescessceeceseeaecaecseecaeeeseeeaeeneeenneees 69 Restrictions of SD Files cocida i atte iii 69 Suprtool and Sorting Piles iii Aita iia 70 Suprtool and Personal Computers cccecccesccessceseceseceeecseeeseeesseeeeeeeceeeenseceseeeeeeaeeeaeeneeeeeenes 70 Downloading to the PC scccccccsccsedecccsccvsnevecetiecsecessetentvececcacevenesetvueescecstcessetentescecsieees 70 Decimal Place
350. ost all other commands except the Define and Output commands Resetting the Put command closes the output database when the database for the Put command is different from the input database Resetting the Chain Get or Input command resets everything except the Base Define and Table commands Resetting the Table command resets everything except the Base and Define commands Resetting either the Define or Item command resets both Define and Item settings Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 191 Select Command SEL 192 e Suprtool Commands Specify a select statement for the currently open SQL database The select command supports all of the features of the select command of the open SQL database Only one select command can be specified at a time SELECT select command Allbase sorts data Suprtool sorts data gt select from user account emp gt sort ename The select command can contain any expression or clause that is supported by the SQL database Some features e g ORDER BY may be done faster by Suprtool e g the Sort command Some Select commands can exceed the 256 character command line limitation The Select command however can be considerably larger if you use the read feature of the Select command This feature is similar to the If command read feature and is invoked by entering the Select command on a line by itself unlike If you do not specify read explicitly gt select ename salary tax paid
351. ot all tables Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 215 216 e Suprtool Commands gt table part table part file partin hold Data The Table allows for data to be loaded along with matching key values gt table partab part file partin data cost desc You can specify up to 20 data fields as long as the total size of the key fields and data does not exceed 256 bytes The Table file must be Self Describing to use the data option When loading data into a table Suprtool will eliminate the duplicate entries based on the key value so some data values may not be loaded into the table For information on how to retrieve data from the table please see the Extract command or the Examples section of the Table command Examples If all of your part numbers are in the file Partin you use gt table part table part file partin gt if lookup part table part The following example uses Suprtool to create a file of sales orders for customers in arrears The orders data is in the database but the customer information is in a disc file Suprtool reads the disc file and creates a new self describing file of customer numbers that are in arrears This SD file is then used to select the orders for these customers from the orders table in the database The account item occurs in both the disc file and the database When the Suprtool table is loaded the account field information is obtained from the self describing arrears file gt input
352. other database ceeeeseeseeeeeeseeenes 186 count duplicate records oooooocicnnocnnoconoconononnnonnnonnnonos 106 COUNT parameter cooooconocccocccononocononononccono nono nacnenons 140 160 count qualifying recordS ooooooncniconoonnocnnonconnccnnonnnonnos 184 Count output restrictions eecesecsceeseeeeeeeeeneeenes 108 critical fields changing cccceseeeseesteeseeerseeseeees 295 critical item update 289 295 299 308 314 data cONVErSION 622 oie 127 Data Opt cinta 181 266 343 data Overflow CTTOTcooooconnnoninonocnconnconncnnconnconnconconnnonno 157 database editing senner inn orn nas 109 database parameter cooooococcocononoconconnconoconconnconncnnnonnnonnos 368 database CLOSING sinisiin oe es 191 database open mode cocooccnnocnoonconnnonccnnconnconncnnnonnnonnos 206 database opening e sesesessseeesssreressesersesseesessreressesees 89 database O PUt issiria i e s 186 database password cooooconincnoconoccconconnonononncnnnonnnonos 89 186 dataset end Of filO ooooooonnccccnnnacccconancnonancnonnonncnrnnnoss 199 dataset highwater mark oooocooonnccncninconnonononcnocnnonnnnno 199 dataset pubertad 93 139 datasetioUlpuUtbiania iaa id 186 A D EE E E S 98 235 data types Oracle oooonconccnocnocononnconcconconnonnnonnnonononnnnos 64 Date command cococococnccnnoncnonconncnono nono nconnnonnnonnrnnnonns 243 Date command invalid dates ooononncconnonccnnnancconnnos 244
353. ove Year 2000 Testing Testing software to see if it works in the year 2000 and beyond is difficult Currently there are three software tools that change the software date for specific sessions or applications making it easier to test software for year 2000 compliance The four tools are 1 Hourglass from Allegro Consultants Inc 2 Time Machine from SolutionSoft Systems Inc 3 Setdate from the HP Jazz machine on the Web 4 TimeWarp 3000 from Omnisolutions All versions of Suprtool work with Hourglass but versions previous to 4 0 13 did not work with Time Machine Setdate or TimeWarp This version of Suprtool now works with all these tools Note that this change only applies to non expiring versions of Suprtool Expiring versions of Suprtool such as trials pre releases and products obtained through VARs do not work with Time Machine or Setdate Performance Issues HP UX sites use Suprtool because it provides access to their data many times faster than they are used to Suprtool also enables them to perform time consuming DP functions with only a few simple commands The typical Suprtool task consists of extracting some data for a report then feeding the Suprtool output file into the final report program For example you might fill a data file with the subset of data needed then report that file with Microfocus COBOL 82 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Eloquence Performance
354. ow at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches with Set Allbase Rows The minimum number of rows is 1 and the maximum number is 990 You must specify Set Allbase Rows before entering the Select command Arithmetic SET ARITHMETIC Classic IEEE This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Baseclose SET BASECLOSE ON OFF This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Blocksize SET BLOCKSIZE size This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Buffer SET BUFFER size Initially depends Default no change Set Buffer varies the maximum number of words that Suprtool allocates for input and output buffers This buffer size limits the number of data blocks that Suprtool reads at a time Suprtool overrides the maximum buffer size specified if that is necessary to get the task done For example when the blocks size of the file is greater than buffer maximum specified The maximum value is 14 336 words in Suprtool V and 24 576 words in Suprtool iX The default value used by Suprtool is the largest size that fits in the available data structures and still allows Suprtool to get the job done Using Set Buffer to reduce the size of the buffer reduces the size of the stack that Suprtool uses for copy operations Suprtool V always uses a buffer size of 4096 words when sorting This leaves the maximum amount of room in the stack for the sorting o
355. ow is a C program to invoke Suprtool through the interface routine 362 e Examples of Calling Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX include lt stdio h gt include lt stdlib h gt include lt sys types h gt include lt sys wait h gt include users robdev ux include defines h define cmd _max len 256 define filename len 36 typedef struct SuprControl SuprControl struct SuprControl hort version hort status har command 256 har priority 2 har maxdata 4 har print _state 2 total _type 2 other flags 18 totals 15 9 out_count workspace 20 void init _st2 SuprControl MyControl inb i MyControl gt version MyControl gt status MyControl gt priority 0 MyControl gt priority 1 MyControl gt maxdata 0 MyControl gt print_state 0 MyControl gt print_state 1 MyControl gt total_type 0 MyControl gt total_type i 0 for i 0 1 lt 20 1 MyControl gt workspace i 0 for i1 0 i lt 256 i MyControl gt command i void call_suprtool2 SuprControl MyControl suprtool2 MyControl if MyControl gt status 0 printf Call to Suprtool2 has failed with a status n MyControl gt status exit 99 void assign _cmd char cmd SuprControl MyControl int i for i 0 i lt cmd max_len i MyControl gt command i Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Examples of Calling Suprtool e 363 i 0 for i 0 i lt cmd_max len i MyControl gt com
356. parator Soutput expsales output to a file Sxeq If the Oracle database resided on an HP 9000 we would need to transfer Expsale How you transfer the file is not important as long as it gets there in the same format including line separators Also note that the file should have an extension SQL Loader expects a dat extension by default The Oracle table should have all the necessary columns To create a table with the fields in Salefile you could use the following create table sales details CUST_ACCOUNT dec 8 DELIV DATE date PRODUCT _NO dec 8 PRODUCT PRICE dec 8 2 PURCH_ DATE date SALES _QTY dec 6 SALES TAX dec 8 2 SALES TOTAL dec 8 2 tablespace USERS SQL Loader requires what is known as a control file It contains the load specifications such as the data file the destination table the field delimiter the text field delimiters and the column specifications In this case the control file expsales ctl looks like this 284 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual load data Specify input datafile dat extension is assumed Infile expsales Name of the table where the data is loaded Append new rows to existing data if any Append Into Table sales details Fields are separated by commas Fields Terminated By Character fields are enclosed in double quotes Optionally Enclosed By Specify the column names as they appear Se
357. peration CLEANCHAR SET CleanChar Suprtool Commands e 195 196 e Suprtool Commands Default space By default Suprtool will replace any of the characters specified in the clean command with a space You can specify what character to use to replace any of the characters that qualify with the following set command gt set CleanChar This will set the character to replace any of the qualifying to be cleaned characters to be a period If you want to Clean a field and not replace with any character you just need to set the clean character in the following manner gt set CleanChar lt null gt CurrencySymbol SET CurrencySymbol Default period This setting is used to change the Currency character which is used to edit the data in a field used by the Number function The defined currency symbol s is stripped from the field prior to converting to number in the number function The CurrencySymbol can be up to our characters gt set CurrencySymbol The default character for the Currency Symbol is the Dollar sign Date Cutoff SET DATE CUTOFF number Initially 10 Default 00 Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates the date value from the date and stddate functions This setting only affects the date values generated by the date and stddate function in the If and Extract commands This does not affect user data Versions of Suprtool without Set Date Cutof
358. ple YY of AAMMDD CCYY 00 09 1900 1909 90 99 1990 1999 AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence you can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two character year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Oracle Oracle dates include both the date and the time The date and today functions only apply to the date part of Oracle dates SRN Chronos The Srnchronos date format is used in applications from Software Research Northwest Like Oracle dates this format includes the date and time but the time portion is ignored by the date and today functions DDD Dates Dates consisting of ddd in the format name use the ddd to represent the nth day in the current year This means that January will be day 001 and Dec 31 will be day 365 on non leap years Some people refer to these type of dates as Julian dates HPCalendar The HPCalendar date format is supported by HP s new HPCalendar intrinsic and consists of a 32 bit integer number whereby the first 23 bits represent the year and the last nine bits represent the day of the year Decimal Places The decimal attribute is the number of implied decimal places in an item The minimum number of implied decimal places is 0 The maximum is based on the data type of the item Data Type Maximum Implied De
359. pression Correct gt extract c 6000 cost Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal numbers or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as Suprtool Commands e 119 gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit abs credit 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if Sabs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work on fields and expressions For example gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev truncate stddev 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if truncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 SubTotal Function Suprtool has the ability to keep a running subtotal for any numeric field based on a given sort key The target data mus
360. pt can be executed before running Suprtool or from within Suprtool bin sh rm usefile echo set report limit 1 gt usefile echo access 2 gt gt usefile echo set subfile name 1 keep gt gt usefile echo report summary all gt gt usefile echo go gt gt usefile echo exit gt gt usefile quiz lt usefile This script accepts two parameters the name of the subfile to be created and the name of the file whose structure it will duplicate Makesub can be invoked from within Suprtool as shown below 72 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Ssuprtool gt makesub cmasfile custmast gt input custmast reclen 80 nolf gt if credit limit gt 1000000 gt sort custnum gt output cmasfile sf erase gt exit Quiz Generating Suprtool Commands Suprtool does not have the ability to prompt users for selection criteria You can easily create a short Quiz procedure to prompt for values and create a file of Suprtool commands define D PROMPT date format YYMMDD parm prompt Enter selection date report amp input custmast reclen 80 nolf skip if DATEFIELD D PROMPT pic 200000 amp skip output OUTFILE skip xeq set nohead set report device disc name STCO set page length 0 go Quiz edits the user s input for a valid date Note that there is no ACCESS statement but Quiz still writes one record to the output file Execute the resulting commands as a Suprtool usefile Ssupr
361. put sales Sales is sorted by custno join custfile key is custno toutput custsale Join two files texit 1nto custsale Join Keys Suprlink allows files to be linked by up to two keys a primary and a secondary key field By default Suprlink assumes that the key field to the Join file is the same key field specified for the Input file If the Join key field is different from the Input key field use the BY clause to specify the correct key field tinput customer key name is custnum join sales by custno new name for the same field You would also use the BY clause if the Link file was created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of Output Link Secondary Keys Suprlink has an option that allows you to select which join record you want by matching a second key field in the master JOIN filename BY primary key secondary key This option forces Suprlink to compare both the primary key and the secondary key when comparing an input record to a join record For example tinput ordhist key name is cust join orders by cust prod Orders contains prod This example says that the file Orders is sorted by both cust and prod fields The join will occur on those records that match both keys Secondary Input Key It is possible that the second key field has a different name in the input file and the Join file The FROM clause lets you handle this case Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual tinput students ke
362. quotes a numeric constant or a date constant specified with date or today See the next section about Constants for more details Constant Type NATHAN ARMSTRONG string constant 12345 numeric constant date 00 07 09 date constant July 9 2000 Relations A relation is one of the size comparison symbols Suprtool does not use words like EQUALS as in QUERY Relational operator Means equal to gt greater than lt less than gt greater than or equal to lt less than or equal to lt gt not equal to Complex Expressions Complex expressions can be made by combining the AND OR and NOT operators arithmetic operators and mod and parentheses The order of precedence of operators from highest to lowest 1s Operator Precedence Highest NOT Take the opposite AND Both must be true OR One or the other must be true Unary minus Ki Higher than addition and subtraction 4a Lowest Use parentheses where necessary to change the order of evaluation Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 143 Short circuit evaluation means that the Ifcommand does not always need to evaluate all the parts of the command 144 e Suprtool Commands gt if status 1 and amount gt 100 or purchased 000115 gt if status 1 or status 2 and amount gt 100 Multiple Values You can check a data field for several test values without using the AND and OR operators After the equals or not equals sign list th
363. quotes using the Single option If a byte type field contains the quote character specified in the quote command it is replaced with a space For example if the input was and Quote Single had been specified then the output would be customer s Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 267 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you do not need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can Redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples 11 fille fil
364. r HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX DumpOnError SET DUMPONERROR ON OFF Initially ON With DUMPONERROR Suprtool attempts to produce a formatted listing of records that cause a database error The information printed may include the input record number the output record number and the data values of the record Suprtool uses current options of the List command to print the data values If no List command is specified Suprtool uses the List defaults EditStopOnError SET EDITSTOPONERROR ON OFF Initially OFF An edit mask is limited to 32 characters in total for both numeric and byte type fields If data overflows the edit mask by default Suprtool will fill that field with asterisks To have Suprtool stop when it encounters an overflow when applying the edit mask just turn on editstoponerror gt set editstoperror on This will force Suprtool to stop if there is data left over to place when applying the edit mask With numeric type fields leading zeroes do not cause overflow With byte type fields spaces do not cause overflow Eofread SET EOFREAD ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX FastRead SET FASTREAD ON OFF Suprtool for HP UX by default calls dbget to do serial reads now with Suprtool you can utilize faster reads with the Set FastRead On command This command invokes more efficient large reads Testing has shown that the CPU time can be improved by anywhere from two to five times and Wall time has
365. r from stdin Suprlink assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that will complete the command successfully This is normally a YES answer as in yes purge the file Suprlink prints the question on stdlist as well as the answer that it has selected for you Command Line Options 318 e Accessing Suprlink Suprlink currently allows certain features to be invoked when run from the command line Default Outcount File Name oc If you want to know how many records SuprLink has processed use the oc option This option sets the file name for outcount to sloutcount After a successful task SuprLink writes the number of output records to the sloutcount file You can then use this file in shell scripts to check for specific record counts For example suppose that you want to check for at least ten records from a Suprlink join You would write a shell script in the following manner amp bin sh amp suprlink oc lt lt EOD in orders join ordhist out ordcomb exit LEOD if cat sloutcount ge 10 then echo More than 10 records found fi Variable Substitution v A second command line option allows you to turn on variable substitution Due to how environment variables and processes on HP_UX interact the variable must be set prior to running Suprlink suprlink v lt lt EOD in myvariable join ordhist out ordcomb exit EOD Suprtool 5 0
366. r to the one in DBSCHEMA 136 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt form orders Database SAI ORDERS Detail Set 4 Entry Offset RNO X16 1 RID I2 17 ID RDATE I2 21 X6 25 CUSTOMERS RSTAT IL 31 RTYPE X2 33 O RVALUE E4 35 Capacity 1008 0 0 0 O Entries 47 Highwater 0 Bytes 42 O O O E O O D D D S D D D BARA a A a al A O Master Datasets The Form Sets command indicates which datasets have MDX enabled A Form command on these datasets shows details of their expansion setting gt form parts Database SAM PARTS Master Set 2 Entry Offset PARTNO X16 1 lt lt Search Field gt gt PARTLOOKUP X10 17 DESCRIPA X20 27 DESCRIPB X20 47 PARTUNIT X2 67 PROF ITGROUP X4 MATNUMBER X16 PRICEUNIT X2 PRICE1 E4 PRICE2 E4 Capacity 524 Entries 182 Bytes 106 SQL Select When showing the form of an SQL select Suprtool shows the column s name the SQL type and the Suprtool type When showing the form of a self describing file Suprtool shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one gt open oracle scott tiger gt select from emp gt form Column Name Oracle Type Suprtool Type EMPNO Number ENAME Varchar2 JOB Varchar2 MGR Number REDATE Date SAL Number MM Number Number Integer Byte Byte Integer Oracle Date Packed Packed Integer KKK
367. re to extract a range from a single field For example if sales_amt is a 12J2 field gt in sales a self describing file gt ext sales _amt 4 sales_amt 6 gt out dsales gt xeq is equivalent to gt in sales a self describing file gt ext sales amt 4 first subscripted field gt ext sales amt 5 intermediate subfield gt ext sales amt 6 last subscripted field gt out dsales gt xeq Alternate Syntax for Extracting a Range Suprtool accepts a slash in place of the backslash Y to specify a range Use the slash with care because it is a valid character in field names For example gt extract a b would produce the error message Error Field A B does not exist To use a slash in an extract range surround it with spaces gt extract a b Numeric Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the Extract command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod Extract arithmetic expressions work exactly as If command arithmetic expressions To extract an expression use this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field inst
368. red the constant is padded with blanks String constants are expected for fields of type BYTE U or X but numeric constants are expected for fields of type Z zoned decimal gt if field check for all blanks gt if field double quotes are okay gt if field so are single quotes If you want to compare for a quote itself you include two quotes in the string for each quote you want gt if field AB CD look for AB CD Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you compare the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads the constant with spaces gt define field 1 1 byte field gt if field 0 binary zero gt if field G Control G bell gt if field S25 escape gt if field 2252 Roman 8 box To look for null values or low values in byte fields it is usually sufficient to check the first byte for a binary zero gt define first byte bigfield 1 byte gt if first byte 0 Subscripts Use subscripts to access individual items in repeated fields or to access substrings Suprtool Commands e 145 146 e Suprtool Commands Numeric Subscripts For repeated numeric fields only one index is allowed If Table has the form 1032 it holds ten double integers e Table 1 is the first sub item
369. regular Control Codes used in Qedit sd is not spelled right redo most recent command last command is printed you enter changes to it the edited command is shown you press Return redo 5th command in stack redo 8th through 10th redo last ls command redo Is command redo last containing redo command before previous redo by relative lines e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 239 Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 240 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Clean Command CL Specifies what characters to clean from a byte type field CLEAN SPECIAL lt string gt lt range gt Default None STExport will automatically clean all the byte type fields for a given SD file To define what characters that
370. rieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance problems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge Summary of the Suprlink commands Before Input Redo Xeq Do Join Reset expression Exit Link Set OS Command Form LISTREDO Use Help Output Verify The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Terminology and HP UX Notation Many of the terms and examples in this manual use terminology specific to MPE and IMAGE SQL databases We have edited the Suprlink UX manual to be more generic in this regard however some references remain for clarity The Suprlink documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition Link filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL 1 UPPERCASE LETTERS are required elements in the command and must be typed exactly as they appear Example BY 2 Highlighted lowercase letters underlined or italic are variables to be filled in by the user In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables will appear simply in lowercase Example filename Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprlink e 315 3 Brackets enclose optional fields Example FROM input keys 4 Braces enclose comments in examples Braces are allowed for comments in actual Suprlink commands Example output repts temp produces job temporary Output 5
371. ring do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo do do previous command again do 39 do command line 39 again do 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again do input do most recent Input command do 2 do command before previous do 7 5 do by relative line number do 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 247 Escape Command ES 248 e STExport Commands Specifies what character to escape the defined Delimiter Quote or End of Line character ESCAPE DELIM QUOTE EOL string Default None Many SQL importers allow you to add an escape character in front of characters that may mean something else to the import program For example if the import program thinks that the delimiter character is a comma the importer may treat a comma in an address field as an indication to move to the next field which will throw of the Import Some import programs will treat the next character as data as opposed to a delimeter 1f the character is preceded by an escape character such as a slash Thus when the field is analyzed by ST
372. rings within quotes abc and file names These two commands are identical SEXIT Sexit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a STExport command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 237 S format reals with two decimal places Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Floating option Soutput invfile produces the file we want Sexit HP UX Commands STExport accepts HP UX commands with or without an exclam ls Sls For commands that are the same in both STExport and HP UX STExport executes the HP UX command only if you type the exclam For example set you get STExport set command set you get HP UX set command ksh STExport UX executes any HP UX command e g 11 or script file File Names STExport s Input and Output commands accept any valid HP UX file name File names are currently limited to 240 characters Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following
373. rules as outlined in the number function 132 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX You can specify more than one decimal place in an edit mask However Suprtool will print a warning and it will utilize the right most decimal place for data alignment The decimal place character is defined by a set command gt set decimalsymbol If you define another character as the decimal symbol Suprtool will use that character as the point to align the decimals If you define a decimal symbol that is not an allowed edit mask character with Set Decimalsymbol Suprtool will assume that the field has zero decimal places and adjust the data accordingly Currency and Dollar signs Suprtool edit masks support both fixed and floating dollar signs Logic for floating dollar signs will be invoked if more than two dollar signs are defined in the edit mask A floating dollar edit mask attempts to put the dollar sign at the left most position of the significant data For example if you have the following data and edit mask 0001234 54 the data would end up as 1234 54 Suprtool will not however put the dollar sign to the right of the decimal place If you had the same edit mask and the data was 09 the data would end up being formatted as 09 Similarily the edit function will attempt to place the dollar sign correctly in most cases For example Suprtool will not format data in the form of 123 50
374. ry 15 every 15th record is read gt put d inventory test put to the d inventory dataset in gt exit Test database 140 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Help Command H Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Show what commands and options are available in Suprtool HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a Suprtool command If you know the structure of the help file you can additionally specify one of the keywords under the command name gt help ext help on the Extract command gt help ext notes Notes section of the Extract command Keyword Help If Suprtool cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file it assumes that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to Suprtool and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword gt help start Quick Start section gt help start task Task section of Quick Start Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprtool to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the Suprtool Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command gt hq input quick description of Input gt hq comma
375. s The default for byte type fields is spaces for zoned type the default is ASCII zeros 0 and for all other types the default is binary zeros For example tinput custfile key name is custno link addrfile optional don t drop customers output custaddr 1f there is no address texit Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 341 Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples print all Help commands print last ten commands print entire redo stack print all remove commands print all rm xx commands print all with rm anywhere print ALL relative numbers Saving to a File Saving the Listredo commands to a file is not currently available in Suprlink UX Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but
376. s if the split character was the last character in the string 4 9 06 Suprtool now checks that the respective libraries have been loaded for the Open command for Oracle and the Base command for Eloquence 4 9 06 Suprtool has had some groundwork done for a new enhancement for fieldnames up to 32 characters to be supported in SD files 4 9 05 Suprtool for HP UX version 4 9 04 had calls to its internal timer call information disabled which made progress messages display inaccurate wall time statistics 4 9 05 Suprtool for HP UX dynamic Image loading version did not properly startup in some cases specifically when trying to detect if it could use the Fastread option or not 4 9 05 Suprtool for HP UX would occasionally fail with mmap errors in some environments 4 9 04 The Base command on its own did not close the current database like it did on MPE 4 9 04 Suprtool for AMXW would fail with a dbstatus 17 No current record found when doing an update or delete operation with Set Fastread on and Set Lock 0 4 9 04 Set varsubcompat flag has been added to control how variable substitution behaves on HP UX 4 9 04 STExport would fail if the input file did not have any line feeds and the XML command would in effect 4 9 04 Oracle load warning messages are no longer printed by default 4 9 04 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool would abort if an invalid password was specified in some configurations of Eloquence and
377. s is entered into the Define command This defines the position within the input file not the table file gt input flatfile reclen 36 nolf gt define cust_no 29 8 byte gt table cust_table cust_no file custlist gt if lookup cust_table cust_no gt output result gt xeq Sorting Database Records Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Sort Records To tell Suprtool to sort table records you can either use any valid SQL command e g select order by or you can select the records and use a Sort command Here are two examples where Suprtool extracts all records from the Sales table into a data Quick Start Guide for Suprtool e 33 file called result The records are sorted by the field cust_account Both tasks produce identical results but one way may be faster than the other Sorting in the Select command gt select from sales order by cust_account gt output result gt xeq Sorting in the Sort command gt select from sales gt sort cust_account gt output result gt xeq Sort Records in Descending Order This example extracts all records from the Sales table into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field sales_total in descending order i e show highest totals first Use the Desc option in the Sort command to do this gt select from sales gt sort sales_total desc descending order gt output result gt xeq Sort by Multiple Keys This example extracts all records
378. s new entries to a dataset ADD file options Options numeric value Key Limit UNder If no field list is entered as part of the file Dbedit will prompt for all of the fields in the file You may use the gt n or gt gt subcommands to navigate quickly through the field list but you must enter values for all search and sort fields The database password must give you write access to the entire dataset The Add command will stop after LIMIT number of entries have been added for any one key value Dbedit checks each search field value as 1t is entered For master datasets the search field value must not exist For detail datasets the search field value must exist To add records from a disc file see the Put command of Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 297 Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples listf soruce source is not spelled righ
379. s such as or then Suprtool reports an error You can use the Link output option to easily see the fields that Suprtool creates For repeated fields e g 612 the first subfield is subtotaled if you don t provide a subscript You can combine the Count and Total options but the Count option must appear before the Total option You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command gt key 1 4 gt def field 5 2 integer gt duplicate none keys total field Input Output 1111 E 1 10 2222 2222 2 60 25 35 60 2222 3333 4 48 3333 Deleting Duplicate Records There is no direct way to delete duplicate records Specifying both the Delete and Duplicate commands does not delete all duplicate output records This is because the Delete command occurs in the input phase as records are read and selected but the Duplicate command occurs in the output phase after the sort has taken place The Duplicate command is not part of the selection process it is the If command that determines what records are deleted A common mistake is to specify the Duplicate and Delete commands without an If command In this case Suprtool asks your permission to delete al input records Answer No to this question to abort the task It may be possible to remove duplicates from an input dataset using Suprtool but only through roundabout methods These are too case specific to document here If you need to do this ca
380. s together in a fixed way dropping the duplicated key fields and appending the remaining fields of each file in the order specified You control which fields occur by using the Extract command in Suprtool but you have no control over their order Use the Form command to print out the final record format so that you can prepare COBOL COPYLIB or PowerHouse QSCHEMA definitions The Input file and Link files must be sorted by the same key field Their names do not have to be identical but they must be the same type and have the same length Suprlink does not support real or long type keys Selection logic can be tricky since 1t is distributed over independent Suprtool extract tasks the Suprlink merge phase and the final report program Suprtool Selection You can use the If command to select which records you want from each SQL table What you cannot do in Suprtool is check a field in a related SQL table You do have the option to select key values from one dataset then load them into a Table and use lookup to select related entries in another dataset It makes sense to use If on every SQL table since you have another selection possibility when the files are linked For example you might select all customers in California and all invoices with an amount greater than 2000 Suprlink Selection The Input file limits the scope of the Output file You cannot have more Output records than you do Input records but you can have fewer When you do
381. s05 link gt xeq You now have a file with the dates in yymmdd order but the self describing information shows three separate fields File SALESO5 DATE ACCOUNT Entry CUST ACCO Z8 LIV DATE X2 LIV DATE X2 LIV DATE X2 ODUCT NO Z8 ODUCT _P 12 RCH_DATE X2 RCH DATE X2 RCH DATE X2 LES QTY Il LES TAX EZ SALES TO 12 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry vUuuUuUyruuU n R R U U U A A n SD Version B 00 00 Offset 1 9 it 13 15 23 27 29 31 33 35 39 Length 42 Blocking 97 You can convert these several fields to one field with another extract task Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 81 gt in sales05 gt def deliv date 9 6 byte gt def purch _ date 27 6 byte gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch _date date yymmdd gt ext cust account gt ext deliv date gt ext product no gt ext product price gt ext purch date gt ext sales qty sales total gt out sales06 link gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 You now end up with a file that looks like this File SALESO6 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 DELIV DATE X6 9 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 TS PRODUCT_PRICE I2 23 PURCH_DATE X6 27 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt SALES QTY LT 33 SALES TAX I2 35 SALES TOTAL 12 39 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You then add the century to these fields as described ab
382. sccsgetecdesdys Sethe en e i ease e a o iee 70 Spreadsheets tiia E E ER E he eee wat R E O 70 Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications ccccesccesceseesceeeeeseeeeeeeeceeeneeeseenseeeseeeaeeneeeeeenes 71 Suprtool wth Quiz OUP era e o E ARE EE EEE olga ees 71 Step 1 Cre te a Subfile with QUZ o iia 71 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool rreo i EE EEE R 71 Step 3 Report With QUIZA ti 72 Using OT Pito Create Sub io 72 Creating Subfile with Script File ooooonocnnnnnncnicnnccnnocnonnconnconocnnoonnconnonnnonnnonnronncnnnnnos 72 Quiz Generating Suprtool Commands ecceccececsseessesseesseceseenseceecneeeseeeneeneeeseees 73 Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool 0 0 0 ccccccecsseseeseceeecesecesecaecseecseeeseesaeeneeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneensees 73 What If I Have Four Digit Years ccccccccsseesseesceesceeeceeeceseeeseceaeceecaeeeseeeneeneeeneeees 73 What does Set Date Cutoff do oo cceccceccsseesseeeeseceesceeeceseceseceaecaecsaecaeeeneeeneeneeeneenes 74 Stddate and Set Date Cut ff srera r eee e EREE Ea AE EEEE K EEEa 74 What does Set Date ForceCentury do s ssssssseseseseeesssreeessessreressesesseserseeseenesseeeesss 74 What If I Have Two Digit Years ccccccccsseessesscesseeescesecesecesecaeceecseeeneeeneeneeeseeees 74 What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years cccccccesseesseesceseceeeceseeeseceeeceeeseeeeeeneeeseees 75 How Do Today and Date Work cccccceccceseeseeseesceseeseesecseeeecseeeeeseesesaeeseeeeneea
383. scribing file using the dataset as input and show the default output from STExport The Form command displays the fields in a dataset or a self describing file For files this information is stored in a file with an extension of sd and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of STExport input files Sales File We will be formatting data from an Oracle table that has the following form gt 0p oracle custdb dbpass gt sel from sales gt form Column Name Oracle Type Suprtool Type CUSTOMERNUM Number DELIVERYDATE Number PRODUCTNUM Number PRICE Number PURCHASEDATE Number SALESOTY Number SALESTAX Number SALESTOTAL Number Double Double Double Packed Double Packed Packed Packed RP 005 Fae 00 Q0 ooo o Dates and Decimal Places We use Suprtool s Define and Item commands to identify which of the fields in the sales table are dates and which fields have implied decimal places 282 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual deliv_date DELIVERYDATE 8 display purch_ date PURCHASEDATE 4 double product_price PRICE 4 double sales tax SALESTAX 4 double sales total SALESTOTAL 4 double deliv_date date ryyyymmdd purch_date date YY y ymmdd product price decimal 2 sales tax decimal 2 sales total decimal 2 Salefile We now produce a file called salefile using Suprtool s Output Link option The Link opt
384. se Allbase rows ooooooccconccocnnconnnonnnccnnos 195 SQL database inserting recOrdS ooooooonnocnoonconnoonoonnnos 88 SQL database Select command ooooonoccnococcconcnonnccnnos 192 SQL database SpecI yiO8 oooooconoconoconononononnconnonnnonnos 179 SQL database structure ocooocononnnonncconnnonnncconononnnccnnos 137 Squeeze Set Option oooooonocccoconononononnnonononononnnnanonnnnn nono 61 SRN Chronos datO coooocconocccononccononanccononancnonancnronnnnos 164 startrecord parameter ccccesesseeseereeeeeeeeeees 139 159 Statistics Set OptlOM ooooooccnconnocnocncononononos 210 271 347 Stddate function oooooccconoccnononcnononnanonananononnnanonos 116 154 Stdlist input from 20 0 ce ceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseerens 52 STERPO olas eseseckedicove ceevessctisiecuceescsstes 15 112 183 string CONStAM S o oooooocoocconoconoconconncon nono nonnnonncnnnnos 145 373 String COMVETSION oooooooccocnooncoonconoconoconocn nooo ncon nono nonnnnos 121 Index e 381 String EXPFESSIONS ecceecceeeceteceeecseeceeeseeseeeseeeeeeens 148 String Of digitS 0 0 ee e eee eE AY 30 string replacement Hpmodify cceeceesseeeeeeees 189 String truncation co ooooococcconononconnonnccn nono nono nono nonnnonnnnnnnnos 122 string as a deliMiter oooooonnccnnconncnnonincnccnnonnonnnonnnnnnnnos 246 string heading command csceseesseeseeteeeeeeeeeees 253 A EE 369 stty control Character ooonoonccn
385. se structures has the ability to change date fields Suprtool can convert data in Image databases flat files self describing files and KSAM files Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd The stddate function can convert six digit date formats to ccyymmdd But what if all the dates are not actually dates but some dates are filled with 9s as a flag to an application Consider this dataset with two date fields J2 items and in the date format yymmdd Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 77 Database STORE DB GREEN D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE J2 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 13 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 21 PURCH_ DATE J2 25 SALES QTY J1 29 SALES TAX J2 eA SALES_TOTAL J2 35 Capacity 602 14 Entries 10 Highwater 10 Bytes 38 First we need to know and understand our data Are there any invalid dates If so does the value have some other logical meaning gt get d sales item deliv date date yymmdd item purch date date yymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date or Sinvalid purch date gt list gt xeq gt GET D SALES 9 gt OUT NULL 0 CUST ACCOUNT 10010 DELIV DATE 999999 PRODUCT NO 50513001 PRODUCT PRICE 19220 PURCH_DATE 999999 SALES QTY 2 269 SALES TOTAL 21910 gt OUT SNULL 1 10010 DELIV DATE S19 5003 50513001 PRODUCT_PRICE 19220 1 SALES QTY 2691 21910 SALES TOTAL 21910 CPU
386. seeeeseeceseesesseceseeeeseecsueeeeseeceseesesaeceseesesseensees 249 10 e Contents Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Exit Abort EA e Exit Suspend ES oooooniccnicnnoccnococonocononnnonos Exit Xeq EX uc tio wanes Floating Command FL cceeeeseeseeeseeseereeees Form Command F cc cccccccssccesseceseceesseceesesesseeens Heading Command HEA 0oooccniocniccnocononcnonocnnonnnonos Help Command H oooooococcocccoconoconononanononcnnononcnnnnonos HTML Command HT ooooonnocncinuccconaninoncconnnonanacnns Dynamic Web Pages Web Server rair et a a kea eare Shell Script oooooooocnnoninonioonoonnonnconoconocnnocnnoos A a thee CIA Input Command I oooooonccnoconoconocononcnnnconcnnnonnnonn nono Listredo Command LISTREDO Output Command Ol oooncnnccinccnocaniconancnanconocanonnnoos Quote Command Q ooooonncccnnoccnononcconononnncconaccnnnnon Redo Command REDO ooonooncnicncconcnonnncconnccnnnnoo Reset Command R oocoooccnocccoconcnonaconnnonanocinnnons Set Command She cocino ci n SCA niii Warming ennaint Xnltagchar issnin Sign Command SI ceecseesseeseeeeeeeeeeeseeseeenes Spaces Command SP eeens Use Command Uli nit Verify Command Vj rnn Xeg Command lts XML Command XML ooooccnccninocccononinonccononinnnccnnoss Zero Command Z een Example of STExport Output Example candace riada Limits Within STExport Maxamuims ii dat Welcome to Dbedit A cece a act
387. seeeeseseenseeeneeeaeeaes 86 Cdad eh At oe iN cette Rha A RO 87 Control Y Interrupt cccecccescssecesecseecseeeseeeseeseeeeessecnsecnaceaecsaecsaecseeeaeeeaeesereneenaes 87 Add Command Add cccccccccccccsscssssecsssceescecsecsescecsseceeseecseseeseecsseceeseecsseseeeeecsaeseeeeeesseeesee 88 Examples A IE EA AEA e a ae Ie ed Seba 88 Base Command BA cccccccccccssecessceessecesseceeseecssseeeseeceseeeeseecsueceeseecesseeesaeceaeeeesseceseeeesaeeeues 89 Before Command BE ccccccccsccssscesscecssseceseceesseceseeeeseeceseeeesseceseeeeseecsseeeseeceaeeessaecseesenees 91 Chain Command C cccccccecsscccsscecssecesscecssecsseceesseceseeecsseceseeeesseceseeeessecuseseseecesseeesaeeseeeenees 93 Clean Command CL ccccccccccscccsseceescecssecessceesseceseeeesseceseesesseceseeeessecseeseseecuseeesaecsseeeeaees 95 Removing Bad Characters cccccscesssessseesceesceseceseceseceaecseecaeecaeseneeeeeeeeesereseenaeenaes 95 Define Command D ccccccccssccssecesscecsseceseceesseceseeeesseceseeeesseceseecessecuseseseecsuseeeseecsseeeenees 97 Delete Command DEL nnn anini ei cout Saseece E E bea E E 102 Do Command PDO rrini idad E 104 Duplicate Command DU neinn iiei eaii ieii i 105 Edit Command ED nir i encient riin RE diia R 109 Exit Command E ee inin reaR EEEN A EE N E 110 Export Command EXP lui iiai ei i 112 Extract Command EXT iia N E ot isa d RE 113 CONOS AAA AAA AAA AA AI E E 113 DSi A AA
388. selection is by key value In many cases it is still faster to use the Get command to read the entire dataset than it is to use the Chain command to use search paths Use Set Stat On to compare the performance of the Chain and Get commands The Chain command always reads the chain values in sorted order by ascending search value You do not need to specify a Sort command to have the output file sorted by the search field 94 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Clean Command CL Specifies what characters to clean when using the Clean function CLEAN SPECIAL lt string gt lt range gt Default None Suprtool will clean or replace all of the characters specified in the Clean command from a byte type field when invoked by the Clean function To define what characters that need to be replaced you use the clean command with the character you want to clean in quotes Since most of the characters that you will need to clean are unprintable you can enter the decimal equivalent of the character This is denoted by entering the character in quotes preceding the decimal number of the character you wish to clean An example of how easy it would be to clean your database of certain bad characters in byte type fields would be as follows gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean 9 410 40 7 gt update gt ext address 1 clean address 1 gt ext address 2 clean address 2 gt ext address 3 c
389. self describing file Not all software can read this form of self describing file You can use the Query option to create an old style self describing file The Query option has the following restrictions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 69 Self describing files were originally created by HP in MPE so that files could be fed into HPWORD and HP graphics packages One problem with HP s definition was that no provision was made for compound fields e g 1032 When Suprtool creates an SD file with compound fields via the Query option it uses a special data type When you input such a file to Suprtool all compound fields are treated as byte arrays Suprtool correctly copies and extracts these fields but you can not select with them The Query option is not capable of retaining information about decimal places or date formats Suprtool and Sorting Files When Suprtool sorts two records that have the same key value the first record read by Suprtool is the first record on the output file For data files this means that input records with the same key values appear in the same order in the output file Suprtool and Personal Computers You can format files to be downloaded to your PC for use in spreadsheets or databases with the PRN option of the Output command Suprtool formats your file as a PC structure a comma delimited file Not all PC applications support the PRN format For more precise data conversion create a self
390. separated by a semicolon list d inventory key product no under PRODUCT NO gt Numeric Value Option Commands normally cycle prompting for new search values or new entries until you press Return or Control Y However if you specify a numeric value after the semicolon the command only prompts you numeric value number of times For example if you only want to do one List function you would enter All Option The All option works only with the List Modify or Delete commands When All is specified every record in the specified file is processed sequentially You can stop the scan by pressing Control Y Key Option The Key option overrides the primary search field Dbedit prompts for the primary search field first Often this is not the value that you know You can use the Key option to force Dbedit to prompt you for another search field For example Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 293 list d inventory use defaults SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons PRODUCT NO gt list d inventory key product no use PRODUCT NO PRODUCT NO gt 105391 SUPPLIER NAME gt Limit Option The Limit option controls the number of entries allowed per key value This option is only useful for the Add command Dbedit limits the number of entries for the first field in the field list to the Limit value specified For example add d inventory limit 2 two records per supplier tadd d inventory limit 2 key pro
391. sider the deliv date and purch_date fields of the D Sales dataset Database STORE DBOLD ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X6 PRODUCT NO Z8 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 PURCH_DATE X6 SALES QTY J1 SALES TAX J2 SALES_TOTAL J2 Capacity 611 13 Entries 15 Highwater 15 Bytes 42 You want to convert to a date format with room for a cc at the beginning of the deliv date and purch date Database STORE DB ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 al M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X8 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 17 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 25 PURCH_ DATE X8 29 SALES QTY J1 37 SALES TAX J2 39 SALES TOTAL J2 43 Capacity 608 16 Entries 0 Highwater 0 Bytes 46 In order to convert these dates you need to be able to put either a 19 or 20 in front of the yymmdd date depending on the value of the year Before you can do either of these you must confirm once again that you have no invalid dates gt base store dbold gt get d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if Sinvalid deliv date or Sinvalid purch date gt list gt xeq Once you have confirmed that there are no invalid dates you can start converting the dates that you have Because there are two date fields in this dataset you must be careful to add the appropriate century for the proper field For this example assume that if a year is less than 1950 then the
392. sing the Output Link option and must be sorted by key field The key field can be any type except for Real or Long The primary Input file may have more than one record per key value and each record may appear in the Output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you will actually need since if any of the Suprtool extracts result in enormous Output files the time to do the sort may be prohibitive The BY clause is only necessary when the Input file has been created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of the Output Link option Output Link adds the sort field information to the self describing file so that you do not have to specify it ina BY clause Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 337 Join Command J 338 e Suprlink Commands Join the Input file to another Join file this links files with multiple key values in both the input file and the Join file JOIN filename BY join keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED Default REQUIRED File Name The Join file should be created by Suprtool with the Output Link option it should only contain the fields that you actually need in the final report plus any sort fields If you do an file of the file it should show another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record For example tin
393. sk Compare this with the Exit command which stops Suprtool after processing the input After an Xeq command all parameters of Suprtool are reset to their initial values except any database that is left open the Set options and the Defined fields even though their calculated offsets are not guaranteed to be correct for the next file processed Examples gt open oracle demo reader gt select from customer gt output mcstfile gt xeg copies Customer to Mestfile gt select from orders gt output allorders gt xeg copies Orders to Allorders gt exit terminate no task to do last Xeq could have been Exit Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 225 Calculator Command 226 e Suprtool Commands Evaluates an expression and prints the result in one of several formats expression 0 D B H A Any command that begins with an equal sign is treated as an expression to be evaluated An expression consists of numbers and operators followed by an optional display format The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately on stdlist 20 add two numbers together Resul 20 multiply the same numbers Resul 20 subtraction Resul 20 divide print precise result Result 1 33333333333 20 15 20 raised to the 15th power Result 327680000000E 20 Order of Evaluation
394. sk will not have line feeds This caused problems for some programs that import the file or for some browsers that use the HTML option You can now explicitly specify line feeds in the output file by using the LF option in ora customer Sout filelex 1lf Sexit To specify that line feeds are not written out to the file you can use the NOLF option Sin ora customer Sout filelex nolf Sexit Stdlist If the output file name is each output record is written to stdlist This is useful for trying out different formatting combinations until you find the one that best fits the application that you want to import data into For example change one option view the result change a different option and so on Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Quote Command Q Specify which quote character if any is to be used around byte type fields QUOTE NONE DOUBLE SINGLE Default Double Most software packages expect byte type fields to be in one of two formats 1 Fixed column see the Column command 2 Surrounded by single or double quotes In this case you may also need to remove trailing spaces see the Spaces command No Quotes for Fixed Columns Use Quote None to cause byte type fields to be output as a group of characters In many cases you would combine this option with Columns Fixed Single or Double Quotes By default all byte type fields are surrounded by double quotes Specify single
395. source is less than the minimum value Suprtool checks whether or not to print a progress message at the end of each buffer Consequently not all progress increments are reported for small files or datasets Suprtool reports the phase that it is in whether input phase sort phase output phase or combined input output phase not sort The content of the progress messages is as follows e Percentage complete e Phase and the total number of records processed e Delta Sec Min the time elapsed from the previous message e Wall Sec Min the total elapsed time e CPU Sec the total CPU Seconds at this point 208 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX When using the record selection feature of the Input command Suprtool cannot be absolutely certain of the total number of records Therefore the percentage calculation is estimated Prompt SET PROMPT character Initially gt PROMPT tells Suprtool which character to use for prompting Any special character can be used as the prompt character For example opt robelle bin suprtool gt set prompt Sopen oracle demo reader Recover SET RECOVER ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially none Commands that you enter at the Suprtool prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack
396. specify one or the other If you start with Heading Add and then later specify Heading Column STExport erases the heading you created with Heading Add and starts over with the first column that you specify with Heading Column Similarly if you start with Heading Column a Heading string or Heading Add will start over with a new heading 254 e STExport Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in STExport HELP command keyword section Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific STExport command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name Shelp sign help on the Sign command Shelp sign trailing trailing section of the Sign command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to STExport and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword Shelp intro input input section of Introduction Quick Help HQ HQ asks STExport to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the STExport Quick Refere
397. splay type and use the redefined field name in the If command Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 147 148 e Suprtool Commands Examples gt if field 10 1115 numeric field Sift cost gty gt 10000 gt if total lt qty price tax gt if yymmdd date 100 mod 100 lt 03 first quarter Missing Features Arithmetic overflow in computations will cause Suprtool to abort Accuracy By default Suprtool uses floating point arithmetic to compute In some cases there can be slight inaccuracies due to rounding errors Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as gt if Sabs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit abs credit 100 1 07 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the val
398. ssing the task Use the Abort or Suspend options to exit Suprlink conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default XEQ Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprlink recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprlink The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Examples comment You began to specify a linkage stopped for comment coffee and decided to cancel the task comment upon your return input invoices coffee break texit abort cancel linkage and terminate Exit Suspend ES This feature is not currently available in Suprlink UX Exit Xeq EX To perform the current linkage task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside Suprlink ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves Suprlink when done with the task Exit Xeq is the default option e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Examples opt robelle bin suprlink texit no input was specified End Of Program opt robelle bin suprlink input invoices link customer output invcust texit link and stop Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 333 Form Command F Display the fi
399. st serialp pcl 2 gt xeq A4 Size Paper Most of the PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper This is especially true with PCL 5 for A4 paper it reduces the horizontal spacing between characters so that 80 columns of Courier output fits on a single line In addition if you add 2000 to a PCL code Suprtool adjusts the number of rows and columns for that option to match A4 paper For example to print Landscape on A4 paper use PCL 2004 instead of PCL 1 In general selecting A4 paper gives you more space along the long side of the paper and less space along the short side If you are happy with the way letter size rows and columns work on A4 paper simply do not add 2000 to the PCL code Roman 8 vs ASCII The PCL option requests a Roman 8 character set but some combination font cartridges only supply the ASCII character set half as many characters means twice as many fonts in a single cartridge If you ask for Landscape Lineprinter and get Landscape Courier instead your Lineprinter font probably has the ASCII character set instead of the Roman 8 character set To request an ASCII font add 1000 to the PCL code For example if you have a Super Cartridge 55 fonts in one use PCL 1001 1004 and 1006 To select both ASCII and A4 paper add 3000 Double Sided Printing on LaserJets The LaserJet IID and HID can print on both sides of the paper The Duplex keyword enables doub
400. st_name last name and age to refer to the corresponding parts of the line just as if this were a database record gt input datafile gt define gt if age gt 65 gt ext account last name gt output result gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File To create an SD file from a data file follow these steps 1 Define the fields that you want to include in the SD file 2 Extract the fields in the order you want 3 Use the Link option in the Output command to create the SD file gt input datafile reclen 38 lf gt define account byte gt define first name byte gt define last_name 21 byte gt define age 37 int gt extract account age first _name last name gt output result link gt xeq Repeating Commands Repeating a Command Use the Listredo command to see a list of your most recent commands Use the Do command to repeat a command or use the Redo command to modify a command before repeating it 28 e Quick Start Guide for Suprtool Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt listredo 20 most recent commands gt listredo input most recent Input commands gt input result Suet gt xeq gt do input repeat previous Input command gt input result gt if quantity gt 10000 Set gt redo if modify previous If command then repeat If you have used two commands that begin with the same letter you have to be careful when repeating those commands Make sure you use enough letters to identify e
401. stceudedehevacesddcsseeteesteseccdesss 33 Sort Records iii A ae is ea een ars 33 Sort Records in Descending Order 0 ececceescceseeesececeeeeeseeeseenseceseesseensecnuecseeeaeeenes 34 Sort by Multiple Keys ocio stat 34 Duplicate Records iii r a 34 Report without Duplicate ReCords cccceccesseessessceesceesceecesecesecaeceecaeeeseeeneesneenreees 34 Report Only the Duplicate Records ccccsseessessseeseesseeeeceseceseceaecseecaeeeaeeeseeneeeereees 35 Report Only the Unique Records cccecccsscesseessesseeesceeeceeceseceseceaecseecaeeeseeeseesneeereees 35 Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals oooonncnncnnnnoncnncnnocnonncnnnonnronnonnnonos 36 Deleting Duplicate Data File Records ooooconncconocicononononnconoconocnnoon nooo ncon nono nonnrrnnonnnnnos 36 Decimal Places oe 37 Converting NU ibas ds 37 Counts atid Subtotal AS 38 Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys cccecceseesseesceseceeseeesceeeceecesecsaeceeceeeseeeneeseeenrees 38 Sort by Count or SUD a 38 Total By Hilda iotad pise 39 Running Totals ii dde 39 Running SubT otals cutis 39 Listing Records nadia 40 Changing the Output Record ForMat ooooncnnncnoccnocnnonononconncnnoco nono nooo nron nono nono nonn ron rra n rra nnannnannns 40 Producing a Condensed Table Listing o oooonoonnoniconocononononconoconocnnocnncon nono nono nono ronn ron non nnnnnra nono 41 Simple Reports 41 Your First Repo lito wah eens 41 Column Headings tes iris 4
402. stent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command Redo on page 209 for details Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 177 Numrecs Command N Limits the number of records selected and the size of the sort scratch file NUMRECS size percentage default size 10 000 or EOF of input source Parameters To limit the number of records selected from the input source and to reduce the size of the sort scratch file use the Numrecs command If you select more than 2size entries Suprtool prints a warning message and ignores the rest of the input records However the output file will have the records that were selected Use a percent sign to specify the Numrecs as a percentage of the input file size The percentage can range from 1 to 500 but values over 100 have no effect on HP UX Reducing File Sizes Suppose that the d sales dataset contains 100 000 entries but you use the If command to select 15 of the entries We would specify 15 as the percentage on the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and the output file gt get d sales specify input gt numrecs 15 specify 15000 as file size gt if sales qty lt 100 select a subset of d sales gt sort cust account sort using the dataset path gt output out2 output file will h
403. t the edited command is shown you press Return listredo all gt redo 5 gt red redo 5th command in stack o redo previous command gt redo 2 redo command before previous gt redo redo 8th through 10th gt redo redo 10 through last gt redo redo last rm command gt redo redo last rm temp gt redo redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command can be abbreviated to a comma as in MPEX You cannot use to combine commands on the same line Hpmodify Keys Reference Here are the MPE style REDO sub commands INSERT If text follows the i this text is inserted in the current line Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX starting at the i position r REPLACE If text follows the r this text replaces the same number of characters in the current line beginning at the r position DELETE Deletes a character from the current line for each d specified in the edit line Note that d d does not specify a range as it does in MPE V but simply deletes one character above each d Multiple d s may be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation DELETE Deletes to the end of the current line from the position specified by d gt May be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation APPEND If text follows the gt this text is appended to the end of the current line If a gt without text is positioned beyond the end of the current line then a simple replacement is performed instea
404. t ON EXISTENT GROUP CIERR 908 Before redo most recent command listf soruce last command is printed our you enter changes to it listf source the edited command is shown you press lt return gt listredo 10 before 5 redo 5th command in stack bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b listf redo last Listf command b temp redo last containing temp before 2 redo command before previous before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces 298 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Change Command C Changes all uses of a specific search field value in all detail datasets related to a master This command only applies to master datasets CHANGE file options Options numeric value Key Limit UNder This command changes the search field value in all related detail datasets Dbedit can only change values in detail datasets wh
405. t UX If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listred listred listred listred print all Help commands print last ten commands print entire redo stack print ALL relative numbers print all rm commands print all rm xx commands print all with rm anywhere listred listred listred listred listred 000000000 Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ and comma comma are accepted as a short forms Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 265 Output Command O 266 e STExport Commands Specifies the Output file OUTPUT filename ERASE LF NOLF By default the Output file is named Output If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records When Columns Fixed is specified STExport creates the output file with fixed length records Line Feeds STExport s Output command allows the user to specify whether the output file has line feeds Normally STExport determines whether to write out line feeds from the self describing file If the self describing file does not have line feeds then the resulting file from the STExport ta
406. t as the data type for IEEE numbers The following table shows the Suprtool definitions for the IMAGE data types IMAGE Type Number of Bytes COBOL SUPRTOOL Declaration Definition Il 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer I2 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double I4 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Jl 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer J2 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double J4 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Un n A n gt define a 1 n byte Xn n X n gt define a 1 n byte Zn n 9 n gt define a 1 n display Pn n 2 S9 n 1 COMP 3 gt define a 1 n 2 packed K1 2 gt define a 1 2 logical K2 4 gt define a 1 4 logical E2 4 gt define a 1 4 ieee E4 8 gt define a 1 8 ieee Data type Display may have a trailing overpunch sign 98 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Packed Decimal Fields When defining packed decimal fields you must convert the number of decimal digits into a byte count The last digit of a decimal field is always used for the sign There are two data types for decimal fields PACKED for those that end on a byte boundary and PACKED for those that end in the middle of a byte Here are some example definitions of packed decimal fields Suprtool Definition Description gt define m 1 2 packed s9 3 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last is sign digit gt define n 1 2 packed s9 2 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last digit is unused gt define p 1 6 packed s9 11
407. t as the only item in a Dbedit command line You can also enter comments after field values List all related records for a specific supplier list m supplier related Must include Related keyword SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons supplier to search for If you want to include a brace as part of an x type field you must precede the brace with the Dbedit escape character For example to search for the supplier STD Ribbons you would use list m supplier include braces in the name SUPPLIER NAME gt STD Ribbons OS Commands Dbedit interprets any command line beginning with a colon as an OS HP UX command For example comment Modify M CUSTOMER records modify m customer exit Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression You may use this feature to compute data entry values without the need of an electronic calculator 2745 1 33 Example Database The examples in this manual use the revised STORE database described in the IMAGE 3000 Handbook Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 291 Prompting for Search Criteria In the Change Delete List and Modify commands Dbedit first prompts you for search criteria and then processes the records you have selected Search criteria are any or all of the search and sort fields of the file Dbedit asks for the value of the primary search field first unless you override the prompt ordering
408. t be a packed field with 28 digits in order to avoid overflow issues A sample use of the subtotal function could be gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt sort order number gt ext order number gt ext part number gt ext description gt ext sales amount gt ext mytotal S subtotal sales amount order number gt out sales link gt xeq This would result in a file containing a running subtotal in the field mytotal for a given order number You could then generate a simple report with the simple Suprtool commands gt in sales gt list standard gt xeq The basic syntax for the subtotal function in the extract command is extract targetfield subtotal field sort field You must specify the sort command before referencing the sort field in the subtotal function You can subtotal up to ten fields per pass and the subtotal function is also available in the if command however by nature it is of limited use Total Function Suprtool has the ability to keep a running total for any numeric field The target data must be a packed field with 28 digits in order to help avoid overflow issues A sample use of the total function could be 120 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt def mytotal 1 14 packed gt get orders gt ext mytotal total sales amount gt xeq You can total up to ten fields per pass and the total function is also available in the if comman
409. t century to use when Suprtool generates a constant date value from the date function Before version 4 0 Suprtool would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year For example gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field lt date 40 12 26 Previously the date function would convert the user specified date to 1940 12 26 in order for it to be compared to the date field format of CCYYMMDD Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date function is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff For example gt set date cutoff 50 gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field lt date 40 12 26 Suprtool in this case assumes the full date to be 2040 12 26 because the 40 in date is less than the 50 in Set Date Cutoff The default value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When Stddate has to convert from a date with only a two digit year the conversion to the four digit year will use the value of Set Date Cutoff when converting the date For example gt get sales detail gt set date cutoff 15 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeg In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20
410. t custfile by custnum comment gt input custfile gt key 1 10 no on the next command gt ls sort check for file name gt out sortcust gt exit Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator For help type Control Y Interrupt You can interrupt a Suprtool task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprtool responds by telling you how much work it has done IN OUT etc and asks if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Even though you abort the task your output file is saved although it may be empty if you stop before the sort phase is over Many HP UX sites use Control C as the interrupt key instead of Control Y Use the HP UX stty command to display your intr setting You may see some Suprtool messages indicating Control Y is the key combination to enter when in fact you will need to use whatever you have defined in stty Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 87 Add Command Add 88 e Suprtool Commands Specify an SQL table to which you wish to Add records Add tablename Use the Add command to insert records into an Oracle table You must specify the Oracle tablename and you must have opened the Oracle database to which you wish to add records The tablen
411. t does not expect an answer from stdin STExport assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that will complete the command successfully This is normally a YES answer as in yes purge the file STExport prints the question on stdlist as well as the answer that it has selected for you Command Line Options STExport has command line options which help control certain features Default Outcount File Name oc If you want to know how many records Stexport has processed use the oc option This option sets the file name for outcount to sxoutcount After a successful task Stexport writes the number of output records to the sxoutcount file You can then use this file in shell scripts to check for specific record counts For example suppose that you want to check for at least ten records from a Stexport operation You would write a shell script in the following manner Stexport oc lt lt EOD in orders heading fieldnames out ordprn exit EOD if cat sxoutcount ge 10 then echo More than 10 records found fi Variable Substitution v A second command line option allows you to turn on variable substitution You must note that the environment variable must be set prior to running STExport stexport v lt lt EOD in myvariable out ordcomb exit EOD 234 e Accessing STExport Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to STExport Importing Data
412. t ext postl Sedit postal code xxx xxx gt ext post2 Sedit postal code xxxbxxx gt list gt xeq gt IN POSTAL NEIL GREEN 0 gt OUT SNULL 0 POST1 L2H 112 POST2 L2H 112 gt IN POSTAL NEIL GREEN 1 gt OUT SNULL 1 POSTI L2H 112 POST2 L2H 112 Z placeholder for byte fields The Z placeholder character works differently for byte fields than for numeric fields For byte type fields if the Z placeholder and the corresponding data is 0 then the zero is suppressed regardless of the position This is primarily for suppression of zeroes in byte type date fields Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX ext a Sedit date field xxxx zx zx The above edit mask would then edit a byte type date of 20031005 to be 2003 10 5 Overflow and limits An edit mask is limited to 32 characters in total for both numeric and byte type fields If data overflows the edit mask by default Suprtool will fill that field with asterisks There is an option to have Suprtool stop when it encounters a formatting overflow gt set editstoperror on will force Suprtool to stop if there is data left over after applying the edit mask With byte type fields leading spaces do not cause overflow Therefore if your data consists of L2H1L2 and your edit mask is XXXBXXX It is not an overflow since there are only spaces to the left of the L If the data was o JL2H1L2 an overflow exception would occur Numeric field edit masks
413. t file with many records with the same key to a Link file that has a single record with the same key value The Join command will link two files with many key records in both the input file and the Linking file The syntax of the Join command is exactly the same as the Link command so a sample task would look as follows Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 321 input ordhist join orders output custord xeq The above task will link multiple records of the file ordhist to the multiple records of the file in orders This assumes that the files are sorted by a common key In SQL terms this is known as an Inner Join An Outer Join one where the keys do not necessarily have a match can be achieved by adding the optional keyword to the Join command input ordhist join orders optional output joined xeq In SQL parlance once again you can achieve both a Left Outer Join and Right Outer Join by reversing the order of the files between the input and the join commands To give you an example of how the Join operation would work consider the following data First we have an inventory file with multiple records for the same product no This data is stored in the file dinv 50512001 Rest of data 50512001 Rest of data 50512003 Rest of data The next file will have sales records once again with multiple key values this data is stored in the file dsales 50512001 Rest of data 50512001 R
414. t in Suprtool UX SET SQUEEZE ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET STATISTICS ONJOFF SET SUBSYSTEM ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET SUSPEND ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET THOUSANDSYMBOL lt string gt SET USERLABELS ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET VARSUB ONJOFF SET VARSUBCOMPAT ON OFF SET WARNINGS ON OFF Each option is its own Set command That is you cannot specify multiple options in the same command Instead use multiple Set commands For example to Set Statistics On and to define a PCL format for the List command you would specify two Set commands gt set stat on gt set list pcl 1 or gt set stat on set list pcl 1 When Suprtool starts running all the options are set to initial factory settings The Suprmer file may contain Set commands to override the initial values Set commands remain set until the end of the Suprtool run or until changed by another Set command Some commands have optional parameters e g the numeric value of Set Date Cutoff If the command is specified without a value the default that Suprtool uses 194 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX may be different from the program s initial value When that is the case the command description will show the initial value and the default when omitted value Allbase SET ALLBASE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Allbase database Suprtool reads more than one r
415. t the sort information if the file involved is self describing 4 9 01 Highlights in AMXW version Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX The split function would abort on some systems if the split character was the last character in the string 4 9 06 The Base command would fail in the Suprtool for AMXW dynamic load version if Eloquence was not loaded on the system 4 9 06 Suprtool for AMXW would not reset the filecode to zero if the input source was self describing and the output file was prn display or ascii 4 9 06 Suprtool for AMXW had calls to its internal timer call information disabled which made progress messages have incorrect wall time statistics 4 9 05 Suprtool version 5 0 e 19 20 e Suprtool version 5 0 Suprtool STExport and Suprlink for AMXW did not properly handle duplicate filenames for permanent and temporary files 4 9 05 Suprtool for AMXW dynamic Image loading version did not properly startup in some cases specifically when trying to detect if it could use the Fastread option or not 4 9 05 Suprtool for AMXW did not support input filename 2 where Suprtool starts to read at a particular record number until this version 4 9 04 Suprtool for AMXW now supports the Numrecs command to control the size of the output file 4 9 04 Suprtool for AMXW does variable substition in the same manner as the HP UX version Suprtool for AMXW first tries to resolve variables set on HP UX and are available as an env
416. te Databases and Oracle Issues In order to connect to the remote database using Suprtool you need to specify the connection parameters as follows gt open oracle username password machine The Open command does not permis some special characters for the Username Password or Service machine name One of the conventions used for service name is having the service end in world Suprtool will stop parsing at the period in the machine name so it is best not to have these characters in the Service name that Suprtool is using Oracle Libraries If the Oracle libraries have not been loaded Suprtool will print an error on the Open command To find out specific error messages as to why the libraries have not been loaded then just run Suprtool with the lw option which means print loader warnings Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 179 Output Command O 180 e Suprtool Commands Define the name of the output file as one of these a new disc file default an existing file Append or Erase option or for stdlist If you use List Put Update or Total Output defaults to null Output produces the same record format as the input source adjusted by Extract commands unless you override it with format keywords OUTPUT filename format ERASE APPEND Default DATA only new file New Files The filename is the name of a new disc file to be built by Suprtool Output xxx If Suprtool cannot Save the new file becaus
417. ted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort Examples gt extract id no warehouse no bin no gt extract full name first name last name Constants vs Expressions If you have an string expression that starts with a string Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single string value and not an string expression To specify a string expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Suprtool Commands e 121 122 e Suprtool Commands Incorrect gt extract name product desc Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract name product desc Variable Length Strings String expressions use variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions String constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the string abc is three characters long and the string a is one When assigning the string expression to the target field Suprtool pads the final string value with spaces to fill out the target field String expressions longer than the target field generate an error gt in testfile gt def
418. tent redo henr e a ania 209 270 346 personal computers ooooocoocconoconononcconcnononnnonononnnonnonanonos 70 PHdate option Item command s s s 163 OORSLAAN E E 127 POWEer HOUSE cesi n 71 PowerHouse applications cscceseeseeseeseeseeeneeenes 71 PowerHouse dates ceeeeseesceeeeceseceeeeceeeeeeeees 163 PowerHouse subfiles ooonoooocnnnncccnnonncoc 71 325 343 dl AA es Rit Bes ds ee IN 205 206 preformatted HTML option cococccnccccnoccnononnnnnnnninnonos 256 Printer Command Language oooocooccnnoccnoncoonconoconccnnoos 203 380 e Index printer attached to terminal 0 cc eeeeeeeeeeeeceeeneees 175 printing reports eee cee cesecseeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 41 PRN OptiOn eccceeseeseeeeceseceseceneceeeaeeeseeseeeneeees 70 183 processing selections cccceesceescesseeeeceseceteeeeesseenees 62 progress Messages 0 eeeceeececsteceenceceeeeeeeeeceaeeeeneecees 208 prompt character ccccececescesseeesceeecesecesecseeeseeeseeees 371 Prompt Set Option ccecceecceseeseceteeseeeseeeees 209 311 prompting USING QUiZ oooooonoccnococonoonnonnnoononnncn nono nocnnoos 73 pseudo batch tasks oooooonoonoconoccnocononocononononnnonnonnnonos 367 Put COMMANO ooooocccnnononcnononccononncnonnnanononanaconnnoss 186 205 Q command cocooccconnnononcconnnononocona nono noconanonnnncnnnnoos 187 309 Qedit program oooooccccccnccononnnonoconoconoconnonno 70 91 239 298 Qed
419. ter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The separating comma in commands is not optional Should your If command exceed 256 characters use the Table command or read gt in sdfile gt if status 20 and amp continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states gt output outfile Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line as long as they are surrounded by curly braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of command lines You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprtool command line When you enter continued command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character gt The following task extracts all customer records for gt the different customers we are interested in gt in customer input self describing file gt if status 10 or amp prepaid status status 20 or amp current status status 30 arrears status gt output outfile output to a disc file gt exit execute the task and exit HP UX Commands If Suprtool doesn t recognize the command you have entered it tries to interpret it as an operating system command Suprtool also interprets any command line beginning with an exclamation mark or a colon as an O S command For example Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt sor
420. than one of the two explicit keys is duplicated in several datasets it will end up duplicated in the final output file An example would be a Timestamp field that occurs in every SQL table Workaround use the Extract command from Suprtool to take out only the fields you want or to rename duplicate fields You can verify the format of the Output file using the Form command It shows the field names length and structure in order From this display you can generate an appropriate COP YLIB or QSCHEMA definition Quiz Subfiles The Erase option is provided for Quiz users who create an empty subfile using QTP or Quiz before running Suprtool and Suprlink See the Suprlink with Quiz OTP section for details Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 343 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or
421. that will be created by the Suprlink run The default numrecs is 1023 when the input limit is set to 0 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprlink Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of Suprlink s Output command to load the file This will overwrite any data in the subfile but it will not touch the PowerHouse mini dictionary in the user labels tinput invoices created by Suprtool link customer sorted by custnum toutput invcust erase created by QTP texit Step 3 Report with Quiz The INVCUST file contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz knows the structure of this file because of the initial QTP commands that we used to create the file Now use Quiz to generate the report Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 325 326 e Introduction to Suprlink quiz gt access invcust gt report gt go Notes on Subfiles One of the advantages that Suprlink has over the link function in PowerHouse is that Suprlink does not require the key field in the link files to be a database key Because Suprlink uses a serial merge approach its files only need to have a common field with the same data type and length If you do use Suprlink to link files that do not share a common database key you need some extra steps to create the PowerHouse subfile Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use
422. the following gives help prints a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a Suprlink task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprlink responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task If Control Y has no effect then try Control C which is the default interrupt setting for HP UX See the section on Control Characters and stty in the Running Suprtool Under HP UX chapter for notes on how change this default Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 329 Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples ld fd is a typo fd not found Before redo most recent command ltd last
423. the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples 11 std fd is not spelled right fd not found redo most recent command last command is printed you enter changes to it the edited command is shown you press Return listredo all tredo 5 redo 5th command in stack redo redo previous command tredo 2 redo command before previous redo redo 8th through 10th redo redo 10 through last 8 redo redo last rm command redo redo last rm temp o red redo last containing temp Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 344 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Reset Command R Cancel the current linkage task RE
424. tiation The value of the expression is printed immediately Any number can be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage For example gt 125 5 Result 6 25 A complete description of the Suprtool calculator is given after the description of the Xeq command Control Character You create a control character by holding down the Control key while you strike another key Y plus Control generates Control Y These are normally nonprinting characters but they may do things to your terminal For example Control G rings the bell For notes on how to change the HP UX defaults see the section on Control Characters and stty in the Running Suprtool Under HP UX chapter Suprtool uses control characters for a number of purposes In the Before command control characters specify the edit functions Control D for delete Control B for before etc Control Y stops execution of the current Suprtool task Suprtool prints a status report and asks if you would like to stop the operation Control H causes the cursor to backspace one position in the current line Control X cancels the current input line Control S pauses a listing that is printing too fast for you to read Control Q resumes a listing that you have paused with Control S Database A database in Suprtool UX is an Eloquence database or an SQL database A database is specified in the Base or Open command Severa
425. tiguous series of bytes Link File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words As with the input file you should use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the link record size Link File Maximum Block Size 2048 Words See the description of the maximum input block size Link File Maximum Fields 255 See the description of the maximum number of input fields Link File Maximum Number Seven Suprlink will link one input file with up to seven Link files Limits Within Suprlink e 353 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Words When linking many files together 1t is easy to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input and link records will avoid large output records Output File Maximum Fields 1023 Internal Suprlink tables that keep track of the output fields are restricted to 1023 entries 354 e Limits Within Suprlink Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Welcome to Calling Suprtool Calling Suprtool Suprtool including its Suprlink and Dbedit components is a utility program You run it either interactively or in a batch job and feed 1t commands to define a task to be done How would a user application program invoke Suprtool to perform a desired task Unfortunately the user program would have little control over when the batch job started or finished To solve this problem Robelle provides an interface routine that will run Suprtool for a
426. tility Note that the data file is the first file passed in the info string Specify LF if you are using DSCOPY run sdunix pub robelle info dinv dinvsd 1f Now you can use DSCOPY to copy the files to the HP UX machine dscopy dinv to store dinv dopey data password dscopy dinvsd to store dinv sd dopey data password Specify NOLF if you are using FTP run sdunix pub robelle info dinv dinvsd nolf Use FTP to copy the files to the HP UX machine Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 67 dopey binary exitonerror put dinv users data store dinv put dinvsd users data store dinv sd quit Now you can use Suprtool UX to read the SD file suprtool gt input store dinv gt form File store dinv SD Version B 00 00 No line feeds Entry Offset BIN NO T1 LAST SHIP DATE 12 3 ON HAND QTY 12 7 PRODUCT NO Z8 1 SUPPLIER NO Z8 19 UNIT COST P8 2 TEM DESC X20 3 ITEM DESC2 TEM DESC3 X20 7 TEM DESC4 X20 9 Entry Length 110 Blocking 1 gt out dinvfile gt xeq Link vs Query SDUnix and Suprtool UX can recognize files created with the Query option and from Query However they cannot recognize compound item details or any Item attributes such as Decimal or Date type Suprtool and Self Describing Files A problem with data files is that there is no field information Self describing files solve this problem by providing field information about the file Suprtool reads and
427. tions NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it Record selection in effect percentage calculation is estimated You specified a Get or an Input with record number selection and the percentage complete is estimated 230 e Suprtool Errors and Warnings Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to STExport Welcome to STExport Welcome to STExport for HP UX Version 5 0 STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Summary of the STExport commands Before FLoating Quote Verif CLean Form REDO Xeq Columns HEA ding Reset XML DAte HElp Set Zero DElimiter HTML Sign expressio DO Input Spaces OS command Escape LISTREDO SPaces Exit Output Use The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Notation The STExport documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition LISTREDO start stop ALL string 1 UPPERCASE LETTERS are required elements in the command and must be typed exactly as they appear Example ALL 2 Highlighted lowercase letters underlined or italic are variables to be filled in by the user In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables will appear simply in lowercase Example start 3 Brackets enclose optional fields Example string 4 Br
428. to Xega Suprlink Task iia id ORE du 317 Suprtool Link Comarca di 317 Exit with Vi aia 317 Using Suprlink in Batch A ir 318 Command Line OPON Ss ie sutin ha kendo neti deste iwadnrkw tee 318 Default Outcount File Name 0C cceceecceescessceescesscesecesecaecsaecaeecaeeeseeseeensenereeeees 318 Variable Substitution V cccceccececseesseeseesseeesceescesccesecesecaecseecaeecaeseneeseeeeresereeetees 318 Introduction to Suprlink 319 How Report Programs Work iesko iaa e r Eo aa arau e Seek aitt 319 puts an E E A E E dad 319 Think NA E T E E E E haste E tae ads 319 A eai SAA ON 320 A ROTA 320 A E 320 AL mk Example e o o e A o O a A 320 A EE EA dosiee tics tested E lt idiccvstdeouban fetasecteteedes 321 Performance Considerations ccscccssessseesccesecesecesecaecseecaeecaeeeseceseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeaeenseenseenseenaes 322 AtiothersEx A ON 323 MEA E O ek 323 Selecting Non Matches cccccsccessesssesseessceesecesecesecseecaeeeseceneesecseeeseenseeeaeceaecaecneeeeeeeeeneeses 324 Suprlink with Qui QTP ccecceseesseessessceescessecaecseecseeeaeeeaeeeeeeseeeeesseenseeesecsaecaeceeceecaeeeneeees 325 Suprlink Commands 327 General Notes iaa a o a el ol dae ts AU Mat ost ected alates ol a tase 327 A tan tin nd Bl os cilia tas bant colin tee sit a bite ote Pen cae Uae 327 Uppercase or LOWercase ai caes un ticas 327 CONTO te saan ta tee tae eA e dde lat id do la e ee Hod te 327 Comments on Command Lines 0 ccceceessesssessc
429. to an Eloquence dataset Put can be combined with Output to a file but if no Output command is entered Suprtool defaults the output file to null It is your responsibility to ensure that the output records match the format of the target dataset The DATA option of the Output command is the only valid output option when Put is specified PUT setname host service database Default database Base Parameters If database is not specified setname must be a valid dataset of the Base previously opened You must have write access to the dataset selected If database is included the specified database is opened This Put database is closed after the task is completed unlike the database opened with Base It is possible to copy records from one database to another with Suprtool Examples For the first example we assume that the D SALES dataset is designed to contain a week s worth of transactions Each night the transactions from a week ago are moved to the monthly dataset D SALES MON The D SALES and D SALES MON datasets have exactly the same field declarations The following Suprtool task would move one day s transactions from D SALES to D SALES MON gt base store gt get d sales read the weekly dataset gt if purge date 000401 select one day s transactions gt put d sales mon adding them to the monthly dataset gt exit For the next example we assume that the D SALES MON dataset is in a different database gt
430. to at most five inventory records per product number Dbedit prompts for commands Quiet Execution By default Dbedit displays the commands in the usefile as they are executed Dbedit can execute commands quietly using the Useq command useq store use no commands are listed Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in Dbedit The usefile may be an EDITOR KEEP file UNN or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Dbedit Commands e 313 Verify Command V Displays the current status of Dbedit conditions VERIFY ALL BASE DSET SET CIUPDATE Default BASE DSET CIUPDATE changed SET values Only one item can be verified at a time The format of the Verify output is organized into columns Verify with no parameters prints the database the current dataset and whether critical item update is enabled or disabled It also prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples verify dset current dataset verify all print the status of everything 314 e Dbedit Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink for HP UX Version 5 0 Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multifile capability to Suprtool Rather than take the regular path to multiple datasets random ret
431. to the file produced by the SAVE command in the MPE QUERY program LINK The QUERY output option has some major drawbacks Compound fields are not handled date and decimal point information is not saved and sort information is not part of the file description The LINK option produces a self describing file that solves all these problems This option is the recommended way to generate files for Suprlink We are also encouraging third party software vendors to accept this format To convert a self describing file back into a non SD file simply purge the corresponding sd file NUM QUERY Suprtool Commands e 181 182 e Suprtool Commands NUM QUERY creates output records in QUERY numbers format This is an undocumented feature of QUERY that is used by some application packages Records in a numbers file contain the dataset number and the record number in ASCII format A QUERY numbers file is usually used as input to a report program Substituting Suprtool for QUERY in these batch jobs should improve the speed ASK ASK is a QUERY replacement tool from COGELOG ASK creates output records in ASK select file format Suprtool can be used to scan and select records quickly from a dataset ASK Version C can produce reports from the resulting select file This option cannot be used with any other Output option Recent versions of ASK read self describing files For these versions use the Link option instead of the Ask option ASCII
432. to using octal 12 or decimal 10 1t 10 0 octal input and octal display format 1t 000012 Lt 16 0 3177766 octal number that is really negative Result 10 0 abcd h 1t 61626364 use result of last calculation 1t 6162 97 98 ab 6364 99 100 cd Programmers who make use of the MPE DEBUG software are often frustrated with the format that Double Integer numbers are printed DEBUG prints them as two octal numbers Calculator accepts two octal numbers as input and prints the result in standard decimal format Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands e 227 335632 145000 treat as one double integer value Result 1000000000 0 3177777 6177766 negative double integer value Result 10 0 Calculator Help It may be difficult to remember all of the various options that the calculator offers For this reason you can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions 228 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Errors and Warnings Two Types Of Messages Errors Suprtool prints two types of messages errors and warnings In both cases Suprtool is letting you know that it has encountered a condition of which you may want to be aware This appendix describes both kinds of messages and gives a partial list of warning messages Errors are defined as conditions which immediately prevent Suprtool from continuin
433. tool lt STCODE Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool For this discussion we ll ignore the fact that the twenty first century really only started in 2001 Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool often has to process dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries If you include the century in your dates Suprtool should behave as most users expect If you do not include the century in your dates how Suprtool behaves will be dependent on your specific application and data What If Have Four Digit Years If your dates have four digit years Suprtool should work as expected Selection based on the today or date features will select dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries Dates that do not collate correctly e g mmddccyy will not be accepted by Suprtool s If command for relative selection e g lt lt gt or gt If you have these date formats you can use the stddate function converts any date format to a ccyymmdd type date Suprtool as it has always done will continue to sort dates based on their numeric value and not on any implied date order In Suprtool 4 0 we introduced some new command parsing features that let you control how Suprtool parses the year of the date function You can either use two digit years by applying a cutoff rule or you can force all years to be specified as four digits Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 73 What does Set Date Cutoff do Date Cutoff tells Suprtool wha
434. ts Count The Count option causes Suprtool to produce a new field in the output record with the number of occurrences of each key value The count field is called st count and is an 12 type field The Count option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys count Input Output DE 410 1111 10 2222 25 2222 29 two records for key value 2222 2222 BO 3333 48 3333 48 Total The Total option allows up to 15 fields to be subtotaled for each duplicate key Separate the fields with spaces not commas The Total option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys A new field is created at the end of the output record for each total Each field is called st total n gt sort customer no gt extract customer no gt duplicate none keys total sales qty sales amt The above commands will create a self describing file with the field customer no and the total by each customer of the sales qty in the field st total 1 Similarly the field st total 2 will contain the total sales amt by customer number The following data types are chosen for each total based on the data type of the field 106 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Data Type Total Data Type IEEE E4 all others P28 Please see the P28 Fields section on how to define these fields in Cobol and PowerHouse programs Note that for byte fields there can be only digits in the field If there are other character
435. ts using Suprlink For comparison purposes run the Suprtool test at the same time as you would normally run the original program Comparing a standalone midnight run against a mid day run does not give valid results nor does comparing two runs in succession the second run benefits on HP UX because the files are already in memory at that time Variable Substitution Suprtool supports environment variable substitution To use this enhancement you must do a gt set varsub on Due to how HP UX processes work with environment variables any variables must be exported prior to running Suprtool STExport or Suprlink All of these modules support HP UX variable Substitution export tablefile abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzabcd export infile filelsd suprtool oc lt lt EOD set varsub on in infile table mytable char field file amp users robdev suprtool test tablefile if lookup mytable char field out file05 link exit EOD Suprtool examines a command line and looks for variables denoted by the sign Since Suprtool has some functions that begin with a sign these will take precedence regardless of the value set in the variable of the same name 84 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool Commands General Notes Do not enter the gt sign when typing commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX When you run Suprtool it prompts for commands with a gt character and reads command lines
436. ture List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 List PCL SET LIST PCL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Initial amp Default 0 Use Set List PCL to configure the default format for LaserJet listings This option defines the List device as a PCL device and indicates the orientation and font for the report Set List PCL affects only the List command it is ignored by the Output command PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The LaserJet is one of the first PCL devices to be released by HP By default Suprtool assumes that your List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 Suprtool Commands e 203 204 e Suprtool Commands PCL 1 To print the Suprtool List output in Landscape mode across the wide part of the paper with the tiny Lineprinter font 16 66 pitch or 8 lines per inch you should do the following this setting prints 175 columns per line gt comment Maximum of 175 columns with this font gt set list pcl 1 gt comment You will need LaserJet with proper font cartridge gt list device laser123 PCL 2 To print the listing in Courier font Landscape mode 6 lines per inch and 100 columns wide use gt set list pcl 2 gt list device laserjet PCL 3 This option selects the standard Portrait orientation
437. u need to remember that invalid dates evaluated by the stddate function will return a 0 value Days Function Suprtool supports a days function which converts any supported date to a Julian Day number the number of days since 4713 BC This allows for Date arithmetic in Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX which you can calculate the difference between two dates even if they have dissimilar formats For example you could find all orders that were not shipped within 30 days of being ordered gt form ordfile File ORDFILE SALES MFG SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset ORDER DATE X8 1 SHIP DATE X8 9 ORDER NUMBER X6 17 lt lt CCYYMMDD gt gt lt lt MMDDYYYY gt gt Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 22 Blocking 16 gt in ordfile gt if days SHIP DATE Sdays ORDER DATE gt 30 gt list gt xeq Invalid Dates As with the stddate function if a date is not a valid date then the result of the days function will be zero In the example above if the order has not yet been shipped then the SHIP DATE will likely be blank or zero or some other special value Days SHIP DATE will be zero and the resulting calculation will be a negative number Notes on Relative Dates The date and today functions always generate a constant from the date just as if you had typed it For example when run on February 13 2004 the follwing task gt item field date yymmdd gt if field gt today is
438. uctions on our web site for each type of Install Who Needs To Use These Instructions The system manager should use the following installation instructions to install Suprtool UX No one can be using Suprtool UX during the installation The installation should only take a few minutes Instructions for HP UX If you received a production release tape from Robelle then you can install using the instructions on this web page http www robelle com support install tape sxprod html If you downloaded the Suprtool production release from our web site then the instructions can be found here for the ftp download method http www robelle com downloads install sxprod html Instructions for AMXW Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool for AMXW is not available on tape but can be easily downloaded from our web site The instructions for the production release install can be found here http www robelle com downloads install amxwprod html The build installation which is to be used for support of AcuCobol MFCobol KSAM or Dynamic Loading or if it is to be used on Itanium you would need to download the proper version and use these download instructions http www robelle com downloads install amxwbuildprod html Installing Suprtool e 23 Suprtool Roadmap for HP UX Road Map to Suprtool on HP UX Over the past year we have created several new versions and options for Suprtool on HP UX This next section describes the various
439. ue is due to the numeric field Rating being extracted with blanks for its leading zeros This is the result of the Ascii option of the Output command Repeated Fields If the field is an IMAGE repeated field e g 10J1 the Extract command places the value in each of the repeated fields when you do not specify the subscript If you specify a subscript only that one repeated field will have the new constant value Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX In this example Address is a repeated field 2X20 We wish to extract the data as it exists in the input record rather than forcing it to a constant value gt ext account extract key value gt ext address take both of the repeated fields In the next example we assume that the Balance field is a repeated field 12J2 We wish to make each of the 12 repeated fields in the output record equal to 100 gt extract name gt extract balance 100 If we only wanted to extract the sixth field of BALANCE and set it to 100 we would do the following gt extract name gt extract balance 6 100 Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you extract the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads it with spaces gt define field 1 1 byte field gt ext field 0
440. ue 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work fields and expressions gt if truncate stddev 100 1 07 gt 200 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev S truncate stddev 100 1 07 String Expressions You can do comparisons with byte type fields in numerous ways using Suprtool These powerful features minimize the number of tasks you must execute in order to select the data you need The fewer the number of tasks the faster your data is delivered to the users and applications that need it Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create string expressions String expressions involve the operator and the other string functions such as lower Supper trim ltrim and rtrim Fixed vs Variable Length Strings String comparisons are done using fixed and variable length strings For most users there should be no difference between the two types of strings When doing string comparisons Suprtool always pads shorter strings with spaces with the one exception of comparing two fixed length fields see Byte Fields below String expressions involving the operator or the Supper lower trim ltrim and rtrim built in functions are done using variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string a
441. under HP UX e 51 run suprtool pub robelle gt base sample gt get customer gt define ieee credit rating 1 4 ieee gt extract cust no gt extract name first gt extract name last gt extract ieee credit rating credit rating gt out mpefile gt xeq The Classic and IEEE floating point formats are not identical Be sure to check the IEEE values after converting them from Classic floating point Eloquence still allows for a schema to use R type items but internally they are stored as IEEE Suprtool and STExport will just map the real and long data types to their respective IEEE data types Suprlink does not need to map these data items as it does not support Real Long or IEEE key values You can turn this mapping off with Set RealMap Off but you should not need this option Define Command Suprtool for HP UX will not allow you to define a real type item Although Suprtool can map R items in SD files and in Eloquence datasets we do not allow the creation of real or longs using the define command Input from Stdlist In Suprtool MPE input means read the input data from the stdin input device This is usually a job stream and data is terminated by an EOD symbol Suprtool UX does not support reading data from stdin via Input or any other method If you need to create temporary data in the middle of a script it is easy to use a temporary file For example the following script creates a temporary file
442. uotes only Since Lotus 1 2 3 rejects character fields that contains a double quote Suprtool removes all double quotes from Suprtool Commands e 183 184 e Suprtool Commands character fields when generating the PRN format Suprtool removes quotes by replacing them with a space See STExport for a method of including header lines in the file to be down loaded NOLF If you need to ensure that line feeds are not written to the end of each record then you should specify the NOLF option It is usually preferable to specify the LF option LF If you need to ensure that line feeds are written to the end of each record then you should specify the LF option When extracting from SQL databases Suprtool writes out records without line feeds Files with line feeds are usually processed more easily by most other applications or import programs so it is advisable to use the LF option if you are uncertain By default whether Suprtool writes out a line feed depends on the input source For example if the input source has line feeds then line feeds will be written out at the end of each record When filling up PowerHouse subfiles some versions of Quiz will abort if no line feeds are found at the end of the record It is recommended that when you write to a PowerHouse subfile you should always use the LF option on the Output command Examples One reason to use stdlist as the output file is to obtain a quick listing of the ASCII fields in
443. uprtool UX Suspend SET SUSPEND ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX ThousandSymbol SET ThousandSymbol Default comma This setting is used to change the Thousand character which is used to edit the data in a field used by the Number function gt set ThousandSymbol The default character for the Thousand Symbol is a comma Userlabels SET USERLABELS ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF This option tells Suprtool to resolve any environment variables in any command The default value for VarSub is Off for backward compatibility Please note that Suprtool will not resolve any of its internal options such as SLOOKUP DATE etc If you are using Suprtool for AMXW Suprtool will try to resolve CI variables with and then any environment variables left over VarsubCompat SET VARSUBCOMPAT ON OFF Initially OFF The Set VarsubCompat flag has been added to have variable substitution be more flexible On MPE variable substitution would pass the name of the variable thru to be parsed even if the variable was not set On HP UX the default behaviour was to return spaces if the environment variable was not set This is still the default behaviour however if you set varsubcompat on Suprtool will return the environment variable name similar to how MPE works with unresolved variables Warnings
444. use of the Sort command is to specify a sort field of a database field You may use the Key command to specify all sorts We recommend that the Sort command be used wherever possible If the structure of your database changes your Suprtool tasks still work if sort fields are specified with the Sort command gt open oracle demo reader gt select from sales input from a table gt sort account primary sort field gt sort purchased desc newest transactions first gt output dsales write the sorted records to a disc file gt exit In the next example we sort a disc file We create a field using the Define command Rather than using the Key command we use the Sort command to specify the sort field If the disc file changes only the Define command must be changed gt input invent input is from a disc file gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Invent gt sort a sort the input records by the A field gt exit With the dataset form of the Input command we can have even greater flexibility to use the Sort command We assume that the MPE file Mcust has the same structure as the m customer dataset We sort the file using the first of the two street addresses in m customer Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt base store gt input mcust m customer same format as m customer gt sort street address a repeated field but only gt exit the first address is used
445. user program and pass commands from the program to Suprtool the same commands you would type into Suprtool This routine procedure subroutine intrinsic allows user programs to call Suprtool A typical use of this interface would be for a COBOL program to ask Suprtool to extract a selected subset from a large IMAGE dataset and write it to a disc file which the COBOL program would then read and format into a report Suprtool2 Routine The interface routine is called Suprtool2 not Suprtool User programs written in nearly any language can call Suprtool2 and ask Suprtool to do any of the normal Suprtool tasks such as copy extract or sort The routine creates Suprtool as a son process The user program instructs Suprtool by calling the Suprtool2 routine repeatedly with Suprtool command lines When the first Suprtool command is sent the interface builds temporary files which will be used for input and output to Suprtool When the user program sends an Exit command in a separate call to the interface the interface creates Suprtool as a son process Finally the interface prints the stdlist message file if so directed by the user program Importance of the Exit Command Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX The interface will not invoke Suprtool until your program passes Exit to it asa command line The Exit command must be alone and left justified in the command line You may use Xeq to separate multiple tasks but none of the tasks will be execute
446. utput file gt get d sales specify input gt numrecs 15 specify 15000 as file size gt if sales qty lt 100 select a subset of d sales gt sort cust account sort using the dataset path gt output out2 output file will have room for gt xeg 15000 records MPE Files vs Datasets When you specify a source of records using the Input command as opposed to reading a dataset using the Get or Chain command Suprtool attempts to duplicate all of the input file s attributes in the output file This includes the file limit For this reason the Numrecs value is ignored if the output file limit is smaller than the input file limit Numrecs is still useful when reading MPE files to reduce the size of the sort scratch file Appending to Files When you want to create a file that you can append to later you need to use both the Numrecs command and the Set Squeeze Off command Command Details for AMXW e 59 gt get d sales gt numrecs 200 output file will have extra room gt set squeeze off reserve room between EOF and LIMIT gt output dsale gt xeq gt get d history gt output dsale append dsale has room for appending gt xeq Set Commands AMXW Externalsd SET AMXW External sd ON OFF Default OFF Suprtool for AMXW now has an option to create the external self describing file as well as updating the label information that AMXW keeps track of This was done to help some other applications work in
447. utput repts f producing REPTS xeq f run the task form repts fields in repts texit Smyprog run program rm sales these files rm custs no longer needed Srm repts Whenever Suprlink is processing files with packed or zoned decimal keys errors can occur because of invalid digits in the keys Suprlink reports the input and link record numbers with illegal digits and processing stops You can use Suprtool to examine input and link records by using record selection with Suprtool s input command A packed decimal number consists of nibbles there are two nibbles in Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 323 each byte The last nibble is the sign of the number The remaining nibbles must each contain a number in the range 0 9 A zoned decimal number must have a valid digit in each byte and end in 0 9 A R or To remove or edit numbers to be valid display values please look at Suprtool s number function Selecting Non Matches 324 e Introduction to Suprlink Consider a common problem easily solved with Quiz from Cognos finding all records in a file which have no corresponding records in a related file For example to find all records in an invoice lines file with no corresponding invoice master record the following Quiz code could be written gt access lines link to header optional gt select if not record header exists gt report invoiceno of lines gt go This
448. verflow gt set editstoperror on will force Suprtool to stop 1f there is data left over to place when applying the edit mask With numeric type fields leading zeroes do not cause overflow Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost dept Correct gt extract name i sales commission gt extract c cost gt extract dept Extracting Bits The Extract command can be used to define individual bits from one data item as separate fields order shipped 1 2 int order paid veal ces ate order shipped status field 0 1 order paid status field 1 1 This makes it easier to check the status of certain bits within a given field EBCDIC Conversions Use the etoa or atoe functions to convert specific fields from EBCDIC to ASCII or vice versa Each of these functions accepts a single parameter that is a byte type field Extract ETOA char field Extract ATOE char field There are several restrictions on the etoa and atoe functions e They do not work with either the ASCII or PRN output options e You cannot extract an EBCDIC constant The following example would produce an error message gt extract Setoa char field abcdef e You cannot extract a range of fields using etoa or
449. wever it is probably most convenient to use the Decimal notation for the characters that you wish to clean The Decimal notation is indicated by the character Setting the Clean Character By default Suprtool will replace any of the characters specified in the clean command with a space You can specify what character to use to replace any of the characters that qualify with the following set command gt set CleanChar This will set the character to replace any of the qualifying to be cleaned characters to be a period Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Cleaning a Field You call the clean function the same way you normally use other functions available to if and extract For example ext addressl clean address1 shows how to clean the field address1 You do not necessarily need to have the target field be the same as the source field def new address 1 30 ext new address clean address1 Cleaning your data An example of how easy 1t would be to clean your database of certain bad characters in byte type fields would be as follows gt base mydb 1 gt get customer gt clean 9 410 40 NATH gt set cleanchar gt update gt ext address 1 gt ext address 2 gt ext address 3 gt xeq clean address 1 clean address 2 clean address 3 The above task will look at the three instances of address and replace the tab linefeed null and bell characters wit
450. which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g EA means Exit ABORT Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprtool The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Thus Exit Abort is similar to Reset All Exit Examples You began to specify a sort stopped for coffee and decided to cancel the task on your return gt You began to specify a sort stopped for gt coffee and decided to cancel the task gt upon your return gt open oracle demo reader gt select from customer gt sort name_last sort name _first coffee break gt exit abort cancel the sort and terminate End Of Program Exit Xeq EX Signal the end of command input and the start of an extract operation After the Suprtool task completes Suprtool terminates Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying Exit starts execution of the current task 110 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Examples opt robell gt exit e bin suprtool no input was specified No action taken opt robell e bin suprtool gt input rep23 newdata gt out rep23 data gt xeq gt input rep24 copy one file newdata gt out rep24 data gt exit copy and stop Notes on Exit Xeq If you have entered neither sort keys nor an input source Exit terminates Suprtool
451. will produce acceptable column headings but it is better to use Heading Column to specify a string for each of the fields in your input file Roman 8 Characters HP e3000 and HP 9000 computers use the Roman 8 character set Web pages must use the ISO 8859 1 character set The characters in the Roman 8 set are similar to but not identical with the ISO 8859 1 character set When formatting byte type fields STExport attempts to convert any Roman 8 input character into the corresponding ISO 8859 1 character STExport also tries to make reasonable conversions such as Symbol Converted To gt Sgt lt lt amp amp amp Those characters that cannot be converted are dropped from the output The following characters cannot be converted Romana value fame capital S Icelandic small S Icelandic capital Y umlaut Notes If you specify HTML Table STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters None If you specify HTML Preformatted STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters Space e Columns None In either case any changes cause STExport to print a warning to let you know that these options have changed If you do want quotes around byte type fields or delimiters between fields specify those options after selecting the HTML option Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 257 258 e STExport Commands Dynamic Web Pages The Common Gateway Interface CGI feature of your Web server a
452. with the Courier font of the LaserJet 80 columns across by 60 lines You would use Set List PCL 3 when you insert a Font cartridge that overrides the default font e g 92286F cartridge PCL 4 Selects Portrait orientation and Lineprinter font of the L cartridge and others This option prints 132 columns across the page by 80 lines PCL 5 Prints 80 columns on A4 paper by slightly narrowing the space between columns PCL 6 Prints tiny letters in Landscape mode on legal size paper This gives you 223 columns per line The PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper Suprtool can adjust the number of rows and columns for each option to match A4 if you add 2000 to the PCL code You can also select the ASCII character set instead of the default Roman 8 character set by adding 1000 to the PCL code See List Command L on page 170 for more details Here is a complete table of the PCL codes PCL L P Font A4 paper Letter size Notes Rows x Rows x Columns Columns 1 L Ip 58 x 188 60 x 175 2 L courier 43 x 110 45 x 100 3 P courier 64 x 77 60 x 80 standard 4 P lp 85 x 128 80 x 132 5 P courier 64 x 80 60 x 80 A4 squeeze 6 L Ip 60 x 223 60 x 223 legal size L and P mean Landscape or Portrait orientation List Time SET LIST Time number Initially 1 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default
453. word is provided to allow for this When a question mark is used as the database password Suprtool prompts for the password on the next physical input line without echoing This occurs in batch mode or in session mode For example Suprtool Commands e 89 gt base store 5 Suprtool prompts for the password Password gt Password is on this line but it won t gt get d inventory show on job stream listing or terminal gt exit Open Modes Base does not allow mode 7 for exclusive read access but it does allow mode 4 for exclusive update while others read Mode 4 disallows changes while you are extracting from the database Mode 3 for fully exclusive access is tolerated but causes Suprtool to use slow DBGETs to extract from datasets Suprtool allows you to open a second database in the Put command when you are copying from one database to another Eloquence Libraries If the Eloquence libraries have not been loaded Suprtool will print an error on the Base command To find out specific error messages as to why the libraries have not been loaded then just run Suprtool with the lw option which means print loader warnings 90 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Before Command BE Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modif
454. xed columns cocoocococccccnnconconononononnnonncononncononononccnnonno 267 fixed length output file oooooonnonnnnncnincnnnnnncnccnnonnnoos 242 Floating command ooooooonoccconinnnconnoononononnonnn crono nono noo 251 floating point classic ooonooononnnnocnnocnconncnnconncnnncnnnonnos 51 floating Sign A 273 floating point nUMDEIS oocococnnonnnonnnonocononononnnonnnnnnnnos 251 Form COMA coooooocccnnoncncnonanccnnnnnanos 136 252 304 334 Form command default ooooonnccccnnnoncccnnnancnonnnanos 138 Form command keywords ooooooncniccnionnonnconoss 138 304 formatting commands oooocnonoconononcnonconnonnnonnninnnnnnnnns 236 four digit years snper niini is 73 FROM part of Join command coooonccnccnocnnonnnonocanonnnoss 338 FROM part of Link command oooocnicnncnconoccnonocananinnon 341 Get command iii ve 139 greater than lino 371 Heading command coooooocnoccnononononnnonnnonnnonncnnonnoconocnnoos 253 heading HTML option oooonoccocccoocconoconcconcnnncnnnonnninoss 256 heading maximum length o oononcncnicnin ninnnnmenmmo 286 Help COMMAOA cooooococccoccconononinnninnncnnocnnonnnos 141 255 305 Help command Suprlink 0 0 0 0 ec eceeseeeeeeeteeetees 336 highwater mark reading to ee eeeeeeseeseeeeenerereeee 199 holding tables for re use 0 0 0 eeeceeseesseeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 215 HPCalendar datere cnnnen man 164 HPCalendar date forMat ooooooconnnncccnonancconnnancninnnnnon 163 Hpmodify editing examples
455. y a delimiter if any that appears between each field in the output record DELIMITER NONE COMMA TAB SPACE string Default Comma Use Delimiter Comma to create an output file in comma delimited format this is common for PC database applications Use Delimiter Tab to tell STExport to insert the tab character between fields instead of a comma If you have selected Columns Fixed you will likely want to remove the delimiter by specifying Delimiter None If you want some white space between fixed length columns specify Delimiter Space instead String Parameter You can put anything inside quote characters to specify your own Delimiter For example Delimiter would insert a space a comma and another space between each field in the output record You can use either single or double quote characters to specify the delimiter e g Delimiter and Delimiter are the same The maximum length of the delimiter string is three characters Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a st
456. y ignored and a new file is created If you want the totals written to the end of the List device the output of the List command specify list as the file file name All other options are ignored when list is specified To write totals to the output file use Total file xxx Append where xxx is the name of your output file Appending totals to the output file only works if the output file is a disc file Examples The first example prints the totals for a single field gt in filel r 40 nolf gt def amount 1 5 gt total amount TUE OCT 10 2000 4 30 PM 611105 The next example is identical to the previous one except that we qualify the total with the number of decimal places 218 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX gt in filel r40 nolf gt total amount 2 gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 31 PM AMOUNT 6111 05 The previous example specified the number of decimal places by using the Total command The next example is the preferred way to specify decimal places because it qualifies the balance field with two decimal places for all Suprtool commands This example also totals two fields gt input filel r 40 nolf gt def balance 11 4 integer gt def overdue 21 4 integer gt item balance decimal 2 gt item overdue decimal 2 gt total balance gt total overdue gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 32 PM BALANCE 143598 16 OVERDUE 17399 73 Reading Tota
457. y name is ssn join orders by ord prod from orders products Note that you must specify the Input file key field as part of the FROM clause This example is identical to the previous secondary key example but in this case the current major field is called products in the ordhist file and prod in the orders file Optional Join If there are no join records for a given key value of the input file that input record is dropped from the output file this is the default option REQUIRED To make the join optional specify the OPTIONAL keyword When you use OPTIONAL and Suprlink does not find a matching join record in the file Suprlink fills in the linked fields with default values The default for byte type fields is spaces for zoned type the default is ASCII zeros 0 and for all other types the default is binary zeros For example tinput custfile key name is custno join addrfile optional don t drop customers toutput custaddr 1f there is no address texit Suprtool 5 0 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 339 Link Command L 340 e Suprlink Commands Link the Input file to another Link file maximum of seven input files LINK filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED Default REQUIRED File Name The Link file should be created by Suprtool with the Output Link option 1t should only contain the fields that you actually need in the final report plus any sort fields If you do
458. y not be a separator or there may be a line feed between each record For Suprtool to correctly read a data file it must know whether the line feeds are present You can specify whether or not a file has line feeds via the LF or NOLF options in the Input command Suprtool and STExport allow control over whether or not line feeds will be written to the output file or not For details please see the Output Commands for both Suprtool and STExport Duplicate Output Files If the output file already exists and you haven t requested the Erase or Append option Suprtool has to decide what to do This is how Suprtool UX handles duplicate output files 1 In Suprtool UX the duplicate output file processing takes place at the beginning of a task in Suprtool MPE it occurs at the end 2 If Suprtool UX is in batch it purges any existing file with the same file name Suprtool MPE chooses a new output file name of the form OutputNN If the Suprtool UX task is on line it prompts the user to purge the file 3 When Suprtool UX purges a data file it always deletes any associated Sd file even if the output option is not Query or Link Classic Reals Suprtool UX does not support Classic real numbers real or long If you are porting data files from MPE to HP UX you should first convert any Classic floating point numbers to their IEEE floating point equivalents You can do this by using the Extract command on Suprtool MPE Running Suprtool
459. y the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples SIL td sd is not spelled right fd not found gt Before redo most recent command 11 td last command is printed s you enter changes to it IL sd the edited command is shown you press Return gt listredo 10 gt before 5 redo 5th command in stack gt bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th gt b 1s redo last ls command gt b ls redo Is command gt b redo last containing gt before 2 redo command before previous gt before 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit Characters Action Any printing characters replace the ones above This assumes your EOF key has been altered from the HP UX default Control D plus spaces deletes columns above Control B puts you into insert before mode Control A starts appending characters at the end of line Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Control G recovers the original l

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

SERIE AGROWATT BRUSHLESS - arnitlund  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file